Blog

Get to know the meaning of the balance of payments – Export and import activities of goods
are not the only economic transactions carried out by Indonesia with other countries. Indonesia
also exports and imports services, such as insurance, tourism and transportation. The most
important thing in export and import transactions or other transactions is that it must be recorded in the
balance of payments.

Recording of all economic transactions with the balance of payments needs to be done in order to make it easier
for a country to analyze domestic goods or services favored by other countries so that it can increase state
income.

Not only that, with the balance of payments, a country can evaluate deficiencies that need to be corrected in
economic transactions between countries.

What is balance of payments? Check out the explanation of the balance of payments starting
from the definition to the components of the balance of payments.

A. Definition of Balance of Payments

The balance of payments ( BOP) is a systemic record of all economic transactions carried out
by a country with other countries in the form of trade in goods and services, financial and monetary
transfers between Indonesian residents and residents abroad during a certain period. .

Meanwhile, in the Big Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI) balance of payments means the ratio of receipts
of money between two countries (in world trade); a detailed approximate list of trade
transactions held by a country within a certain period of time.

In simple terms, the balance of payments is a systematic record of economic transactions (international trade)
carried out within one period.

B. Balance of Payment Transactions

In Indonesia, balance of payments transactions are grouped into three, namely the current account, capital
transaction, and financial transaction. Each transaction has its own role.
Consider the explanation of the three types of balance of payments transactions as follows:

1. Current transactions

Current transactions are transactions related to exports and imports in the form of goods and services
within one year. The current account consists of the trade balance (goods transactions),
service transactions, primary income, and secondary income. However, in general, the current
account is used to assess or measure the trade balance.

a. Goods transactions

Goods transactions include export and import transactions of goods classified into oil and gas and non-oil
and gas. Due to the process of receiving payments, all exports of goods are included in credit
transactions. Meanwhile, the import of goods is included in a debit transaction because it
creates payment obligations to other countries.

In foreign investment, if the export value exceeds the import value then the country will experience a
trade balance surplus or get a positive (+) result. However, if the value of imports exceeds
the value of exports, the country will experience a trade balance deficit or loss because it has a reduction
(-).

In order to better understand export-import administration activities, Sinaumed’s can use the book Export-Import:
Theory and Practice of Export-Import Activities for Logistics and Business Practitioners as a reference.

b. Service transactions

Service transactions include the provision of services by Indonesian residents to foreign residents
(exports) and foreign residents to Indonesian residents (imports). International transportation
and travel are part of service transactions.

c. Primary income

Primary income consists of receipts and payments. Meanwhile, primary income itself can be
interpreted as an acquisition or result derived from the provision of labor production factors and financial
capital. Which is included in the primary income in the form of dividends (coupons, discounts,
interest).

d. Secondary income

Secondary income consists of receipts and payments. Included in secondary income are transfers
of income or remittances from TKA/TKI and other transfers (gifts, grants, services, money)

2. Capital transactions

Capital transactions are usually used to record the net results obtained from capital expenditure and
income transactions. Capital transactions consist of fixed assets and investment grants.
Most capital transactions are in the form of capital transfers.

The capital transaction has less contribution to the balance of payments so that this transaction is not
used very often. Capital transactions have two elements, namely capital transfers and
non-production non-financial assets.

Capital transactions are calculated by adding up the net value obtained from transfers of capital and
non-produced non-financial assets . Then, the credit side is represented by capital
inflow transactions , meanwhile, the debit side is represented by capital outflow
transactions.

3. Financial transactions

Financial transactions are transactions that notify changes in ownership of foreign financial assets and
liabilities within one period. The categories in financial transactions, namely direct
investment, portfolio investment, financial derivatives, and other investments. For a clearer
view, see the explanation of the categories of financial transactions as follows:

a. Direct investment ( Direct
Investment )

Direct investment is an investment made by investors by investing their capital which aims to invest in the
long term in an Indonesian or foreign company. The capital that should be invested is quite
large, around 10% of the company’s total capital.

b. Portfolio investment (
Portfolio Investment )

Portfolio investment is an investment whose profits are obtained from investing in securities.
This investment is short term.

c. Financial derivatives

Financial derivatives are documents containing the recording of derivatives obtained from financial instruments
including options ( warrants ) and other derivatives ( forward, future, and swap ).

d. Other investments

Included in other investments are all types of finance that are not included in the three previous
categories. On the liability side, most other investments include foreign loans, whether
government or private, and trade credits obtained from exporters of goods and services
abroad.

Meanwhile, on the asset side, other investments are in the form of resident deposits in overseas banks and trade
receivables from Indonesian exporters to overseas buyers.

Sinaumed’s can find an in-depth discussion of export-import activities in the form of how to implement service
quality with business partners, and various other topics in the book The Ins and Outs of Export-Import Trade
Volume 3.

C. Types of Balance of Payments

Basically, the balance of payments consists of debits and credits. In the balance of payments,
credit functions to record all transactions that generate foreign exchange or provide bills to foreign
countries.

Meanwhile, the debit function is to record all transactions related to the reduction of the amount of
foreign exchange due. Reductions in the amount of foreign exchange available on debit are
obtained from payments or those that give rise to debts to foreign countries.

The balance of payments is divided into three types, namely a deficit balance of payments, a surplus
balance of payments, and a balanced balance of payments. The following is an explanation of the
three types of balance of payments.

1. Balance of Payments Deficit

A deficit balance of payments is a balance that indicates that the value of imports is greater than the
value of exports. If a country continues to experience a deficit, the financial sector will run
slowly, making it difficult for economic growth to develop.

“How to solve the deficit problem?” Restricting imported commodities and increasing export
commodities are two ways that can be used to overcome the deficit problem in a country. In
addition to limiting imported commodities, the government needs to expand export markets so that export
commodities increase.

However, to increase export commodities is not easy because it still depends on the amount of domestic
production as well as looking at foreign demand. This foreign demand is influenced by the
quality of goods, price levels, and the prevailing exchange rates.

The ways that can be done to increase export commodities are export diversification, export subsidies and
premiums, devaluations, controlling domestic prices, and international agreements.

2. Balance of Payments Surplus

A surplus balance of payments is a balance indicating that a debit transaction or amount to be paid abroad
is less than receipts from abroad (credit transactions). In simple terms, a balance of payments
surplus can be interpreted as the amount of income is greater than the amount of expenditure made by a
country.

The surplus that occurs in the balance of payments indicates that the country has more foreign exchange
reserves and funds. In other words, the funds in the surplus balance of payments can be used to
carry out national development in a country.

4. Balanced Payments

A balanced balance of payments is a balance that shows that payment transactions abroad (debit
transactions) are equal to receipts from abroad (credit transactions). If a country wants to
increase its income (surplus), it needs to reduce the value of imports while increasing or adding the value
of exports.

To better understand various basic matters and matters related to export-import activities, the book The Ins and
Outs of the Export-Import Trade Volume 2 discusses various things that you should know.

D. Balance of Payment Function

Conditions of entry and exit of funds that occur in the balance of payments can indicate that the balance
of payments is functioning properly. It is important for a country to pay attention to economic
transactions so that they run properly and even strive to move in a profitable direction.

Thus, the balance of payments has several functions. The balance of payments functions
include:

• As government material in making decisions in the field of international trade.
• As a government material in making decisions or monetary policies implemented by a country.
• As a tool to measure or assess the economic situation related to international economic transactions of a
  country.
• As international financial data.
• As a data collection tool for economic transactions so that the government of a country when carrying out
  export and import activities does not experience losses and can make timely payment settlements.
• As a tool to record the budget that will be issued in international transactions

E. Purpose of the Balance of Payments

The preparation of the balance of payments carried out by a country has its own objectives.
Each goal will always provide benefits for a country. The objectives of preparing the
balance of payments are as follows:

1. To find
out the state of the economy in international relations of a country

To observe the state of the economy of a country can use the balance of payments. With the
balance of payments, the general pattern of a country’s economy can be known so that economic transactions
can be carried out optimally.

In international transactions, a country really needs to know the current state of the economy of other
countries. By knowing these conditions, the domestic government can determine policies or steps
that must be taken so that when carrying out economic transactions it benefits.

2. To find out the existing resources
in each country

The resources owned by a country vary. Therefore, a country needs to know the resources owned
by other countries in order to establish relations in international trade. The income generated
from international trade can be used as the country’s foreign exchange reserves and run the wheels of the
domestic economy.

The resources owned by a country can be identified by using the right balance of payments. If
you already know the resources owned by other countries, the government of a country can determine what
economic transactions must be carried out.

4.
To find out the size of the foreign exchange budget required in international economic transactions

Foreign exchange reserves owned by a country can be used as international economic transactions.
In order for foreign exchange reserves to increase, international economic transactions must be
carried out effectively and efficiently in order to gain from these transactions.

Planning the foreign exchange budget must be done carefully and thoroughly so that there are no mistakes
that make a country short of foreign exchange budget. One tool that can determine the foreign
exchange budget is the balance of payments. With a balance of payments, international economic
transactions can be carried out effectively and efficiently so that a country does not experience
losses.

5. To
find out the steps that must be taken in the field of economic transactions

In order not to make the wrong move when carrying out economic transactions, the government of a country needs to
think about the right steps so that the country does not experience losses when carrying out economic
transactions.

Therefore, a country must have a balance of payments in order to obtain data on other countries’ economic
developments. These data will be useful for the government of a country because having accurate
data will produce the right policies.

6. To find out
domestic economic problems that exist in a country

A country must also pay attention to economic problems that exist in the country. If there are
problems in the domestic economy and are not resolved immediately, it could disrupt international economic
transactions.

Domestic problems can be identified through the balance of payments. The records in the
balance of payments are accurate data so that the government will immediately know about domestic economic
problems and solve them immediately.

Components of the Balance of Payments

The components in the balance of payments are divided into five balance groups, namely:

1. Trade Balance

The trade balance is a data relating to the comparison of the value of exports with the value of imports of a
country that occurs in one period.

2. Capital Traffic Balance

The capital traffic balance is a record in the balance sheet that records every loan from abroad or credit as
well as loans or credit given to other countries.

3. Monetary Traffic Balance

The monetary traffic balance is a record in the balance sheet that records changes or growth in foreign exchange
reserves in a country.

4. Capital Yield Balance Sheet

The balance of capital results is a record in the balance sheet that records all payments and receipts of
dividends, various kinds of gifts given by other countries, and interest on the salaries of foreign workers

5. Services balance

Services balance is a record in the balance sheet that records service transactions carried out by a country and
received by other countries during one period.

Conclusion

The balance of payments is very important for a country to have because with the balance of payments, a
country can measure the amount of flow of funds from abroad, both funds going out and incoming funds.
The inflow and outflow of funds in international economic transactions indicates that a country’s
financial sector is running properly. The balance of payments can be an indicator that
influences the actions of market participants.

Transactions recorded in the balance of payments are only international economic transactions, such as
exports and imports. Meanwhile, military aid transactions or similar transactions are not
recorded in the balance of payments.

Economic transactions include debit transactions and credit transactions. Debit transactions
are transactions that must be paid overseas. Meanwhile, credit transactions are transactions
received from abroad.

So, that’s a brief explanation of the meaning, function, purpose, and components of the Balance of Payments which
can help Sinaumed’s know and become more familiar with what a Balance of Payments is and its importance to a
country.

Sinaumed’s can learn more about the Balance of Payments or material about the economy between countries
through the books available at sinaumedia, as #Friends Without Borders for Sinaumed’s, we will always provide a
selection of quality and useful books. Buy the book right now!

Bacon is – Bacon or in English, bacon is a meat product made from pork . Bacon is made from several cuts of meat. Usually taken from the side and back of the pork. In the United States, bacon is almost always made from pork belly. This cut side then has more meat and less fat from the belly.

Bacon or bacon can also be cooked by roasting, boiling, frying, or cut into small pieces according to taste. To find out more about bacon , you can see a more complete explanation about bacon below.

About Bacon

Bacon is thinly sliced ​​meat then cured with salt. The meat used to make the bacon itself comes from the belly or back of the pig. Besides being able to be enjoyed as a snack with a salty taste, bacon is also often included in foods such as omelettes or omelets, sandwiches , soups, salads, burgers to ice cream.

In America, Bacon is very popular where it comes from the belly with a long layer of fat parallel to the skin. Meanwhile, in England there is Back bacon , which is the most common form of bacon, sometimes also called Irish or rasher or Canadian bacon in which the meat comes from the loin in the middle of the back of the pig. Back Bacon itself has a texture that is more like ham.

Even so, nowadays bacon doesn’t always have to be pork, there are also some bacon that comes from beef. Bacon made from beef is better known by Indonesian people as beef bacon .

Bacon Making Process

In the manufacturing process, the meat will be soaked in a solution of salt, nitrate, and sometimes sugar and sometimes smoked to get a distinctive smokey aroma. It is this layer of fat that will give the bacon a savory taste and also allow it to be cooked crispy yet tender.

The ratio of fat to lean meat is generally half to two-thirds fat to meat to determine the quality of good bacon . Another thing to consider when cooking bacon is not to cook it at high temperatures for a long time. High heat will convert nitrites into nitrosamines.

Bacon cooked in the microwave then contains less nitrosamines. Nitrates are used not only to preserve color, but also as a preservative to slow rancidity in fats and kill botulism bacteria. Nitrite is often the subject of controversy due to its role as a cancer-causing agent in animal studies, but the results have been inconclusive.

Currently, there are already nitrate-free bacon products on the market. In addition, food manufacturers have also started adding vitamin C during the curing process of meat, and this has contributed to lowering the nitrosamine content.

How to Choose the Best Bacon

Good bacon has alternating layers of fat and meat. Beef bacon is one of the most delicious dishes to eat, whether it is eaten cooked or raw. Apart from the quality of the meat, of course there are several other things that must be considered when using the meat. Here are three ways for consumers to choose the best quality Beef Bacon:

Aroma

Good bacon will be taken from the beef or pork in the stomach area with a very distinctive aroma and does not give off a rancid smell .

Color

Bacon also has a unique color combination, namely red and white, which looks natural and is not colored at all.

Slice

Bacon also has a thin shape because the slices are very careful and will not damage the meat fibers at all.

Bacon Cooking Steps

When you want to cook bacon , you can usually do it using cooking utensils, such as skillets, ovens , and microwaves . Everyone has their own taste in choosing bacon to cook with what cooking utensil.

Wok

Here’s a classic method, and ideal for then preparing six to eight pieces at a time. Remove the bacon from its package and let it come to room temperature (or about 20 minutes). Do not preheat the skillet, but place the bacon strips (without overlapping them) in the cold skillet and cook over medium heat.

Then, turning as needed, cook for about 10 minutes. Drain the cooked bacon on paper towels before finally serving.

Oven

To cook bacon in the oven, place the bacon on a parchment-lined baking sheet and place it in the cold oven. Then preheat the oven to 200 degrees and bake for 17 to 20 minutes or until desired crispiness. No need to turn, but it’s best to drain the bacon using a paper towel before serving. This will prevent the bacon from getting too greasy.

Microwaves

Cover the microwave with several layers of paper towels, then place the bacon strips without overlapping them, and cover with paper towels again. Cook on high for four to six minutes, without turning.

7 Bacon Cooking Mistakes

Who can resist the delicious bacon ? Just the first bite, you will definitely feel addicted. So that the taste of bacon remains delicious and tasty, the cooking method should not be arbitrary.

If you feel that the bacon you are cooking doesn’t taste the same as the one in the restaurant, there may be an error in processing it. Below are some mistakes that you should avoid when cooking bacon :

1. Choosing the Wrong Bacon

Of the many types of bacon in supermarkets, of course, it will make us confused to choose. But be careful while choosing. Choose fresh bacon and the pieces are not too thick so that when cooked you will get a crunch.

2. Cooking Bacon While Frozen

Bacon as a type of meat, especially in the fat. If you then immediately cook it frozen, the bacon wo n’t be crispy. Wait at room temperature for 15 minutes, before finally cooking it.

3. Too Much Cooking in the Pan

If you want to cook bacon for the family, it’s best to avoid cooking everything in one pan right away . This will cause the bacon to pile up and stick together, so it won’t get a crunchy texture. So, you really have to be extra patient!

4. Cooking Using a Hot Pan

Well, this one mistake is definitely often done. Usually, we will heat the pan before using it. However, it is better to cook it on a pan that is still cold. Then start the fire from medium until finally the bacon is cooked and crispy.

5. Remove the Fat

It’s wrong if you cook bacon , but the fat is removed instead. It is precisely this fat that will be the most important part. The fat can be stored for cooking potatoes or by making other dishes. Guaranteed the taste will be more delicious later, because the oil is naturally produced from meat.

6. Too Often Flip Bacon

If you’re cooking bacon, it’s best not to turn it over often. Let the bacon cook on its own until one side is crispy, then you can flip the other side.

7. Cooking Bacon Only on the Stove

In order to produce crispy bacon , you don’t have to always fry it using the stove. You can also cook it in the oven . The result is no less crisp. Those are the seven mistakes that are often made when cooking bacon . Have fun practicing so you don’t get it wrong again!

Bacon Recipe

Bacon Fried Rice

Materials needed:

• Prepare 2 tablespoons of butter or margarine
• Also prepare 2 cloves of garlic after finely chopped
• Prepare 20 g of onions, finely chopped
• Prepare 5 pieces of beef bacon , roughly cut
• Prepare 1 chicken egg, shake it
• Prepare 300 g of cold white rice
• Prepare 2 tablespoons of soy sauce
• Prepare 1/2 teaspoon ground pepper
• Prepare 1 tsp salt
• Prepare 1 tablespoon of mushroom broth
• Prepare 1 tsp of sesame oil
• Also prepare 1 stalk of green onion, then finely slice it

Garnish: coriander leaves

Steps to Make Beef Bacon Fried Rice:

1. Melt the butter in a pan then sauté the garlic and onions until they become fragrant and wilted. Add beef bacon , then stir until it changes color and stiffens. Set aside to the edge of the pan. Pour in the egg and beat it down the side of the pan, stirring until it’s lumpy. Stir well.
2. Also add white rice, soy sauce, pepper, mushroom broth, salt and sesame oil. Turn up the heat, then stir quickly until everything is well blended.
3. Add the green onions, then stir briefly then remove from heat. Serve while warm with coriander leaves, if you like it to taste.

Hunter-style Banana Skin Bacon

Materials needed:

• Prepare 1 tablespoon of soy sauce
• Prepare 1 tablespoon of Worcestershire sauce
• Prepare 1/4 teaspoon of onion powder
• Also prepare 1/4 teaspoon of garlic powder
• Prepare 1/4 teaspoon of kosher salt
• Prepare 1 teaspoon of dark brown sugar
• Prepare 1/2 teaspoon of liquid smoke
• Prepare 1/2 teaspoon of smoked paprika
• Prepare 1/4 teaspoon of black pepper
• Prepare 2 bananas, take the skin then cut into 4 parts
• Prepare 1/2-3/4 tablespoons of avocado oil

Steps to make banana skin bacon:

1. Scrape the pulp from the skin using a spoon, knife or spatula. Separate. Meanwhile, mix all the seasoning ingredients in a bowl. Dip the banana peel in the seasoning, then make sure all the skin is coated then leave it in the fridge for 2-4 hours.
2. Prepare a frying pan with a little oil then put the banana peels. Leave some space so the skin doesn’t crowd the pan. It is better not to pour the seasoning into the pan to minimize rubbing the banana skin because it will knock the seasoning out.
3. Then, turn on low to medium heat and let the banana peels begin to sizzle. When there is a splash within a few minutes, flip the skin over. Do this 2-3 times until finally the banana skin becomes dark and the spices are perfectly caramelized.
4. Drain the skin and serve immediately while warm. If you want to store it, maximum banana skin bacon can be enjoyed in just 48 hours.
   Bacon originally came from pork, but over time, bacon came from beef. After knowing about bacon , are you going to try to process bacon at home?

Related Books

The Easiest Fried Rice Recipe

In this book we present 20 recipes for fried rice , which are very easy, but of course delicious. Starting from Javanese Fried Rice, Goat Fried Rice, Kencur Fried Rice, Crab Fried Rice, Medan Fried Rice, Oncom Fried Rice, Pontianak Fried Rice, Seafood Fried Rice, Tuna Fried Rice, Shrimp Fried Rice, to Sego Mawut-a type of fried rice from area of ​​Central Java. So, now you have a large collection of fried rice recipes with various flavors!

Home Cooking a la Xander’s Kitchen: 100 Hits Recipes on Instagram

The Instagram account @Xander`s Kitchen owner is a housewife who lives on a remote island at the eastern end of Indonesia named Lembata, East Nusa Tenggara province, and has more than 325 K followers (followers ) . Isn’t that amazing?

For Xander`s Kitchen cooking is his passion . Every time after cooking for her husband and family, she takes a picture with her cell phone, then uploads it to her Instagram account. You can prove the delicacy of Xander`s Kitchen by practicing the recipes in this book.

This book contains more than 100 recipes divided into 9 categories, namely: fish dishes, meat, chicken, vegetables, fried foods, bihu noodle rice, delicious Sambal, soup and soto, as well as tempeh and tofu egg dishes. All practical ways to make it with ingredients that are easy to get at traditional markets or vegetable shops that pass in front of our house.

Complete Precise Recipe for Catering Business

This book is equipped with cost calculation tips for beginners in the catering business so that they can determine the selling price correctly and the importance of cost reserves. The favorite menu represents the tastes of consumers in the catering business, which is a kitchen secret, and the author shares in this book, as many as 55 recipes divided into 10 categories, namely: Assorted Rice, Appetizers, Gravy Dishes, Meat Dishes, Processed Chicken, Processed Fish & Seafood, Vegetables, Pasta, Salty Snack, Pudding & Sweet Snack. For those of you who intend to start a catering or catering business, this book can be an inspiration and reference.

70 Easy Cook Recipes – Practical, Halal, Non-Msg

Various variations of Indonesian Food, Asian Food and Western Food recipes in this book can provide inspiration for serving a variety of foods so that they are not boring and can be enjoyed by both adults and children.

The recipes in this book include: Lemon Fried Chicken, Baked Rice Salmon Mentai, Crispy Vegetable Bakwan, Chicken Nugget Mayonnaise, Ebi Furai, Empal Yellow Seasoning, Sweet and Sour Fried Fish, Japchae (Korean noodle), Practical Chicken Curry, Mongolian Beef, Soy Sauce Team Rice, Pizza, Ragout Risoles, Mushroom Chicken Dumplings, Thai Basil Chicken, Shrimp Japanese Tofu Team, Zuppa Soup, and others.

Closing

For some people, maybe cooking is a difficult thing, but you can learn it through cookbooks that can be found at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

 

Background to the Rengasdengklok Incident – ​​The Rengasdengklok incident was a kidnapping event carried out by a number of youths including Soekarni, Wikana, Aidit, and Chaerul Saleh from the “Menteng 31” association against Soekarno and Hatta. This incident occurred on August 16, 1945 at 03.00 WIB, Soekarno and Hatta were taken to Rengasdengklok, Karawang, to then be urged to speed up the proclamation of independence of the Republic of Indonesia, until an agreement was made between the old groups represented by Soekarno and Hatta and Mr. Achmad Subardjo with young people about when the proclamation would be implemented, especially after Japan suffered defeat in the Pacific War.

Facing this pressure, Soekarno and Hatta remained unchanged. Meanwhile in Jakarta, Chaerul and his friends had devised a plan to seize power. But what had been planned was not successful because not all PETA members supported the plan.

The proclamation of independence of the Republic of Indonesia was planned to be read by Bung Karno and Bung Hatta on Friday, August 17, 1945. There were two preferred locations for reading the text of the proclamation, namely IKADA Square (which has now become Monas Square) or Bung Karno’s house on Jl. East Pegangsaan No. 56.

Bung Karno’s house was finally chosen to avoid chaos between the residents and the Japanese army because Japanese soldiers had been on guard at the IKADA Field after receiving information that an event would be held at that location. The text of the Proclamation was compiled in Rengasdengklok, at Djiaw Kie Siong’s house. The Red and White Flag was hoisted by fighters in Rengasdengklok on Thursday, August 16, in preparation for the proclamation of Indonesian independence.

Because he did not receive any news from Jakarta, Jusuf Kunto was sent to negotiate with the youths in Jakarta. However, when he arrived in Jakarta, Kunto only met Wikana and Mr. Achmad Soebardjo, then Kunto and Achmad Soebardjo went to Rengasdengklok to pick up Soekarno, Hatta, Fatmawati and Guntur.

Achmad Soebardjo invited Bung Karno and Hatta to go to Jakarta to read the proclamation at Jalan Pegangsaan Timur No. 56, Bung Karno’s house. On August 16 at midnight the group arrived in Jakarta.

The next day, on August 17, 1945, the proclamation statement was announced with the text of the proclamation of Indonesian Independence which was typed by Sayuti Melik using a typewriter “borrowed” (actually taken) from the office of the Chief Representative of Kriegsmarine, Major (Laut) Dr. Hermann Kandeler.

Check out the following reviews regarding the Background of the Rengasdengklok Incident!

Background to the Rengasdengklok Incident

On August 14, 1945, Sutan Syahrir heard news from the radio that Japan had surrendered from the Allies in the Greater East Asia War. Sutan Syahrir immediately met Soekarno and Hatta to deliver the news.

At that time, Soekarno and Hatta had just returned from Dalat, Vietnam, after meeting with Japan’s highest military leader for the Southeast Asian region, Marshal Terauchi. To Sukarno-Hatta, Terauchi promised independence for Indonesia.

Disagreements of opinion ensued among the three national figures. Sjahrir requested that independence be declared immediately. However, Sukarno and Hatta, who were not convinced by the news of Japan’s defeat, instead chose to wait for confirmation while waiting for Dai Nippon’s promise of independence. To anticipate this, young people kidnapped Soekarno and Hatta so that they would not be influenced by the Japanese.

That true independence is the result of the struggle of the Indonesian people alone, not a gift from Japan. The day after hearing the news of Japan’s defeat against the allies, the youth group held a negotiation at Pegangsaan Timur Jakarta, on 15 August. In this meeting it was decided that the implementation of independence be released from all ties and relations with the agreement of independence from Japan.

The Rengasdengklok incident had its own meaning for the Proclamation of Indonesian Independence. The Rengasdengklok incident has not only become a name for a place, but has become a silent witness to the history of the Indonesian nation’s independence. On August 15, to be precise, the youth group held a meeting at Pegangsaan Timur, Jakarta, regarding when the announcement of the Proclamation of Indonesian Independence should be made.

The meeting chaired by Chaerul Saleh then agreed that Indonesia’s independence was a decision of the Indonesian people, not Japan. That night, the youth groups sent Wikana and Darwis to meet Soekarno and Hatta, they demanded that the proclamation of independence be carried out on August 16, 1945. If Soekarno-Hatta refused, there would be a big upheaval.

However, Soekarno and Hatta rejected Wikana and Darwis’ request. Sukarno could not let go of his responsibility as chairman of the PPKI, so he had to negotiate first with the agency made in Japan. After receiving rejection from Soekarno and Hatta, Wikana and Darwis then returned and held a meeting which was held at Jalan Cikini 71, Jakarta.

The meeting was attended by leaders of other youth groups. They also decided to bring Soekarno and Hatta to Rengasdengklok to keep them away from Japanese influence.

Figures that are often referred to as the old group are Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta, members and administrators of BPUPKI, and PPKI. The old group represented by Soekarno and Hatta and Mr. Achmad Subardjo with young people about when the proclamation will be implemented, especially after Japan suffered defeat in the Pacific War.

Young people, namely Sukarni, Chaerul Saleh, Yusuf Kunto, Dr. Muwardi, Shodanco Singgih, Wikana, Sayuti Melik, Sudiro, BM Diah, Djohar Nur, Kusnandar, Subadio, Subianto, Margono, Adam Malik, Armansyah.

The rengasdengklok incident was an incident of kidnapping carried out by a number of youths, namely Soekarni, Wikana, Aidit, and Chaerul Saleh from the “Menteng 31” association against Soekarno and Hatta. This incident occurred on August 16, 1945 at 03.00 WIB. Soekarno and Hatta were brought to Rengasdengklok, Karawang to be urged to hasten the proclamation of independence of the Republic of Indonesia, until an agreement was reached between the old factions.

The kidnapping of the two senior figures was commanded by Shodanco Singgih. At Rengasdengklok, Soekarno and Hatta were again urged by the youth to immediately proclaim independence.

In the face of this pressure, Soekarno and Hatta remained unchanged in their stance. Meanwhile in Jakarta, Chaerul and his friends had devised a plan to seize power. But what had been planned didn’t just work, this was because not all PETA members supported the plan.

The proclamation of independence of the Republic of Indonesia was planned to be read by Bung Karno and Bung Hatta on Friday, August 17, 1945 at the IKADA Field or at Bung Karno’s house, on Jl. East Pegangsaan No. 56.

Soekarno’s house was chosen at Jalan Pegangsaan Timur No. 56. The text of the Proclamation was compiled in Rengasdengklok, at Djiaw Kie Siong’s house. The Red and White Flag was hoisted by fighters in Rengasdengklok on Thursday, August 16, in preparation for the proclamation of Indonesian independence.

Because he did not receive any news from Jakarta, Jusuf Kunto was sent to negotiate with the youths in Jakarta. However, when he arrived in Jakarta, Kunto only met Wikana and Mr. Achmad Soebardjo, then Kunto and Achmad Soebardjo went to Rengasdengklok to pick up Soekarno, Hatta, Fatmawati and Guntur. Achmad Soebardjo invited Bung Karno and Hatta to go to Jakarta to read the proclamation at Jalan Pegangsaan Timur No. 56. On August 16 at midnight the group arrived in Jakarta.

So, the background to the occurrence of the Rengasdengklok incident occurred due to differences of opinion regarding the implementation of the proclamation of independence. Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta still had the desire to discuss everything regarding the implementation of the proclamation at the meeting of the Preparatory Committee for Indonesian Independence (PPKI). The difference in views between the young people and Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta gave rise to the intention of the young people to kidnap them both. The decision to kidnap the two figures was made at a meeting held by the youths on the early morning of August 16, 1945.

This kidnapping incident was given to Singgih. In carrying out this kidnapping, Singgih was assisted by Cudanco Latief Hendraningrat by providing several military equipment. Then Soekarno and Hatta were picked up by a group of youths and then taken to Rengasdengklok, because the area was considered safe.

Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta were placed in a house, namely the house belonging to Djiaw Kie Song. The Rengasdengklok incident kidnapped the two of them from Jalan Menteng 31, Jakarta to Rengasdengklok, Karawang. The kidnapping took place around 03.00 in the morning, a day before Indonesian independence.

The negotiations from the Rengasdengklok incident resulted in the decision that the proclamation of independence should be carried out in Jakarta. Achmad Soebardjo asked the young people to immediately bring Soekarno and Hatta back to Jakarta. Instead, Achmad Soebardjo promised to immediately proclaim Indonesian independence without Japanese influence. The agreement made Yusuf Kunto and Achmad Soebardjo leave for Rengasdengklok to pick up Soekarno and Hatta back to Jakarta.

In the evening, the group arrived in Jakarta. Soekarno and Hatta were escorted to the house of Admiral Maeda on Jalan Imam Bonjol, Central Jakarta, which is now the Proclamation Manuscript Formulation Building. On August 16, 1945, the house was used by youths and members of the Defenders of the Homeland (PETA) as a resting place for Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta.

The Rengasdengklok incident and the placement of Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta at Djiaw Kie Song’s house were not ordinary events, but the biggest events which were one of the milestones in the history of Indonesian independence.

Impact of the Rengasdengklok Incident

After Soekarno and Hatta were kidnapped in Rengasdengklok, Soekarno, in the presence of Shodanco Singgih, decided to agree to hold a proclamation after he returned to Jakarta. The older and the younger groups also agreed on the decision that Sukarno should make the Proclamation of Independence in Jakarta.

The next day, Ahmad Subardjo was willing to put his life on the line by picking up Soekarno and Hatta to return to Jakarta and guaranteeing the Proclamation of Independence.

The next day, on August 17, 1945, at 10.00 WIB, the proclamation statement was announced with the text of the proclamation of Indonesian Independence typed by Sayuti Melik using a typewriter that was “borrowed” (actually taken) from the office of the Head of Kriegsmarine Representative, Major (Sea) Dr. . Hermann Kandeler.

At that time Soekarno and Moh. Hatta, the leaders wanted the proclamation to be carried out through the PPKI, while the youth group wanted the proclamation to be carried out as soon as possible without going through the PPKI which was considered a body made in Japan.

In addition, this was done so that Soekarno and Moh. Hatta was not influenced by Japan. The youth groups were worried that independence, which was actually the result of the struggle of the Indonesian nation, would become as if it had been a gift from Japan.

Previously the youth group had held a negotiation at a bacteriology institute in Pegangsaan Timur Jakarta, on 15 August. In this meeting it was decided that the implementation of independence would release all ties and relations with the promise of independence from Japan. The results of the decision were submitted to Ir. Soekarno in the evening but was rejected by Sukarno because he felt responsible as chairman of the PPKI.

Benefits of the Rengasdengklok Event

Sinaumed’s The Rengasdengklok incident certainly has benefits for the Indonesian people. From the Rengasdengklok Incident, consciously or not, the kidnapping incident of Soekarno – Hatta to Rengasdengklok had a major influence on the development of the Indonesian nation. Let’s imagine if the young people didn’t kidnap the old people quickly, would the proclamation be issued that quickly?

Well, the older group as those holding high positions tend to be more careful and selective in determining the direction of movement. This could be because the burden they are carrying is too great, so if they make a wrong move, ordinary people may become the victims. Therefore, the elderly are more vigilant in choosing the day of the proclamation of independence.

Meanwhile, the younger group is considered to be more responsive in responding to the situation. Those who still have enthusiasm and a young soul seem not afraid to take various risks, including carrying out the proclamation of independence. The Rengasdengklok incident ultimately accelerated the implementation of the proclamation of Indonesian independence.

This also cannot be separated from the policy of the old group who agreed with the implementation of the proclamation of independence on August 17, 1945.

If at that time there was no Rengasdengklok event, then it is not certain that the proclamation of independence could have materialized. Remember, opportunity doesn’t always come twice, so 17 August 1945 was the best moment to declare Indonesia’s independence.

Sound of the Proclamation Text

Proclamation

We, the Indonesian nation, hereby declare Indonesia’s independence. Matters concerning the transfer of power and other things, shall be carried out in a thorough manner and in the shortest possible time.

Jakarta, day 17 boelan 8 tahoen ’05
On behalf of the Indonesian nation,
SOEKARNO / HATTA

The text of the Proclamation of Indonesian Independence was read on August 17, 1945 at Jalan Pegangsaan Timur Number 56, Jakarta. The script was typed by Sayuti Melik. While the preparation of the text of the proclamation was made by Ir. Soekarno, Ahmad Soebardjo, and Mohammad Hatta. The text of the proclamation was signed at the home of Rear Admiral Tadashi Maeda, Meiji Dori Street. Now that place is the Museum for the Formulation of Proclamation Manuscripts, at Jalan Imam Bonjol Number 1, Central Jakarta.

The original text of the proclamation was written on Friday, August 17, 1945 in the morning. The first paragraph of the manuscript was proposed by Ahmad Soebardjo and the second paragraph by Mohammad Hatta. Then the script was typed using a typewriter by Sayuti Melik. The contents of the typed text of the proclamation are slightly different from the handwritten text.

It is said that the handwritten manuscript was thrown away because it was deemed no longer needed. Then Burhanuddin Mohammad Diah kept it as a personal document, after the formulation of the manuscript was read. In 1995, the original manuscript was submitted to President Soeharto, which is now stored in the National Archives of the Republic of Indonesia.

The text of the proclamation was read at Soekarno’s residence at Pegangsaan Timur street number 56 (now Jalan Proklamasi), Jakarta. The reading was carried out directly by Soekarno at 10.00 WIB. The figures who attended the reading of the text of the proclamation were Ki Hajar Dewantara, Abikoesno Tjokrosoejoso, Buntaran Martoatmojo, AA Maramis, Latuharhary, Anwar Tjokroaminoto, Otto Iskandardinata, KH Mas Mansyur, Sayuti Melik, Moewardi, AG Pringgodigdo, and Soewirjo.

Maybe without the Rengasdengklok incident which was carried out by young people, the proclamation would never have materialized. Until now, the Rengasdengklok incident is interpreted as an event that shows that the struggle for independence is not far from debate and discussion, however, the most important thing is the unity of the same goal, namely fighting for the independence of the Republic of Indonesia.

Even though there are still many incidents that have occurred, until now Indonesia remains independent. The development from the beginning of independence to this moment is palpable. Indonesia which is now rich in natural resources, arts, customs, food and much more.

It is thanks to the warriors and heroes of old that we can experience Indonesia’s wealth to this day. Indonesian history will always be remembered and will continue to be studied. How great were the warriors and heroes of old to maintain the unity and unity of this Indonesian homeland.

Related Book & Article Recommendations:

Background Europeans Undertook Ocean Exploration – History records that European nations decided to undertake expeditions or explorations to other parts of the world since the 15th century AD, including to the archipelago or present-day Indonesia. This period was later called the age of ocean exploration. Ocean exploration is also known as the era of the age of discovery . This era began when the Eastern Roman Empire collapsed after fighting Islamic rule. Exploration of the oceans by Europeans then became conquest and colonialism.

The Portuguese became the first European nation to sail to the Archipelago. Alfonso de Albuqueque commanded some 18 ships carrying 1,200 people. This Portuguese convoy conquered Malacca in 1511, then targeted Maluku in 1512. From this, the history of colonialization in Indonesia began.

Spices were the main reason for the Portuguese visiting the Archipelago. This achievement from the Portuguese was then followed by its neighboring kingdom, namely Spain. The Portuguese and Spanish had been involved in a conflict in Maluku. The Portuguese allied with the Kingdom of Ternate against the Spanish who embraced the Kingdom of Tidore.

Not only Spain and Portugal, the exploration of the oceans that transformed into colonialism and imperialism was later followed by other European nations, including the Netherlands, France, Britain, Italy, Belgium and Germany. So, what was the background for Europeans to explore the oceans?

One of the main causes was the fall of Constantinople in 1453, from the Byzantine or Eastern Roman Empire to the Ottoman Empire under Sultan Mehmed II. The conquest of Constantinople (now Istanbul) became one of the important milestones that changed the history of human civilization, namely the exploration of European nations.

Background of the Europeans Exploring the Ocean

As for several other reasons behind the Europeans to explore the oceans and come to the Archipelago, can be described as follows.

1. Crusades

The Crusades is the term for the religious wars in West Asia and Europe between the 11th and 17th centuries, which were supported by the Catholic Church. This war involved the peoples of Europe against the Seljuk Turks and Arabs. The war lasted 200 years and was divided into seven periods.

The war is called the Crusades by Christians, while Muslims call it the Holy War. The Crusades were caused by the seizure of the City of Jerusalem. This protracted war cut off the Asia-Europe trade route. The war also had an impact on the depletion of European wealth because it was allocated for war.

The Crusades differed from other religious conflicts in that the people who took part in these wars believed their struggle to be a practice of penance in order to obtain forgiveness for the sins they had confessed.

The Crusades were first initiated by Pope Urban II in 1095 at the Council of Clermont. He urged his audience to take up arms to help the Byzantine Emperors fight the Seljuk Turks and make an armed pilgrimage to Jerusalem. His appeal was responded with enthusiasm by all levels of Western European society. The volunteers were then confirmed as members of the Crusaders through a public pledge.

The people who volunteered for the war were motivated by different intentions. There were those who simply wanted to go to Jerusalem in order to be taken up with them to heaven, there were those who did it for the sake of serving their masters, there were those who wanted to seek fame and reputation, and there were also those who had the desire to reap economic and political benefits through their participation.

When the First Crusade broke out, the term “Crusade” was not yet known. The Christian military campaigns at that time were called “travels” (Latin: iter ) or “pilgrimage” (Latin: peregrinatio ). These wars with the blessing of the church were only associated with the term “crucifixion” after the Latin word “ crucesignatus ” (one who is marked with the cross) came into use in the late 12th century.

According to the Oxford English Dictionary, the etymology of the word ” crusade ” (the British term for “Crusade”) is related to the modern French croisade , Old French croisée , Provençal crozada , Portuguese and Spanish cruzada , and Crociata in Italian language. All of these words are derivatives of the Medieval Latin cruciāta or cruxiata , which originally meant “to torture” or “to crucify,” but from the 12th century also to mean “to cross.”

The term “Crusade” can be interpreted differently, depending on the views of the authors who use it. Giles Constable in The Historiography of the Crusades (2001) describes four different points of view among historical scholars as follows.

a. The Traditionalist Perspective

Traditionalists limited the notion of the Crusades to the wars waged by Christians in the Holy Land from 1095 to 1291, both to help the Christians in that land and to liberate Jerusalem and the Holy Sepulcher from occupation.

b. The Pluralist Perspective

Pluralists use the term Crusades as a designation for all kinds of military actions openly sanctioned by the sitting pope. This meaning reflects the view of the Roman Catholic Church (including figures of the Middle Ages during the Crusades, such as Saint Bernard of Clairvaux) that every war sanctioned by the Pope can be legally called a Crusade, without distinction of cause, reason or place.

This broad definition includes acts against pagans and heretics such as the Albigensian Crusades, the Northern Crusades, and the Hussite Crusades. This definition also includes wars for political advantage and territorial domination such as the Crusades of Aragon in Sicily, the Crusades proclaimed by Pope Innocent III against the Markward of Anweiler in 1202, and those declared against the people of Stedingen, several crusades which were declared ( by different popes) against Emperor Frederick II and his sons, two crusades declared against opponents of King Henry III of England, and the crusade of the reconquest of the Iberian Peninsula by Christians.

c. The Generalist Viewpoint

Generalists view the Crusades as all kinds of holy wars connected with the Latin Church and which were waged as acts of defense of religion.

d. The Popularist Perspective

The popularists limit the notion of the Crusades as wars characterized by the movement of the masses for religious reasons, namely only the first Crusade and perhaps also the People’s Crusades.

2. Fall of Constantinople

On May 29, 1453, the Turkish-based Ottoman Caliph captured Constantinople. This city was previously part of the territory of the Roman–Byzantine Empire. The seizure of Constantinople was led by the King of Turkey, Sultan Mehmed II. Constantinople, has long been a contested city, not only because of its glorious history, but also because this city is one of the important points in the overland trade routes connecting Europe with Asia.

After Constantinople was occupied by the Ottoman Turks, the Asian-European overland trade route was cut off. This was because the Ottoman Turks forbade Europeans from passing through Constantinople. European nations then find it difficult to gain access to trade in Asia. Because, Constantinople is a region that serves as the entry point for Asian and European trade.

Market demand for spices, silk fabrics, and medicines on the other hand is increasing. European nations are having a hard time meeting the demand. This forced them to look for other trade routes besides Constantinople, for example, for countries in Asia such as Indonesia.

After the conquest, Sultan Mehmed II resided in Constantinople for 23 days after the conquest, completing all his affairs, and managing the management of the newly conquered city. He then opened one beginning of his decree regarding the city, that he made Constantinople as the capital.

He later assumed the titles “al-Fātih” (Arabic: conqueror) and “Abul-Fath” (Arabic: father of conqueror). This is what made him known as “Muhammad al-Fātih”. The name in Ottoman Turkish was written فاتح سُلطان مُحمَّد خان ثانى or “Fatih Sultan Muhammad Khan Tsani”, while in modern Turkish it is written as “Fâtih Sultan Mehmed Han II”.

3. Searching for the Spice Islands

Merle Calvin Ricklefs in Modern Indonesian History 1200–2004 (2007) stated that the biggest reason for the arrival of Europeans to Indonesia or the Archipelago was for the sake of spices. Spices are a valuable raw material in Europe. Europeans used spices as raw materials for medicines, perfumes, food, and most importantly, food preservatives.

Europeans at that time had to slaughter all their livestock. If not, the cattle will die from the cold. The livestock meat had to be preserved, but the food preservatives at that time were spices. The interruption of trade routes because Constantinople fell into the hands of the Ottoman Turks moved European nations to seek their own spice trading routes.

Apart from India, the Archipelago at that time was well known as a producer of spices. Nutmeg, pepper and cloves are very expensive commodities. However, the Portuguese, Spanish and Dutch did not come to Indonesia just to fulfill their people’s need for spices. They also intended to monopolize the spice trade.

4. Development of Technology and Science

After the defeat in the Crusades, the development of technology and science in Europe actually developed rapidly as the Dark Ages phase ended and was replaced by the Renaissance or Age of Enlightenment since the 15th century AD. In addition, the defeat of the Crusades made European nations realize their shortcomings in terms of technology and science.

At that time, the theory of heliocentrism was introduced by Nicolas Copernicus and Galileo Galilei. The proofs that the earth is round and has an orbit around the sun can be done after the science of astronomy is discovered and developed.

This theory uncovered that Europeans’ knowledge of the world was narrow. This is what causes the desire to find out things that are not yet known about the universe, world geography, and about other nations in other parts of the world.

The desire to explore is supported by developments in shipping technology, such as the discovery of compasses, cannons and other tools, as well as developments in astronomy in navigation. Technology and knowledge made it possible to search for places where spices were produced by sea, not by land which had been cut off by the fall of Constantinople.

5. Spirit of 3G

In the end, European nations’ exploration of the oceans was accompanied by the spirit of 3G, namely gold (wealth), glory (glory), and gospel (spreading Christianity). In addition, the Europeans wanted to find and meet Prester John who they believed was the Christian King who ruled in the East.

When traced, the 3G motto was first coined by Pope Alexander VI of the Vatican after settling the dispute between Portugal and Spain with the Treaty of Tordesilas in 1494.

1. Gold

Gold means the desire to gain wealth in newly discovered areas, namely gold, silver and minerals and other materials that are very valuable. At that time, the main areas to target were Guinea and spices from the East. The wealth that was exploited from the new area was then used for the benefit of the imperialist empire or country.

2. Glory

Glory is defined as glory or to control the territory visited and used as a colony. In addition, glory is also the motto of pursuing glory, superiority and power through colonialism. In this regard, they compete with each other and want to rule in the new world they find. The Indonesian Archipelago, for example, was once a Dutch colony for a long time.

3. Gospels

Gospel is a mission to spread the teachings of Christianity (Catholic Christianity and Protestant Christianity). European missionaries spread their religion in the new areas they visited. Every ship belonging to European nations that explored the oceans was always accompanied by a group of missionaries, who considered spreading the teachings of the Bible to be a calling in life and a noble duty. They then used the colony area as a place to carry out the mission.

In its development, the slogan 3G has proven to have a negative impact on countries in the East, especially the terms gold and glory . Because, in terms of gold , a country is said to be prosperous if it has abundant wealth. This prompted the West to extract as much wealth as possible from the East, including in the Archipelago by controlling its spices. In addition, the motto of glory encouraged Europeans to have vast territories.

Arrival of Europeans to the Archipelago

The breakup of the Asia-Europe trade route pushed the kingdoms in Europe to look for new trade routes. This time, not by land which had been controlled by the Ottoman Turks. They are looking for another route that is more difficult and dangerous, namely trying to explore the paradise of spices by sea. The sea became the path taken by the West to find spices.

Portugal and Spain became the first countries to explore. They finally made it to the spice islands in the far east, aka Southeast Asia. In 1512, the Portuguese fleet reached Malacca. The Portuguese arrived in the Archipelago with 1,200 people and 18 ships. This was the beginning of the arrival of Europeans to Indonesia.

Spain then came to the Archipelago after the Portuguese. The Netherlands soon followed suit, even having a much deeper influence than the two previous European nations. This is because the Dutch colonization lasted a very long time.

So, that’s a brief explanation about the background of Europeans exploring the oceans. Through the explanation above, it can be seen that the biggest reason for Europeans coming to Indonesia or the Archipelago was for the sake of spices. Spices are a valuable raw material in Europe.

Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s collection of books at www.sinaumedia.com to obtain references on the European nations’ search for spices in the Indonesian Archipelago, starting from their background to the process of colonialism that was carried out.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Indonesian history so they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• Sultan Ageng Tirtayasa Biography: His Life History and Struggle
• The Concept of Historical Thinking, A Complete Review of How to Analyze the Past
• After the Proclamation, Why Should the Indonesian Nation Defend Independence?
• Definition of Periodization: Purpose, Types, and Influencing Factors
• History and Meaning of the Proclamation of Independence for Indonesia

Background of the Battle of Surabaya November 10, 1945 – The Battle of Surabaya was a battle between soldiers and militias proclaming Indonesian independence, the British army and British India. The climax occurred on November 10, 1945. This battle was the first war between Indonesian troops and foreign troops after the Proclamation of Indonesian Independence and one of the biggest and toughest battles in the history of the Indonesian National Revolution which became a national symbol for Indonesia’s resistance to colonialism.

After this battle, the support of the Indonesian people and the international world for Indonesia’s struggle for independence grew stronger. November 10 is celebrated every year as Hero’s Day in Indonesia.

When the Allied troops landed at the end of October 1945, Surabaya was described as “a strong united stronghold under the youth”. Fighting broke out on 30 October after the commander of the British force, Brigadier AWS Mallaby was killed in a gun battle. The British mounted a punitive counteroffensive on 10 November with the assistance of fighter planes. Colonial troops captured most of the city within three days, poorly armed Republican troops fought back for three weeks, and thousands of people died as the townspeople fled to the countryside.

Even though they lost and lost members and weapons, the battles waged by the Republican troops aroused the enthusiasm of the Indonesian people to fight for their independence and attracted international attention. The Netherlands no longer saw the Republic as a collection of troublemakers without the support of the people. This battle also convinced Britain to take a neutral stance in the Indonesian national revolution; a few years later, Britain supported Indonesia’s cause at the United Nations.

Background of the Occurrence of the November 10, 1945 War

1. Arrival of Japanese Soldiers to the Dutch East Indies (Indonesia)

On March 1, 1942, Japanese troops landed on Java Island, and seven days later on March 8, 1942, the Dutch East Indies colonial government surrendered unconditionally to the Japanese Empire based on the Kalijati Agreement. After the unconditional surrender, Java Island was officially occupied by the Japanese.

2. Proclamation of Indonesian Independence

Three years later, Japan surrendered unconditionally to the allies following the dropping of atomic bombs by the United States on Hiroshima on August 6, 1945 and Nagasaki on August 9, 1945. The events occurred on August 14, 1945 which caused a power vacuum. In the vacuum of foreign power, Soekarno then proclaimed Indonesian independence on August 17, 1945.

3. Arrival of British and Dutch troops

After the defeat of the Japanese, the people of Indonesia and the fighters tried to disarm the Japanese soldiers. This is what causes the battles that took their lives in many areas. When the movement to disarm the Japanese troops was raging, on 15 September 1945, British troops landed in Jakarta, then landed in Surabaya on 25 October 1945.

British troops came to Indonesia to join the Allied Forces Netherlands East Indies (AFNEI) by decision and on behalf of the Allied Block, with the task of disarming the Japanese army, freeing the prisoners of war held by the Japanese, and returning Japanese troops to their countries. But apart from that the British troops who came also carried the mission of returning Indonesia to the administration of the Dutch government as a colony of the Dutch East Indies. The Netherlands Indies Civil Administration (NICA) took a ride with a group of British troops for this purpose. This triggered the turmoil the people of Indonesia and Indonesia led to the movement of popular resistance everywhere against the AFNEI and the NICA.

4. Incident at Hotel Yamato, Tunjungan, Surabaya

Hotel Orange Surabaya in 1937.

After the announcement of the Indonesian government’s announcement on 31 August 1945 stipulating that from 1 September 1945 the national flag of Sang Saka Merah Putih was hoisted continuously throughout Indonesia, the flag-raising movement spread to all corners of the city of Surabaya.

The climax of the flag-raising movement in Surabaya occurred in the incident of tearing the flag at the Yamato Hoteru/Hotel Yamato (named Oranje Hotel or Hotel Orange during colonial times, now called Hotel Majapahit) on Jalan Tunjungan No. 65 Surabaya.

A group of Dutch people under the leadership of Mr. WVCh. Ploegman on the night of 18 September 1945, at 21.00 WIB, raised the Dutch flag (Red-White-Blue), without the approval of the Regional Government of the Republic of Indonesia in Surabaya, on a pole on the top floor of the Yamato Hotel, on the north side.

The next day, the Surabaya youths saw this and became angry because they thought the Dutch had insulted Indonesian sovereignty, wanted to restore power to Indonesia, and insulted the Red and White flag-raising movement that was taking place in Surabaya.

Shortly after gathering the masses at the Yamato Hotel, Resident Soedirman, a fighter and diplomat who at that time served as Deputy Resident (Fuku Syuco Gunseikan) who was still recognized by the Dai Nippon Surabaya Syu government, as well as Regional Resident of Surabaya, Indonesian Government, came through the crowd and entered to the Yamato Hotel escorted by Sidik and Hariyono. As RI representative, he negotiated with Mr. Ploegman and his friends and asked that the Dutch flag be taken down from the Yamato Hotel building immediately.

In these negotiations, Ploegman refused to lower the Dutch flag. The talks heated up, Ploegman pulled out a gun, and a fight broke out in the assembly hall. Ploegman was strangled by Sidik, who was also killed by Dutch soldiers who were on guard and heard Ploegman’s gunshots, while Soedirman and Hariyono fled outside the Yamato Hotel.

Outside the hotel, the youths who knew the mess of the negotiations immediately broke into the Yamato Hotel and a fight broke out in the hotel lobby. Most youths scramble up to the top of the hotel to drop the Dutch flag. Hariyono, who was originally with Soedirman, returned to the hotel and was involved in climbing the flagpole and together with Koesno Wibowo managed to lower the Dutch flag, tear off the blue part, and hoist it to the top of the flagpole again as the Red and White flag.

The raising of the Indonesian flag after the Dutch flag was torn off in blue at the Yamato Hotel.

After the incident at the Yamato Hotel, on October 27, 1945 the first battle erupted between Indonesia and the British army. These small attacks later turned into general attacks that claimed many lives on both the Indonesian and British sides, before General DC Hawthorn asked President Soekarno for help to defuse the situation.

5. Death of Brigadier General Mallaby

After the ceasefire between the Indonesian and British soldiers was signed on October 29, 1945, the situation gradually subsided. Although it still occurs armed clashes between the people and the British troops in Surabaya. The armed clashes in Surabaya culminated in the killing of Brigadier General Mallaby, (head of the British army for East Java), on 30 October 1945 at around 20.30.

Brigadier Mallaby is the commander of Brigade 49 Indian Division with a strength of ± 6,000 troops which is part of AFNEI, the Allied troops sent to Indonesia after the end of World War II to disarm the Japanese army, free Japanese prisoners of war, and return Indonesia back to the Dutch East Indies under Dutch rule. under NICA administration.

At that time, the Buick car in which Brigadier General Mallaby was traveling ran into a group of Indonesian militia when he was about to pass through Jembatan Merah. The misunderstanding led to a shootout that ended in the death of Brigadier General Mallaby by a gun shot by a young Indonesian whose identity is unknown, and the car was set on fire by a grenade explosion which made Mallaby’s body difficult to identify.

Mallaby’s death caused the British to be angry with the Indonesian side and resulted in the decision of Mallaby’s replacement, Major General Eric Carden Robert Mansergh, to issue an ultimatum on November 10, 1945 asking the Indonesian side to surrender weapons and stop fighting the AFNEI army and the NICA administration.

The Debate on the Causes of the Gunfight

Brigadier General Mallaby’s Buick car which exploded near the Internatio Building and Surabaya Red Bridge.

Tom Driberg, a British Member of Parliament from the British Labor Party (Labor Party). On February 20, 1946, in a debate in the British Parliament (House of Commons) it was doubted that the shooting was started by Indonesian troops. He said that it was strongly suspected that the shooting incident had arisen due to a misunderstanding that 20 members of the Indian troops led by Mallaby who started the shooting did not know that a ceasefire was in effect because they were cut off from contacts and telecommunications.

Here’s a quote from Tom Driberg.

“… About 20 (British) Indian (soldiers), in a building on the other side of the square, had been cut off from telephone communication and had no idea about the truce. They shot sporadically into the (Indonesian) masses. Brigadier Mallaby emerged from the (truce) discussion, walked straight into the crowd, with great courage, and shouted to the Indian soldiers to cease fire. They obey him. Perhaps half an hour later, the crowd in the square became agitated again. Brigadier Mallaby, at some point in the discussion, ordered the Indians to open fire again. They opened fire with two Bren rifles and the crowd dispersed and ran for cover; then fighting broke out again in earnest. It is clear that when Brigadier Mallaby gave the order to open fire again, ceasefire negotiations have actually broken out, at least locally. Twenty minutes to half an hour after that, he (Mallaby) unfortunately died in his car – although (we) are not really sure if he was killed by Indonesians who approached his car; which exploded simultaneously with the attack on him (Mallaby). I don’t think this can be accused of being a sneaky murder… because the information I got quickly from an eyewitness, namely a British officer who was actually on the scene at the time, whose honest intentions I have no reason to question…. he (Mallaby) unfortunately died in his car-although (we) are not really sure if he was killed by Indonesians who approached his car; which exploded simultaneously with the attack on him (Mallaby). I don’t think this can be accused of being a sneaky murder… because the information I got quickly from an eyewitness, namely a British officer who was actually on the scene at the time, whose honest intentions I have no reason to question…. he (Mallaby) unfortunately died in his car-although (we) are not really sure if he was killed by Indonesians who approached his car; which exploded simultaneously with the attack on him (Mallaby). I don’t think this can be accused of being a sneaky murder… because the information I got quickly from an eyewitness, namely a British officer who was actually on the scene at the time, whose honest intentions I have no reason to question….“

Suparto Brata, historian of Surabaya, said that until now, who killed Mallaby remains a mystery. “No one knows or witnesses saw who killed Mallaby,” said Suparto Brata.

In his story as outlined in a book, the late Roeslan Abdulgani also recounted that the battle in front of the Internatio building was triggered by British soldiers who were confined in the building shooting indiscriminately at the fighters. However, the figure that killed him is unknown because there have never been eyewitnesses. Mallaby’s death remains a mystery.

Freedom or Death motto

The ultimatums distributed by air flyers by the British army made the people of Surabaya very angry. Almost all corners of the city of Surabaya were filled with youths and armed groups. In the memory of Suhario alias Hario Kecik (Deputy Commander of the People’s Security Police), hundreds of youths gathered around him, all carrying guns and automatic pistols.

Hario Kecik said that those who were called incomplete carried grenades. A meeting of youths and armed groups in Surabaya decided to appoint Sungkono as Defense Commander for the City of Surabaya and appoint Surachman as Combat Commander. From here, the motto “Freedom or Death” and the Surabaya Warriors’ Oath emerged as follows.

Stay Free!

We will seriously defend the Sovereignty of the Indonesian State and Nation which was proclaimed on August 17, 1945, full of shared responsibility, unity, sincere sacrifice with the determination: Freedom or Death! Once Free, Always Free!

— Surabaya, November 9, 1945, at 18:46

Bung Tomo in Surabaya, one of Indonesia’s most respected revolutionary leaders. This famous photo for many people who were involved in the Indonesian National Revolution represented the soul of Indonesia’s main revolutionary struggle at that time.

After the killing of Brigadier General Mallaby, his replacement, Major General Robert Mansergh issued an ultimatum which stated that all Indonesian leaders and people who were armed must report and put their weapons in the designated place and surrender by raising their hands above. The ultimatum cutoff was 6.00am on November 10, 1945.

The ultimatum was then seen as an insult to the fighters and the people who had formed many fighting bodies or militias. The ultimatum was rejected by the Indonesian side on the grounds that the Republic of Indonesia had already been established at that time, and the TKR (People’s Security Army) had also been formed as a state troop.

In addition, many armed struggle organizations have been formed by the community, including among youths, students and students who oppose the re-entry of the Dutch government which piggybacks on the presence of British troops in Indonesia. On the morning of November 10, the British army began to launch an offensive. The allied forces encountered resistance from Indonesian troops and militia.

Apart from Bung Tomo, there were also other influential figures in mobilizing the people of Surabaya at that time, some coming from religious backgrounds such as KH Hasyim Asy’ari, KH Wahab Hasbullah, and other Islamic boarding school clerics who also mobilized their students and civil society. as a resistance militia (at that time the people were not so obedient to the government, but they were more obedient and obedient to the kiai/ulama), so that the Indonesian resistance lasted tough, from day to day, until from week to week. The people’s resistance, which at first was spontaneous and uncoordinated, has become more and more organized day by day. This battle took about three weeks.

At least 6,000-16,000 fighters from the Indonesian side were killed and 200,000 civilians fled from Surabaya. Casualties for the British and Indian troops were estimated at 600-2,000 soldiers. The bloody battle in Surabaya which claimed thousands of lives has stirred people’s resistance throughout Indonesia to fight. The number of fallen fighters and civilians who became victims on November 10 was later remembered as Heroes’ Day by the Republic of Indonesia until now.

So, that’s a brief explanation of the chronology that led to the Battle of Surabaya on November 10, 1945. Appreciating the services of the heroes involved in the battle is not only done by remembering and thanking them, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about the history of the Battle of November 10, 1945 so they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• Biography of Cut Nyak Dien: A Female Hero Feared by the Dutch
• Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
• Biography of General Soedirman, the Great General of the TNI
• Pattimura Biography: The Story of Kapitan Pattimura and Maluku
• Biography of WR Supratman, the creator of the song Indonesia Raya

The definition of Crusades is a series of religious wars started in 1095 by the Roman Catholic Church. They continued, in various forms, through the centuries. The most famous Crusades took place between 1095 and 1291 in the Near East, in which European Christian armies attempted to retake the city of Jerusalem from Islamic rule.

The Near East is a term often used by archaeologists and historians to refer to the Levant or Levant (now Palestine, the Gaza Strip, Lebanon, Syria, the West Bank and Jordan), Anatolia (now Turkey), Mesopotamia (Iraq and eastern Syria), and Plato. Iranian (Iranian).

There were other Crusades against Muslims in Iberia and against pagans and fellow Christians in Europe who the Catholic Church deemed heretical. After the First Crusade (1095-1099) launched by Pope Urban II, most of the Holy Land was occupied by the Crusader States of Europe, as well as military orders such as the Knights Templar. By the end of the 18th century the Crusades had ended, leaving Europe and the Near East forever changed.

When Did the Crusades Begin?

The Crusades began 926 years ago, in November 1095 to be precise, at the Council of Clermont in France, Nicholas Morton, senior lecturer at Nottingham Trent University, and author of The Teutonic Knights in the Holy Land, 1190-1291 (Boydell, 2009), put it this way .

“During this council, Pope Urban II gave his famous speech, instigating the First Crusade, thus marking the beginning of the Crusade movement,” wrote Morton. “It is rare for historians to seriously suggest an earlier date, but many scholars observe that features that quickly became intrinsic to the Crusades (such as the papal authorization to wage war) did appear in earlier years.”

On the other hand, the Crusades did not necessarily end at the end of the 13th century. “Throughout the centuries the popularity of the Crusades fluctuated throughout Western Christendom, but remained a feature of life for a very long time,” wrote Morton.

The late Jonathan Riley-Smith, a noted historian of the Crusades, has pointed out that the papal willingness to initiate crusading movements began to decline in the 17th century; nonetheless, Riley-Smith points out, aspects of the crusading movement persisted into the following centuries.

The Knights Hospitaller — the Church’s military religious order and a product of the crusading movement — continued to defend Malta until 1798, and several military orders participated in military activities in the following years,” said Riley-Smith.

How Many Crusades Were There?

Several Crusades occurred between the 11th and 13th centuries, but the exact number is disputed among historians. “Historians are generally quite consistent in numbering the five greatest crusades to the Eastern Mediterranean, using terms such as the ‘First Crusade,’ ‘Second Crusade,’ and so on,” writes Morton.

“The problem is that this numbering system is neither comprehensive nor was it used by contemporaries. During the First Crusade, which lasted from 1095 to 1099, European Christian armies defeated Jerusalem and established the Crusader States. After the Fifth Crusade, some modern historians identify several crusades in the late 13th century using labels such as the Sixth, Seventh, and Eighth Crusades. However, the consistency is lacking here.”

Definition of the Crusades

Morton claims it is difficult to define exactly what a crusade is. “Neither the papacy nor anyone else refers to the earliest Crusades as such. At the time, writers sometimes described the crusaders as ‘crucesignati’ — meaning ‘one marked with the sign of the cross’ — but at other times, they described them using other words such as ‘pilgrim’. The definition of Crusades also evolved over time, taking many different forms and operating in many different geographic areas – all of which complicates easy definition,” he wrote.

There are several main features that help historians to come up with a definition of the Crusades. “In order to be considered a true ‘Crusade’, it had to be supported by the pope. Additionally, a true Crusader took a Crusader vow and then sewed crosses onto their clothing to symbolize their commitment. They also wear symbols traditionally. associated with the pilgrimage — such as the ‘manuscript’ (sac) and pilgrim staff.

Over time, crusaders acquired a certain legal status, which gave them privileges designed to protect them and their families during their absence; such status also comes with punishment if they fail to live up to their vows.”

When the First Crusade broke out, the term “Crusade” was not yet known. The Christian military campaigns at that time were called “travels” (Latin: iter ) or “pilgrimage” (Latin: peregrinatio ). These wars with the blessing of the church were only associated with the term “crucifixion” after the Latin word “ crucesignatus ” (one who is marked with the cross) came into use in the late 12th century.

According to the Oxford English Dictionary, the etymology of the word ” crusade ” (the British term for “Crusade”) is related to the modern French croisade , Old French croisée , Provençal crozada , Portuguese and Spanish cruzada , and Crociata in Italian language. All of these words are derivatives of the Medieval Latin cruciāta or cruxiata , which originally meant “to torture” or “to crucify,” but from the 12th century also to mean “to cross.”

The term “Crusade” can be interpreted differently, depending on the views of the authors who use it. Giles Constable in The Historiography of the Crusades (2001) describes four different points of view among historical scholars as follows.

1. The Viewpoint of the Traditionalists

Traditionalists limited their definition of the Crusades to the wars waged by Christians in the Holy Land from 1095 to 1291, both to help the Christians in that land and to liberate Jerusalem and the Holy Sepulcher from occupation.

2. The Pluralist Perspective

Pluralists use the term Crusades as a designation for all kinds of military actions openly sanctioned by the sitting pope. This meaning reflects the view of the Roman Catholic Church (including figures of the Middle Ages during the Crusades, such as Saint Bernard of Clairvaux) that every war sanctioned by the Pope can be legally called a Crusade, without distinction of cause, reason or place.

This broad definition includes acts against pagans and heretics such as the Albigensian Crusades, the Northern Crusades, and the Hussite Crusades. This definition also includes wars for political advantage and territorial domination such as the Crusades of Aragon in Sicily, the Crusades proclaimed by Pope Innocent III against the Markward of Anweiler in 1202, and those declared against the people of Stedingen, several crusades which were declared ( by different popes) against Emperor Frederick II and his sons, two crusades declared against opponents of King Henry III of England, and the crusade of the reconquest of the Iberian Peninsula by Christians.

3. The Generalist Perspective

Generalists view the definition of Crusades as any kind of holy war associated with the Latin Church and which was waged as an act of defense of religion.

4. The Popularist Perspective

Popularists limit the definition of Crusades as wars characterized by the movement of the masses for religious reasons, that is, only the first Crusade and perhaps also People’s Crusades.

So, that’s information about the history of Ancient Egyptian civilization from the predynastic period to Roman domination. Egypt has left a lasting legacy. Its art and architecture was widely imitated, and the antiquities of this civilization were carried to the ends of the earth. Its monumental ruins have inspired travelers and writers for centuries.

First, Second, and Third Crusades

The most famous Crusades are the first three. The First Crusade was a very important event. “It started the Crusades and resulted in the conquest of several major cities and towns in the Near East including Edessa, Antioch and Jerusalem,” says Morton.

The Second Crusade (1147-1150) was a complex event that was not confined to the Near East. “It was a response to the fall of the city of Edessa (capital of the County of Edessa) in 1144 by the Turkic ruler (Imaduddin) Zangi,” wrote Morton. “The crusade itself set out to recapture Edessa, but never approached this target and culminated in the failed siege of Damascus in 1148. The Second Crusade also included expeditions launched on other frontiers, including movements made in Iberia (Spain and Portugal ) and the Baltic region”.

The Third Crusade (1189-1192) was launched following the dramatic Islamic reconquest of Jerusalem. The Pope launched the Third Crusade after the Battle of Hattin, when the Muslim ruler Saladin (Salahuddin Yusuf bin Ayub or Salahudin Al Ayub) defeated the kingdom of Jerusalem, Morton said. “The Papacy responded by mounting major new crusades led by rulers – such as Frederick I of Germany, Philip II of France and Richard I of England (also called The Lionheart). “At the end of the Crusades, Jerusalem remained under Saladin’s control, but the crusaders managed to recapture some of the kingdom’s coastal cities of Jerusalem,” says Morton.

Crusader State

Following their success in capturing Jerusalem in 1099, the Crusaders established four Roman Catholic territories in the Middle East. Known as the “Crusader States” or “Outremer” (medieval French term for “overseas”). “They consisted of the County of Edessa, the Kingdom of Antioch, the Kingdom of Jerusalem and, later, the County of Tripoli,” according to Morton.

Antioch, Edessa, and Tripoli covered what is now Syria, Lebanon, and southeastern Turkey, while Jerusalem included modern Israel and Palestine. Although the states were founded by the Crusaders, the populations of the states contained only a minority of “Franks” — the Muslim and Eastern Orthodox term for Western Europeans.

Most of the people living in the state were native Christians and Muslims who spoke various Middle Eastern languages, writes Andrew Jotischky in his book “Crusades and the Crusader States” (Routledge: Taylor & Francis, 2014).

Edessa fell to the Turkish warlord Imad ad-Din Zangi in 1144, but other nations held out against Muslim forces for years. In 1268, the Mamluk sultan of Egypt at the time, known as Baibars, and his army captured Antioch; then in 1289, the Mamluk sultan Qalawun defeated Tripoli. The city of Jerusalem was captured by Saladin, Sultan of Egypt and Syria, in 1187, but the kingdom lasted until his successor’s capital, Acre, fell in 1291.

Crusades Target Heretics Against Pope Politics

Although the more famous campaigns took place in the Near East, several Crusades also took place in Europe. This Crusade was launched by ambitious soldiers. After this first religious war, other commanders tried to get the pope to also support their military endeavours, according to Morton. “Within a few decades, crusade campaigns took place against the Byzantine Empire, in Iberia (Spain and Portugal) and also in the Baltic region.”

Beginning in the 13th century, various popes launched Crusades against their European opponents. This war targeted a broad swath of individuals, including heretics in Western Christendom and political opponents of the Pope, said Morton. As the policies and agendas of the Christian movement developed, so did those who were targeted by the Crusades.

“In this way, crusades were fought in many different areas, not just the Eastern Mediterranean, against many different peoples and communities,” said Morton. “To contemporary eyes, the journey to Jerusalem has always maintained a special and unique importance.”

Crusades Without the Pope’s Permission

Although they were primarily military campaigns, the medieval Crusades were based on the ambitions of Christianity. They were often spiritual activities that could be classified as “Popular” movements, wrote Morton. “Popular” Crusades occurred sporadically throughout most of the history of the Crusades,” he said.

“It was basically the times when enigmatic preachers or leaders – often from humble backgrounds – spontaneously gathered crowds, incited their followers to join or started crusading campaigns. This was often with little or no papal permission.”

The two most famous Popular Crusades are the People’s Crusade (1096) and the Children’s Crusade (1212). During the Children’s Crusade, thousands of young people from northern France marched south towards the Mediterranean coast with the hope—which was never fulfilled—of reaching the Holy Land. The People’s Crusade is the name given to the first part of the First Crusade, when the massive army raised by Peter the Hermit tried to retake Jerusalem and the rest of the Holy Land from Islamic control.

The Popular Crusade was not successful. “They almost never reach the desired target. The Crusades of the Children never left Western Christendom, and Peter the Hermit’s armies suffered a major defeat as soon as they entered Turkish-controlled Anatolia. Despite military setbacks and failures, this movement demonstrates how popular the Crusades became and crossed the social spectrum of Western Christendom.”

Crusades Through Egypt

During the 13th century, the Crusades to the Near East were mostly attempts to recapture or maintain control of the city of Jerusalem. The most successful of the later crusaders was the Holy Roman Emperor Frederick II. “Frederick managed to regain Jerusalem in 1229, although it only remained in Frankish (Western European) hands until 1244,” says Morton. “In Frederick’s case, he sailed directly to the kingdom of Jerusalem and secured the return of the Holy City during diplomatic negotiations with the Egyptian sultan”.

This period also saw Egypt become a crusader battleground. “Two other very large Crusades, the Fifth and Seventh, attempted to conquer Egypt before advancing against Jerusalem. Their plan was to secure the agricultural wealth of the Nile Delta and the revenues of Egypt’s trading cities,” said Morton. “They will then use these resources as a base to achieve the permanent reconquest of Jerusalem. Both attempts failed.”

The Crusades expanded away from the Holy Land during this time, with the Pope trying to gain tighter control of movements. “Perhaps the most significant developments in crusading over the course of this century have occurred in other areas,” says Morton. “At that time, the Pope started Crusades against various opponents in many areas. These included the Albigensian heretics in southern France, the Mongols in Central Eurasia and political opponents of the Pope. In addition, the papacy encouraged the wider population to contribute to the crusade whether through financial donations, prayers, processions or other religious rituals,” said Morton.

Legacy of the Crusades

The legacy of the Crusades remains strong even in the 21st century, according to Morton. “The era of the Crusades to the Holy Land is best known today as one of the most conflictual periods in the history of relations between Western Christianity and Islam,” he said. “In the popular imagination, this Crusade was seen as a direct conflict between two opposing religions.”

The Crusades were just as complex during the Middle Ages. “The irony is that, although the Crusades continue to be remembered in this way in the 21st century, the surviving sources from the medieval period – written by authors from different cultures – tell a different story,” says Morton.

“They do contain statements of hatred, violence, massacres, incitement to victory for religious wars and the defeat of other religions. However, they also include descriptions of friendship, alliance, expressions of respect and admiration that cross cultural and religious boundaries.” He added that “the frontiers of war in the Near East are rarely as clear as ‘Christians vs. Muslims’ or ‘Muslims vs. Christians’.”

Such military campaigns and major religious movements eventually influenced other areas of human development in the Near East. For example, they encourage the sharing and creation of new technologies, new art forms and architecture, as well as the exchange of ideas and even different cuisines. “The two worlds – the Muslim and Christian West – are learning a lot about each other,” said Morton.

So, that’s information about the terminology and background of the Crusades. The Crusades is the term for the religious wars in West Asia and Europe between the 11th and 17th centuries, which were supported by the Catholic Church. The war is called the Crusades by Christians, while Muslims call it the Holy War.

• Acquaintance with the Inventor of Algebra and Algorithms
• Get to know the history, heyday, and the founder of the Umayyad dynasty
• Understanding Mythology: Origins, Types, and Benefits of Studying It
• Who Founded the Abbasid Daula? This is short profile
• Who Discovered America? This is the historical explanation

Chair Verse and Its Translation – Chair verse is the 255th verse of Al-Baqarah which is the second letter in the Koran. In every sentence in the verse chair reading, it contains a lot of meaning regarding the virtues and benefits that are very meaningful for this life. One of the virtues of verse chair is that the person who reads it will get protection from Allah.

Therefore, often the verse of the chair is read to avoid or protect from interference by jinn, black magic or other things. In addition to protecting yourself from interference by jinns and black magic, there are other virtues of verses of chairs. How does the verse of the chair and its translation sound? Then what are the advantages and benefits? Check out this article further to find out the lafadz verse of the chair and its translation.

Ayat Kursi and its Translation, Complete Arabic Latin

ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ٱلْحَىُّ ٱلْقَيُّومُ ۚ لَا تَأْخُذُهُۥ سِنَةٌ وَلَا نَوْمٌ ۚ لَّهُۥ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ مَن ذَا ٱلَّذِى يَشْفَعُ عِندَهُۥٓ إِلَّا بِإِذْنِهِۦ ۚ يَعْلَمُ مَا بَيْنَ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَمَا خَلْفَهُمْ ۖ وَلَا يُحِيطُونَ بِشَىْءٍ مِّنْ عِلْمِهِۦٓ إِلَّا بِمَا شَآءَ ۚ وَسِعَ كُرْسِيُّهُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ ۖ وَلَا يَـُٔودُهُۥ حِفْظُهُمَا ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْعَلِىُّ ٱلْعَظِيم

Arabic-Latin: allāhu lā ilāha illā huw, al-ḥayyul-qayyụm, lā ta`khużuhụ sinatuw wa lā na`ụm, lahụ mā fis-samāwāti wa mā fil-arḍ, man żallażī yasyfa’u ‘ indahū illā bi`iżnih, ya’lamu mā baina aidīhim wa mā khalfahum, wa lā yuḥīṭụna bisyai`im min ‘ilmihī illā bimā syā`, wasi’a chairyyuhus-samāwāti wal-arḍ, wa lā ya`ụduhụ ḥifẓuhumā, wa huwal-‘aliyul-‘aẓīm

Translation:

Allah, there is no God who has the right to be worshiped except He Who Lives Eternally and continually takes care of His creatures. Neither drowsy nor sleep. to Him belongs what is in the heavens and on the earth. No one can intercede with Allah without His permission. Allah knows whatever is in front of them and behind them and they know nothing of Allah’s knowledge other than what Allah wills. Allah’s chair covers the heavens and the earth and Allah does not find it hard to care for both of them and Allah is Most High, Most Great.

That is the verse of the chair and its translation accompanied by Arabic and Latin. In order to get the virtues of chair verse, Sinaumed’s can read it every day and at any time. However, the Apostle recommends reading verses of the chair at these three times.

The three times are after performing the five daily prayers, every morning and evening and before going to bed. So, at these three times, you should read verses of the chair in order to get protection from Allah and get benefits for this life.

Reading the verse of the chair at the three recommended times can bring many benefits. This is because the verse of the chair is known to have many features which are explained in the hadith narrated by Tirmidhi.

لِكُلِّ شَىْpoٍ سَنَامٌ وَإِنَّ سَنَامَ الْقُرْآنِ سُورَةُ الْبَقَرَةِ وَفِيهَا آيَةٌ هِىَ سَيِّدَةُ

This means: everything has a peak and the peak of the Koran is the letter Al-Baqarah, in that letter there is a leading verse of all the other verses of the Koran, namely the verse of the chair. (Narrated by Tirmidhi)

In another hadith narrated by Ubay bin Ka’ab, it is explained that “verse the chair is the most important letter or verse in the Al-Quran.” This verse also explains about the oneness of Allah SWT and Allah’s absolute power.

Benefits of Reading Ayat Kursi

As a Muslim, you should only dhikr and pray to Allah, the ruler of the heavens and the earth. One of the ways to pray and dhikr to Allah is by reading verses of the chair which have benefits if you read them diligently, especially at the three times prescribed by the Apostle. Here are some of the benefits of verse chairs that Sinaumed’s need to know.

1. Opening the Door of Wisdom and Fortune

Allah SWT mentions that Allah will guarantee sustenance from His servant who recites the verses of the Al-Quran. In addition, according to the Asraarul Mufidah book it is stated that whoever reads the verse of the chair 18 times a day, he will receive the benefits. The first benefit is that Allah will always open his chest to the door of wisdom and make his sustenance easier.

2. Elevated Degree

The second benefit is when a person recites the verse of the chair diligently and regularly, Allah will exalt that person’s degree, both in this world and in the hereafter. For anyone who reads the verse of the chair 18 times, he will get full honor. Not only for himself, but for those around him as well.

3. Keep away from disaster

The third benefit of reading verse chairs is usually a benefit that is often sought after, namely to get spiritual peace. When a person gets spiritual peace, he will feel calm, serene and peaceful. In addition to being given spiritual peace, a person who diligently reads verse chair will also be guarded by Allah from all disasters that will befall him on the day he reads verse chair.

4. The reward is like someone who died a martyr

The benefits of these four will be felt by someone who reads the verse of the chair after performing the obligatory prayer. If you read the verse of the chair after the obligatory prayer, then he will get a reward like someone who died a martyr. This benefit is explained in a hadith narrated by Hakim.

من قرأ آية الكرسى دبر كل صلاة كان الذى يلى قبض روحه ذو الجلال والإكرام وكان كمن قاتل عن أنبياء الله ورسله حتى يستشهد

Meaning: whoever reads the verse of the chair after every prayer, then the one who will take his life is Allah himself and he is like a person who fought with the prophets until he was martyred. (HR. Hakim)

5. Launched the Way of the Soulmate

For Sinaumed’s who is confused, wondering when Sinaumed’s’ soul mate will appear, Sinaumed’s can try to facilitate the fortune of a mate by reading verses from the chair regularly.

The benefits of this one were explained by the Apostle when one of his friends said that he was not married because he did not have enough money. Because of this, the Apostle then ordered the friend to read the letter Al-Ikhlas, the letter Al-Kafirun, the letter Al-Zalzalah, the letter An-Nasr and the verse of the chair.

Therefore, for someone who reads a lot of verse chairs, Allah will make it easier for him to get a good and pious or pious mate.

6. Get Protection from Allah

Another benefit of verse chairs is getting protection from Allah. Especially if you read the verse of the chair after performing fardhu prayers. The protection from Allah in question is getting protection from the temptations of Satan, dangerous wild animals and human evil. Beyond that, Allah also provides protection for families and property.

In a hadith narrated by Bukhari, the Apostle said “if you go to bed at night, then read the verse of the chair, then Allah SWT will always take care of you. Besides, the devil won’t come near you until morning.” (Narrated by Bukhari).

7. It is made easy when dying

When someone reads verses of the chair diligently, then Allah will bring something that did not exist before to exist. Not only that, Allah will also make it easier for that person in the process of dying.

8. Disbelief is removed from Himself

According to the words of the Apostle, “Whoever returns to his house, then reads the verse of the chair, Allah will remove all disbelief that is in front of his eyes.”

Therefore, a person who diligently reads verses of the chair will definitely get pleasure that comes unexpectedly to the house from all directions.

9. Facilitated in all matters

If Sinaumed’s has a hajat or is planning something, then Sinaumed’s should read the verse of the chair, so that Allah will make it easier for all the affairs that are planned at that time.

According to Sheikh Al-Buni, he explained that whoever reads the verse of the chair in full, namely as many as 170 letters, will receive benefits.

Allah will provide various pleasures, for example, such as providing various assistance, making it easier for all the needs that he has, broadening his mind, so that it is easier for him to think, eliminating sorrow from his heart and expanding his sustenance. However, this pleasure can be obtained if Sinaumed’s recites verses of the chair solemnly.

10. Get protection while traveling

If Sinaumed’s reads the verse of the chair during the trip or when he is about to start the journey, then Allah will facilitate the person’s journey. Allah will always ease the journey and will protect him at all times.

Those are the ten benefits if someone regularly reads the verse of the chair, especially if he reads the verse of the chair solemnly and in the three times that were sunnah by the Prophet.

Apart from its benefits, is Sinaumed’s curious why this verse is called ayat Kursi? As it is known that in the verse chair there is the word chairyyuhu . According to his own interpretation, the meaning of the word comes from the word Al Kursi which means knowledge.

Meanwhile, there are also several opinions that say that the word Al-Kursi in the verse of the chair is the majesty of Allah. Apart from that, there are also those who say that it is called verse chair because it is interpreted as God’s power or kingdom.

Shaykh bin Baz also revealed that the chair verse is a great verse, even as previously explained that the chair verse is the pinnacle of the Al-Quran.

Not only that, the verse chair also contains elements of monotheism and sincerity to Allah alone. If read after every prayer and going to sleep, then someone who reads the verse of the chair will be protected from all evil.

Interpretation of the Chair Verse

After knowing the reasons for naming the verse chair and its translation, Sinaumed’s also needs to know the interpretation of the verse chair, so that this verse becomes a great verse and has many features. Here is the interpretation of the verse chair.

Allah is the Most Living Essence and has all the perfect essence of life, no one has the right to be confronted with it uluhiyah or ubudiyah except He, besides that Allah is the one who is supremely in control of everything neither sleepy nor sleeping.

Chair verse is a verse that contains a very great thing, namely Allah. There is a hadith which states that the chair verse is the most important verse in the book of Allah or in the Koran. According to His word,

O Allah

Meaning: Allah, there is no other God who has the right to be worshiped besides the One who lives eternally and continuously takes care of His creatures.

That is, Allah informs that He is the only and only God who is obliged to be worshiped by all nature, is single in his soul. Allah is eternal life and will never die forever and can control all things that exist.

That way, everything in this world really needs Him, while Allah doesn’t need them at all, nothing will happen without orders from Allah. All creatures that exist in this universe are God’s creation and it is He who rules everything, as His word,

ومن آياته أن تقوم السماء والأرض بأمره

Meaning: And among the signs of His power is the establishment of the heavens and the earth with His will (QS. Ar-Rum: 25).

لَا تَأْخُذُهُ سِنَةٌ وَلَا نَوْمٌ

Meaning: Not sleepy and not sleeping.

From these two words, it can be interpreted that He is safe from defects or deficiencies, negligence and negligence in taking care of His creatures. On the contrary, Allah always takes care of and pays attention to what every creature does.

Allah also always witnesses everything, nothing is hidden from Him and among the perfections of Allah’s attributes is that He is never overpowered or overpowered by drowsiness. Therefore, Allah also said “and neither sleep” because sleep is stronger than drowsiness.

Meanwhile, in a hadith narrated by Abu Musa, it is mentioned

قام فينا رسول الله صلى الله عليه وسلم بأربع كلمات فقال : ” إن الله لا ينام ولا ينبغي له أن ينام ، يخفض القسط ويرفعه ، يرفع إليه عمل النهار قبل عمل الليل ، وعمل الليل قبل عمل النهار ، حجابه النور أو النار لو كشفه لأحرقت سبحات وجهه ما انتهى إليه بصره من خلقه

Meaning: Rasulullah SAW has taught us four sentences, he said ‘indeed Allah never sleeps and He does not abstain from sleeping, Allah has lowered and raised the scales. The deeds of the day before the deeds of the night and the deeds of the night before the deeds of the day are appointed to him. His hijab is made of light and fire, if He shows his face, everything that is seen by His creatures will burn.

From these words, it is emphasized that no one can or is able to see Allah and all creatures in the universe are in His kingdom, Allah’s power and His coercion.

Allah also explains that He has majesty, might, and greatness that no one can do, namely by giving intercession to others except with permission from Allah. This is explained in several Al-Quran hadiths, one of which is the letter Maryam verse 64.

Allah also explains His other greatness and powers that He has. This power and greatness can be known by humans through the verses of the chair as the peak verses and special verses in the Al-Quran. This is because, through verses of the chair, Allah also emphasizes that humans are only humans, while Allah is the Lord of the universe and the only being who has the right to be worshiped.

That is the explanation of the verse of the chair and its translation which has many virtues and benefits for anyone who reads it solemnly and regularly.

If Sinaumed’s is interested in knowing the interpretation of other verses of the Koran or wants to learn to read the Koran and prayers that can provide protection and benefits, then Sinaumed’s can start by reading books.

Audiovisual is a term that refers to the use of image components as well as sound. So, the two components will be processed simultaneously to be presented in a presentation, show, and program according to the needs. With this audio-visual media, it is hoped that the delivery of information can be clearer and also interesting.

In addition, the delivery process will usually be carried out by appearing on a projector screen connected to a personal device such as a laptop or smartphone.

For those of you who want to know about the meaning of audiovisual, its types, functions, and other things, the details will be explained below.

Definition of Audiovisual

Audiovisual is one of the media in which there are elements of images and sounds. For the advantages of this one media, it will certainly seem more communicative, because indeed the output can be seen visually and heard auditively.

In addition, audio-visual media itself can also act as a tool that is often used to convey information, knowledge, ideas, and ideas as outlined in the form of written presentations in learning, lectures, schools, and also in the office world.

Meanwhile, audio-visual media is media that has sound elements as well as image elements. This type of media has better capabilities, because as explained above, this media includes both types of auditory or auditory and visual or visual media.

Audiovisual media are audio-visual aids, which means materials or tools used in learning conditions or situations to assist writing and spoken words in conveying knowledge, ideas, and attitudes.

The other meaning of audiovisual is a set of tools that can project moving images and sound. The combination of images and sounds also forms a character that is the same as the original object. The tools included in the audiovisual media category are video VCD, television, sound, and also film.

There are many types and forms of media that are well known today, from simple to high-tech, from the easiest and naturally existing to media that experts have to design themselves.

Understanding Audiovisual According to Experts

The following are some definitions of audio-visual according to experts, including:

1. Definition of Audiovisual According to Anderson

Audiovisual is a series of electronic images that are accompanied by audio sound elements and have image elements as outlined via video tape.

2. Definition of Audiovisual According to Barbara

Audiovisual is a way of producing and delivering material using mechanical as well as electronic equipment to present audio-visual messages.

Audiovisual Features

Unlike newspapers or magazines, this audiovisual media has its own characteristics, where the delivery of information comes from audio or speakers. Meanwhile, to clarify this information, supporting pictures must be included. From there, we can see that some of the characteristics of audio visual are as follows:

1. The presentation has a linear nature.
2. Presented in a way predetermined by the maker or designer.
3. Audio visual is a representation of real ideas or abstract ideas.
4. Developed according to the psychological principles of behaviorism as well as cognitive.
5. Presenting visuals that are dynamic or always changing and moving.

Audiovisual Function

There are several functions of audiovisual media, especially as a means of communication, including:

1. Social Function

This audio-visual media can function to convey information in various fields, as well as concepts for everyone, so that they can expand their association. This media can also help someone in their efforts to gain understanding related to other people or customs.

2. Educational Function

The educational function here goes by providing meaningful experiences and broadening knowledge for everyone. Not only that, audio-visual media can also be used as a means of conveying values, so that it can help to think critically.

3. Cultural Functions

Through this audiovisual media, various elements, especially in the field of culture and art in society, can be passed down from generation to generation. In addition, this media can also provide an overview of changes in human life.

4. Economical Function

Goals can be achieved more effectively by using audiovisual media. This is because the delivery of material or information can be done with minimal effort, cost, and time. However, it still does not reduce the effectiveness of achieving goals.

Kinds of Audiovisual Media

The following are several types of audio-visual media that need to be understood, including:

1. Pure Audio Visual

Pure audio visual or what is often referred to as motion audio visual is media that can display sound elements as well as moving images, sound elements or image elements originating from a source.

a. Sound Movies

Film or what is often called a live image. It is an image of a frame that is projected one by one through the projector lens mechanically. So that later it will look alive and moving on the screen. Films are usually used for educational, entertainment and documentation purposes. However, films can also present and describe various kinds of complex concepts, ideas, information, and processes.

The following are some of the advantages of film as a learning medium, namely:

• Fim can describe a process, for example, the process of making a hand skill and so on.
• Can create the impression of space and time.
• The resulting sound can bring reality to images in a pure form of expression.
• Can convey the voice of an expert and see his performance.
• If the film and video also have color, it will be able to add to the reality of the object displayed.
• Can describe science theory and also animation.

In addition to the advantages or advantages, the film also has several disadvantages, including:

• Films with sound can be interspersed with captions that are spoken while the film is playing, stopping playback which will distract the audience’s concentration.
• The audience will not be able to follow along properly if the film is played too fast.
• What has passed will be very difficult to repeat except to play it back in its entirety.
• The cost of manufacture and also the equipment is quite expensive and high.

b. Videos

Video as an audio-visual medium that presents motion, is getting more and more popular in society. The message to be conveyed can be factual or fictitious, it can also be informative, educative, or instructional. In the field of education, usually most of the film assignments can be replaced with videos.

However, that doesn’t mean video can replace film. Video media is a type of audio-visual media other than film which has been widely developed for learning purposes.

c. Television

In addition to film and video, television is a medium that conveys learning messages audio-visually, that is, accompanied by elements of motion. When viewed from its understanding, this television comes from two words, namely tele (Greek) which means far away, and vision (Latin) which means vision.

Meanwhile, in English, television means seeing far. The word “seeing far” implies that images produced in one place can be seen in another through a receiving device called a television monitor or television set.

Television is an electronic equipment which is basically the same as moving or live images, which consists of images and sound. That way, the role of television as a live picture or radio which can display images that can be seen and produce sound can be heard at the same time.

In addition, television as a broadcasting institution has also been widely used for educational and teaching purposes. There are lots of TV broadcasts that specifically discuss and inform educational and teaching material messages. Usually the TV broadcast is called educational television.

2. Impure Audio Visual

This impure audio-visual is media that has elements of sound and images that come from different sources. Where impure audio-visual is often referred to as silent audio-visual plus sound, namely media that presents silent sounds and images, such as for example:

a. Sound Slide or Sound Frame Movie

Slides or so-called film strips added with sound are not complete audio-visual tools. Because, sound and also apparently are in separate places. Therefore, these slides or filmstrips are included in audio-visual media or silent visual media plus sound. The combination of slides and audio tape is the easiest type of multimedia system to produce.

Combined learning media from slides as well as tape can be used in various locations and for various learning purposes involving pictures to inform or encourage emotional responses.

Sound slides are an innovation in learning that can be used as learning media and are also more effective in helping students understand abstract concepts to become more concrete.

Audiovisual Benefits

The benefits that can be obtained with audiovisuals can be felt in various forms of activity, including:

1. Raising Curiosity or Curiosity

This audio-visual media can generate curiosity or curiosity because of the attractive visual appearance and accompanied by audio. That way, children will be curious about the content conveyed in the media.

2. Not boring

This audiovisual media is not boring because it varies greatly when used in learning. As we already know from the notion of audio visual, namely the combination of auditory and visual media. The combination of the two media can be created into various types of impressions in the learning process.

3. Facilitate Submission

Audiovisual media can facilitate the delivery of material. Because, this one media can attract the attention of students and students. So, children will not be wrong in knowing the contents of the material and it is easy to understand.

4. Ensuring Understanding

This audiovisual media can ensure that the information received by children can be conveyed properly. Because, the type is auditive and visual, the broadcast can make students’ understanding more quickly absorbed.

Purpose of Audiovisual Learning Media

According to Anderson, the purpose of learning media that uses audio visual has several objectives, including:

• To develop cognitive in children so they can get to know various things and stimulate their movements.
• To teach various knowledge regarding certain principles and laws.
• To show some examples and also ways of behaving regarding student interactions.
• To convey the most effective information material.

Strengths and Weaknesses of Audiovisual Learning Media

Here are some of the advantages of learning media audiovisual media.

1. Materials for learning so much easier to understand.
2. For teachers in providing material and also teaching will be more varied.
3. Students are not easily bored in participating in learning activities.

The following are the disadvantages of audiovisual learning media.

1. In the presentation of each material can produce an unclear sound, so that the material becomes difficult to understand.
2. Because using verbal is not always the same, it requires good mastery of words and language.
3. If the picture is not clear, then the material presented will be less than optimal.

After knowing the advantages and disadvantages of audiovisual learning media, in the following discussion, we will discuss how to plan audiovisual learning media.

How to Make an Audiovisual Learning Media Plan

To be able to make audio-visual as a means of making learning media, there are several steps that need to be done to create an interesting and not boring lesson. The process itself is as follows:

1. Pre-Production Stage

The first stage is the stage before manufacture. At this stage, what must be done is to determine the theme and also the material that will be the content of the audio-visual media.

a. Defined Image Style

The first step is to determine the style of the image first. The image style here depends on the creativity of the maker and can be chosen freely.

b. Sketch Making

The second step is to make a sketch. In making this sketch, it needs to be adjusted to the material to be conveyed. For how to make it, we can use graphic processing software or flash.

2. Manufacturing Stage

The second stage is the manufacturing stage. In this phase, we will carry out the import process from the sketch that was made in the graphic processing software and then put it into flash. If it is directly made in flash, then it doesn’t need to be imported again.

Audiovisual Equipment

To be able to make learning media using audio-visual, several types of audio-visual equipment are generally needed, including:

1. Voice recorder
2. Camera
3. Telephone
4. Headphones
5. Loudspeaker
6. tv
7. audios
8. Displays

Thus the explanation regarding audiovisual is, types, benefits, functions, and also how to plan audio-visual learning media. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for you, Sinaumed’s.

For Sinaumed’s who want to know more about audio visual media, you can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Umm

Reference:

• https://duniadik.co.id/audio-visual/
• https://www.amesbostonhotel.com/pengertian-audio-visual/

Astronomy Major Job Prospects – Are there any of you who aspire to become Astronauts, Sinaumed’s? If yes, then study at the  inline department with that profession, namely the Astronomy Department . This major will then answer various questions about How do stars and planets work?

How does life grow and develop? How did the universe begin? to the question Is there life on other planets? Then what are the job prospects for Astronomy Department graduates? Check out the details below, Sinaumed’s!

Astronomy itself is the oldest science in history, where ancient prehistoric tribes have long used this knowledge to read the constellations. The Department of Astronomy itself studies physics, biology, chemistry, and evolution related to stars, planets, and other space objects.

By emphasizing the application of physics to celestial objects, you will learn about the structure and evolution of the universe, starting from the characteristics, movement, distribution of meteorids, asteroids, comets and other celestial bodies.

An understanding of Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics is needed to understand natural phenomena in extreme time spans, such as the formation of the element helium from hydrogen through fusion reactions in the sun’s core.

You will also be faced with a wide choice of areas of expertise including Star Physics, the Galactic Solar System and Cosmology. The science or study of astronomy itself in its development is divided into more specific specialized branches of science, namely Practical Astronomy, Astrometry, Astrophysics, Cosmogony, and Descriptive Astronomy, Planetary Astronomy to Stellar Sinaumed’s Astronomy.

There is only one university that offers Astronomy majors in Indonesia, in fact the only one in Southeast Asia, namely the Bandung Institute of Technology (ITB). Enter the Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences (FMIPA) ITB.

FMIPA ITB itself provides Astronomy majors for bachelor, master and doctoral levels which have been accredited A by BANPT (National Accreditation Board for Higher Education). ITB as the only university with a major in Astronomy in Southeast Asia, this University then cooperates with the DKI Jaya Planetarium and Observatory, LAPAN (National Institute of Aeronautics and Space), SRON, University of Leiden, Kyoto University, Gunma Observatory, National Astronomical Observatory, AAO , University of Amsterdam, The University of Tokyo, as well as various other countries in the world such as the US and India.

Astronomy Department Job Prospects

Even though the knowledge learned in the Astronomy study program seems specific, in fact an Astronomy graduate has quite broad job prospects in Sinaumed’s.

The most important prospect for these graduates is of course to become an Astronomer, besides that graduates of the Astronomy study program who also study physics, mathematics, or even programming can enter many industries. Below are some job descriptions for graduates majoring in Astronomy from Sinaumed’s:

1. Astronaut

Astronaut profession as a term for people who have undergone training in the human space flight program to lead, fly planes, or become space crew members.

The term “astronaut” itself is sometimes used to refer to astronauts from the United States or other countries. The astronaut himself is different from a cosmonaut who comes from Russia or the Soviet Union. Astronauts then go into outer space to carry out certain missions.

For example Sally Ride with the STS-7 mission in 1983, Edwin Aldrin with the Apollo 8 mission in 1969, and so on. Astronauts will then stay aboard the International Space Station and take part in research and experimental activities.

In the course of his career after carrying out various general training and completing various exams, he will then be assigned to a mission. This job will allow you to dive into various experiences in real space travel, and be able to call yourself an astronaut.

The career path of an astronaut itself starts at the GS-12 level to the highest GS-15. This level will also affect the amount of income of an astronaut. This Professional Responsibilities include:

• Set up satellites for various communication and technology needs of all countries in the world.
• Undergoing training related to space knowledge both theoretically and physically, namely flying on spacecraft and carrying out various specific missions
• Documenting and observing outer space, taking important objects and samples from there to be brought to earth for more thorough study and research
• Maintain the safety of the spacecraft and all the crew on board
• Report various events that occur in space
• Carry out various activities with space exploration.
• Documenting and observing the environment of destinations in outer space.
• Make a report of all events that occur in space.

2. Astronomer

Astronomers are currently still making and studying various observations, but in modern astronomy, telescopes are now controlled remotely and astronomers can then wait for the results of their observations from a more comfortable and warm room.

After the results are obtained, then analysis and processing and observation of data are carried out. If you are interested in pursuing this profession, continue your education up to a doctoral degree, Sinaumed’s. Then you can research various things in the world of astronomy and then publish them in scientific journals. The duties of the Astronomer Profession include:

• Collaborate with other astronomers to carry out various research projects
• Present research findings in scientific journals and scientific conferences.
• Studying celestial phenomena, using space-borne and ground-based scientific instruments and telescopes
• Analyzing various research data to determine their significance by utilizing computer technology
• Develop theory based on observations and theories from other astronomers, as well as their personal observations
• Processing and analyzing various data. This part is then usually carried out at the institute where the astronomer works. The previously retrieved data is often still raw and contains noise in it. This data must then be processed again after being analyzed and made interpretations of the various phenomena being observed. This analysis then uses statistics and other analytical tools, as well as consulting various literature for comparison.

3. Research Institute

For those who love Astronomy and graduates from this department, you will then have the opportunity to work in various research institutions including planetariums, outer space. Southeast Asian countries themselves have SEAN (South East Asia Networking) which still needs space and celestial research workers.

You can also work at BPPT (Agency for the Assessment and Application of Technology), NASA (The National Aeronautics and Space Administration ) and LAPAN (National Aeronautics and Space Agency).

Researchers themselves play an important role, and become an indicator of the progress of a country. Research activities are usually carried out by a unit, institution or special center owned by a company, university or government agency whose job is to conduct research in the fields of science and technology.

The methods used in Research usually use standard scientific research techniques without expecting definite results (a form of pure scientific research) or to obtain predictive results that have commercial value in the near future. The researchers’ own tasks include:

• Carry out various monitoring, evaluation, research, and reporting of research conducted
• Developing the latest products in their fields which are then useful for life
• Perform testing and evaluate the results of tests performed
• Develop various plans, technical policies, and research programs conducted
• Conduct various collaborations with companies related to the procurement of services and goods for company development and research activities carried out
• Support various quality research implementations covering the health, agro, environment, and industrial sectors
• Carry out, create and develop the latest technology to improve the quality of the products produced by the company
• Ensuring the quality of performance within a company is in accordance with predetermined standards

 

4. Science journalist

In the media field, an Astronomy graduate also has the opportunity to become a columnist or editor.

You can write in popular magazines or scientific journals. Through writing, journalists will then convey various scientific and astronomical concepts in a more creative way and attract readers.

The profession of a journalist or journalist is someone who carries out journalistic activities or someone who regularly writes news and his writings are published in a mass media. Another definition of a journalist is a person whose job is to collect, select, search, process news and then present it in the shortest possible time to the wider community through the mass media. Starting from print media and electronic media.

Called journalists include editors, news cameramen, news photographers, reporters, editors and audio visual editors. Profession as a journalist itself is a profession that is quite heavy, and important. This Professional Responsibilities include:

• Authenticator – The community needs the role of journalists who can then check the authenticity of information or news
• Sense Maker – Able to explain whether the information obtained makes sense and is realistic or not
• Investigator – Journalists must keep an eye on power and uncover crimes that have occurred
• Withness Bearer – Journalists must monitor and research certain incidents and be able to work closely with reporters.
• Empowerer – Journalists must empower citizens and journalists to produce continuous conversations between the two.
• Smart Aggregator – A journalist must also be smart in sharing trusted and reliable news sources, this report must also be enlightening
• Organizers or journalists must do good news organization, whether it’s news that is new or old.
• Role Model – Not only creating and producing works, but also paying attention to his attitude in behaving. Because journalists are in the public sphere that must be used as an example, Sinaumed’s.

5. Academics/Lecturers

Being a teacher or lecturer whose job is to encourage fans of celestial bodies to love the world of science more and more is suitable for those of you who have passion as a teacher. However, to pursue this profession, you are required to continue your studies up to the Masters or Doctoral level.

Lecturers with their role as educators are synonymous with having the ability to teach and deliver material in front of the class. But the lecturer himself is not just a profession that is carried out to earn a living.

He also pursues a profession to give full commitment and dedication in the field of knowledge he masters. These two things will then produce a variety of useful knowledge and be able to move the students.

In addition to carrying out lectures, lecturers are also expected to continue to conduct research in their field of expertise. As a scientist, lecturers also play a role in the regular publication of scientific papers and research results at academic conferences.

Don’t worry about educational costs, lecturers can easily get scholarships, not only that they will also be facilitated in terms of research costs, because there are many scholarship awarding institutions that prioritize lecturers. The professional responsibilities include:

• Creating a climate or atmosphere in learning that is conducive and enjoyable
• Plan and carry out the learning process, as well as assess and evaluate the results of the teaching and learning process
• Making a Learning Strategy, lecturers must choose and use training or instructional methods by using the right procedures when learning or teaching new things to their students, Sinaumed’s
• Improving and developing various academic qualifications and lecture competencies in a sustainable manner in line with developments in art, technology and science
• Act objectively and non-discriminatively on the basis of considerations of religion, ethnicity, race, gender, certain physical conditions, or socio-economic background of students in the learning process
• Having various tasks and implementing them in the form of dedication. This task itself covers the humanitarian, professional, and social fields.

6. System Analyst

The System Analyst profession is someone who is responsible for coordinating, researching, planning, and selecting software. Not only that, the system analyst is also tasked with supervising the system that best suits the needs of a company or a business organization.

System analysts themselves play an important role in the system development process. A systems analyst must have these four skills, including analytical, technical, managerial, and interpersonal skills or communicating with others.

Analytical capabilities also enable a systems analyst to understand organizational behavior and the functions within it, this understanding will then be very helpful in identifying the best possibilities and analyzing a problem and its solution, while technical expertise will help a systems analyst to understand the limitations and potential of a technology. information.

A system analyst is also required to have the ability to work with various types of operating systems, programming languages, and the hardware they use.

Managerial skills will also assist a systems analyst in managing projects, resources, risk and change. Meanwhile, interpersonal skills will help systems analysts interact with end users as well as programmers, analysts and other professions. The responsibilities of this profession include:

• System analysts are responsible for making assumptions about the purpose of the investigation based on interviews with developers or programmers
• Identify outputs and inputs as well as user needs as the system is developed
• By using sampling and accounting principles, structured analysis, the system analyst’s job is to ensure that the solutions offered are effective
• Create specifications and flowcharts which will then be used by a programmer
• Manage applications, observe performance and coordinate system tests to ensure improvements have been made
• After conducting an investigation, a system analyst will perform an analysis of the assumptions that then emerge. This analysis itself can be in the form of a direct experiment on what you want to improve or what you want to develop further
• The system requirements that have been mature will then be followed by designing. This design can be architecture, module, interface, and data. Usually, in design development, system analysts will then work closely with the back end, front end, and full stack developers
• If the design development is successful, the system analyst will be required to implement it in a case. This case itself can be in the form of making a new system or application in product development.
• Systems analysts can also become intermediaries for a company selling software or software with the organization where they work, to then be responsible for various development cost analyzes, determining the required timeframe and design and development proposals.
• Systems analysts are also responsible for feasibility studies of computer systems before making a proposal to company management

Also read articles related to “Astronomy Job Prospects” :

• Job Prospects for the Accounting Department
• Definition of Employment
• Types of Sole Proprietorship
• What is SEO, SEM and SMM

Source: from various sources

Humans are social beings who need interaction with other humans. Humans as social beings means that they need to live in society. One of the keys to successful social life is the ability to socialize.

Social skills are included in the interactions studied in sociology, namely the science that studies living together in society and investigates the bonds between humans. Sociology studies various human interactions, one of which is assimilation.

With this interaction between humans, the relationship between individuals with one another is getting tighter. In addition, assimilation can also create a new culture that keeps up with the times.

Then, actually, what is meant by assimilation? For more details, you can see this article till the end, Sinaumed’s

 

 

 

Definition of Assimilation

Assimilation itself is the assimilation of a culture accompanied by the loss of the characteristics of the original culture, thus forming a new culture. Assimilation itself arises when there are groups of people with different cultural backgrounds and interact directly intensively for a long time.

An assimilation is characterized by efforts to reduce differences between people or groups. To reduce these differences, assimilation includes efforts to strengthen the unity of actions, attitudes and feelings by paying attention to common interests and goals.

Assimilation is a combination of groups or individuals who have different cultures. Assimilation will occur when groups or individuals interact on the basis of openness and have a tolerant attitude.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), assimilation is adjustment (fusion) of one’s original characteristics with the characteristics of the surrounding environment.

Assimilation can also be interpreted as an assimilation of two cultures accompanied by the loss of the characteristics of the original culture, thus forming a new culture.

An assimilation is characterized by efforts to reduce differences between people or groups. To reduce these differences, assimilation includes efforts to strengthen the unity of actions, attitudes and feelings by paying attention to common needs and goals.

The result of the assimilation process is the thinner the boundaries between individuals in a group, or it could be the boundaries between groups. In addition, individuals identify themselves with common interests. In other words, adjusting his will to the will of the group. Likewise between one group and another group.

A pluralistic society is a society that is primarily the goal of assimilation. Different life backgrounds make the assimilation process reach different stages in different societies.

This difference makes assimilation cannot be carried out thoroughly in all aspects of the prevailing culture. Imperfect assimilation occurs because people who have culture and identity always try to maintain their existence.

Assimilation can be formed if there are three requirements, among others:

1. There are a number of groups that have different cultures
2. Social interaction between individuals or groups occurs intensively and in a relatively long time
3. The culture of each of these groups changes and adapts to each other

 

Definition of Assimilation According to Experts

Some experts also express the notion of assimilation. The following is the definition of assimilation according to some experts, among others:

• Budhi Setianto Purwowiyoto (2020)

Assimilation is a person’s cognitive process of integrating new perceptions, concepts and experiences into schemes or patterns that already exist in his mind.

• Koentjaraningrat (1996)

Assimilation is a social process that occurs in various groups of people with different cultural backgrounds after they interact intensively, so that the characteristics of cultural elements. Each of these groups turned into mixed cultural elements.

• Soerjono Soekanto (1990)

Assimilation is a social process characterized by efforts to reduce the differences that exist between individuals or groups which include efforts to enhance the unity of actions, attitudes, and mental processes by paying attention to common goals and interests.

Assimilation Factors

The following are some of the factors for assimilation that you need to know

Driving Factors

Common factors that encourage or facilitate assimilation include tolerance, similarity, economic interests, sympathy for other cultures and amalgamation.

Tolerance that results in assimilation can occur if the minority group is able to lose its identity, while the majority group is able to accept the minority group as a new part of its group.

Factors driving assimilation, among others:

• Tolerance attitude.
• Balanced opportunities in the economy (every individual has the same opportunity to reach a certain position on the basis of his abilities and services).
• The attitude of respect for foreigners and their culture. The open attitude of the ruling class in society.
• Similarities in cultural elements.
• Mixed marriage (amalgamation).
• There is a common enemy from outside.

Barrier Factors

Common factors that can be a barrier to assimilation include:

• Isolated or alienated groups (usually minority groups).
• The feeling that the culture of certain groups is higher than the culture of other groups.
• Lack of knowledge about the culture with which the stone is encountered
• Negative prejudice against the influence of the new culture.
• This concern can be overcome by increasing the function of social institutions.
• This excessive pride causes one group not to acknowledge the existence of another group’s culture
• Differences in physical characteristics, such as height, skin color or hair
• A strong feeling that the individual is tied to the culture of the group concerned.
• Minority groups experience interference from the ruling group.
• The isolation of the life of a certain group in society. For example, Native Americans who live in certain areas (reservations).
• Lack of knowledge about the culture encountered.
• There is a feeling of fear of the power of a culture that is faced.
• There is a feeling that the culture of a certain class or group is higher than the culture of another class or group.
• There are differences in skin color or physical characteristics.
• There is a strong ingroup feeling. That is, there is a strong feeling that the individual is tied to the group and the culture of the group concerned.
• There is interference from the minority group against the ruling class. For example, the harsh treatment of Japanese people living in the United States after the American Naval base at Pearl Harbor was suddenly attacked by Japanese troops in 1941.
• There are differences of interest and personal conflict.

The characteristics and conditions for the occurrence of assimilation

To understand assimilation, it is also necessary to know the characteristics of assimilation. The following are characteristics of assimilation.

1. Reduced differences are due to efforts to reduce and eliminate differences between individuals or groups.
2. The reduction of differences in society is due to various efforts to reduce or even eliminate differences between individuals and groups.
3. Strengthen the unity of actions, attitudes, and feelings and pay attention to common interests and goals.
4. The closer the unity of actions, attitudes, and feelings, and more concerned with common interests and goals.
5. There is awareness of each individual to provide a review of other cultures in order to realize common interests.
6. Each individual as a group interacts directly and continuously intensively.
7. The act of a person in providing a review of other cultures for the sake of the realization of the public interest. That is, in the review that was carried out it was considered that it would be able to accommodate shared desires in social life.

Types of Assimilation

In the Komunika Journal Vol.10, No. 2, 2007 , there are several types of assimilation according to the publication of the Indonesian Institute of Sciences (LIPI), which are as follows:

1. Cultural Assimilation

Cultural assimilation is the process of adopting values, beliefs, dogmas, ideologies, languages, and symbol systems from an ethnic group or from various groups that form a content of values, beliefs, dogmas, and ideologies.

Cultural assimilation is a combination of different cultures and produces a new culture along with the loss of the original cultural characteristics. The process of cultural assimilation or absorption of culture from outside occurs, so that it integrates into the structure of a society that accepts culture.

An example of cultural assimilation is the transmigration program implemented in Riau during the New Order era. This transmigration program aims to even out the population in various islands in Indonesia. The transmigration process has an impact on cultural assimilation which produces a new culture due to interactions between ethnic groups.

2. Structural Assimilation

Structural assimilation is the process of mixing different components in social institutions by considering elements related to society. So in the structural assimilation of social processes and social interactions so that a social system of mixing different components occurs in social institutions by considering elements related to society.

This indicates that the form of structural assimilation is more an example of formal institutions carried out in the government system.

An example of structural assimilation can be seen in the Indonesian government system which is currently led by the president (presidential). Judging from its history, Indonesia was originally led by an absolute king. With structural assimilation, community participation is needed in general elections so as to create a just state.

3. Marital Assimilation

Marital assimilation is a form of adjustment in society where marriage is legally and legally according to religion to give birth to new offspring. The combination of togetherness between two people who love this is done as a form of collaboration of affection that chooses to live together.

For example, cross-marriage between ethnic groups. As for what can be mentioned in this marriage assimilation, for example, there are Padang people who live in Papua in building restaurants. Due to living in Papua for a long time, in the end many children of the Padang people marry native Papuans. Until finally this condition can be called marital assimilation.

4. Linguistic Assimilation

Linguistic assimilation is the process of mixing the language components used by people in everyday life. This cooperation serves to adapt to civilization and the development of time.

An example of linguistic assimilation is the role of community life that merges into social groups. This situation has led to the emergence of a new language as a prerequisite for social interaction in society.

With the emergence of regional languages, the emphasis on words manifested itself. For example, regarding the use of you, me or the terms alay, slang and other languages.

5. Assimilate Reception

Receptive attitude assimilation is a form of assimilation carried out by one ethnic group by reducing discriminatory attitudes or reducing stereotypes, stigma, and labels towards other ethnicities.

6. Assimilation of Architecture

Architectural assimilation is the construction of buildings or areas carried out by people to help them achieve their lives. The role of this assimilation is to approach the relationship of each component of life so that it has a different pattern.

7. Assimilation Identification

Identification assimilation is the process of identifying individuals from a group by creating their own personal identity in order to participate or exert influence in other social institutions.

8. Citizenship Assimilation

Assimilation of citizenship is carried out by certain groups by incorporating their basic cultural values ​​into the arena of politics, government, and the life of the nation and state.

9. Religious Assimilation

Religious assimilation is a collaboration that is carried out on differences in beliefs, the form of this integration is not in the teachings but in the process of carrying out worship rituals which are carried out without reducing one of the core religions that are believed.

An example of religious assimilation can be seen in the mourning events held 40 days after someone dies. This 40-day event is part of the Hindu religious tradition. However, this does not reduce the value of both religions.

Another example is the role of Islam in Indonesia, which organizes 3, 7, and 40 daily events in an effort to celebrate or mourn those who have died. Events 3, 7 and 40 days are part of the Hindu religious tradition.

Part of the religious culture in this assimilation does not reduce the value of Islam because every Islamic society always applies studies by reading prayers and tahlil to people who have died.

Examples of Assimilation in Everyday Life

With assimilation, of course we feel the impact. Here’s an example of assimilation that we usually feel in everyday life.

1. The emergence of dangdut music, where dangdut is the result of a combination of traditional regional music and Indian music.
2. There is a culture of adultery/premarital relations under the guise of courtship which incidentally is not from Indonesian culture.
3. Indonesian people who follow foreign tourists by wearing bikini clothes on the beach.
4. The habit of using a spoon/fork to eat for some Indonesian people. At first this custom was imitated by the Indonesian elite from European society, but now most Indonesians use a spoon/fork to eat.
5. The fusion of Betawi and Chinese cultures has resulted in new cultures, for example the Cokek dance and Lenong dance.

Difference between Assimilation and Acculturation

Assimilation and acculturation are concepts related to interaction and communication between individuals and communities along with different cultures in society.

Basically, these two things are examples of forms of cultural adaptation that exist in social processes. Both are related to the process of entering and mixing several different cultures. Of course, it is not surprising that many have difficulty distinguishing them.

Acculturation is defined as a form of cultural change resulting from interactions between cultural groups that emphasize acceptance of new cultural patterns and elements in society.

In simple terms, acculturation is a process of entering a foreign culture into a particular culture. The foreign culture is accepted and processed into its own culture, without eliminating the elements of the original culture.

Assimilation itself is known as a fusion of several cultures to produce a new culture. This is because the social processes that occur in society focus on achieving unity by eliminating the differences between these cultures.

From the discussion above, it can be said that assimilation is the adjustment of a new culture to an old culture that can create a new culture. Thus the discussion of assimilation and its types. Hopefully all of the discussion above adds to Sinaumed’s’ insight. If you want to get more information about assimilation, then you can do it by reading the books available at sinaumedia.com .

As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Assessment Is – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with the term “assessment”? Yep, if you look in the dictionary, this term means an assessment process. This assessment is not only carried out by teachers on student competencies , you know , but is also often used in the process of recruiting new employees at an employee. Therefore, the existence of an assessment will not be separated from tests to assess how competent a person is and can be used frequently in all fields. 

If so, is the teacher’s assessment of student competency and the employee recruitment process the same? Of course it is different, because the two subjects have different levels of competence and different goals. Even so, the two subjects still need an assessment which is accompanied by a test to assess their ability to deal with a problem. However, in this article, we will discuss assessment in the realm of education, aka student competency. Then actually, what is an assessment? What is the purpose of the assessment being carried out? Let’s look at the following reviews so that Sinaumed’s understands these things!

What is an Assessment?

The definition of assessment in the realm of education and employee recruitment in a company is of course different. This is because the subjects and objects in the implementation process are also individuals with different ages and competencies. Even though in fact, this assessment is the same as a form of assessment of the competence possessed by a person. But keep in mind that in this article, we will discuss assessment in the realm of education, so that it focuses on student competencies. 

The term assessment is defined by Stiggins (1994) as a process of assessing student learning processes, progress, and outcomes (outcomes). Meanwhile, according to Kumano (2001), states that assessment is “the process of collecting data which shows the development of learning” aka a form of assessment of student learning processes. Sinaumed’s must have often encountered this assessment when he was in school. This was stated by Gabel (1993) who categorizes assessment into two groups, namely traditional assessment and alternative assessment. 

Traditional assessments are usually in the form of tests with right or wrong answers, multiple choice tests, complementary tests, and limited answer tests. Meanwhile, alternative assessments are usually in the form of non-tests, in the form of essays or descriptions, practical assessments, project assessments, questionnaires, inventories, peer assessments, self-assessments, portfolios, observations, discussions, and interviews . If you look at the forms, most of the assessments are carried out in Guidance and Counseling (BK) subjects, yes…

In this regard, Popham (1995) stated that the existence of this assessment should be part of learning in schools because the assessment focuses on student learning processes. Not only the learning process, but also the progress of student learning. In general, the information obtained from this assessment activity can be used as a basis for making decisions about students, whether it is related to curriculum, learning programs, and school policies. 

It should also be noted that the existence of assessments is not only carried out in schools, but also in tertiary institutions, of course, the subjects are students.  

The difference between Assessment and Evaluation

Many people think that this assessment is the same as an evaluation, but in fact the two things are different. Basically, this evaluation is an assessment of the education program as a whole, so it is more macro in nature. While the assessment is narrower (micro), moreover usually the implementation is carried out by Guidance and Counseling subjects only. So, here is the difference between assessment and evaluation. 

The difference between Assessment and Evaluation

Assessment	Evaluation
More emphasis on process assessment.	More emphasis on learning outcomes.
Side with the interests of students. In this al, students can use the results of the assessment as a reflection of the improvement of their learning.	Take sides with the interests of the evaluator.
The assessment is carried out more narrowly (micro), related to student competence and improvement of learning programs.	Conducted as a whole (macro) relating to planning, implementation, and monitoring.
Is one of the methods chosen in the evaluation.	Using various criteria and methods.
Subjects are just students.	The subjects vary, ranging from students, teachers, materials, organizations, and others.

Assessment function

The most basic assessment function is the formative function, which is to provide feedback to the teacher and at the same time can be used as a basis for improving his learning techniques. In addition, students can also participate in the process of improving existing learning standards. 

Meanwhile, according to Arikunto (2013) the function of the assessment is as follows: 

1. To find out whether the instructional objectives have been achieved.
2. Feedback for improving the teaching and learning process.
3. Basis in compiling student progress reports to their parents.

Assessment Purpose

Based on Student Competency

It should be remembered that the existence of this assessment is not only applied in Guidance and Counseling subjects, but also in all subjects taught in schools. According to Arikunto (2013), states that the general purpose of the assessment is to determine how much achievement of competency indicators has been planned previously in a subject. While other objectives are in the form of:

• Assess individual abilities through specific tasks.
• Determine learning needs.
• Assist and encourage students.
• Assist and encourage teachers to teach better.
• Determine learning strategies.
• Institutional accountability.
• Improving the quality of education.

Based on Guidance and Counseling

Different subjects, the purpose and form of the assessment given to students will be different. In the realm of Guidance and Counseling, the existence of this assessment has 12 objectives that have been contained in the book Foundations for Guidance and Counseling in Indonesia (Karya Lahmuddin Lubis). In the book, Hackney and Cornier put forward the 12 assessment objectives, namely:

1. Streamlining the information gathering process. 
2. Allows the counselor to make an accurate diagnosis.
3. Develop an effective action plan.
4. Determine whether or not the counselee is following a certain plan.
5. Simplifies goal achievement and progress measurement. 
6. Increase insight into the counselee’s self. 
7. Able to assess the environment. 
8. Improving counseling processes and discussions that are more focused and relevant.
9. Indicates the probability that a certain event will occur. 
10. Increase interests, abilities, and personality dimensions. 
11. Generate choices. 
12. Facilitate planning and decision making

Just a little trivia, OK? Counseling doesn’t always exist in schools, it can also become a profession whose subjects are the general public. Therefore, the existence of an assessment can also be used in it. This was also stated by Hackney and Cornier in a book entitled Comprehensive Professional Counseling , that assessment has 6 objectives, namely:

1. Get information about the problems presented by the counselee and other problems related to them. 
2. Recognize the controlling and contributing variables associated with the problem. 
3. Determine what the counselee’s goals/expectations are as a result of counseling.
4. Collect basic data that will be compared with subsequent data in order to assess and evaluate the counselee’s progress and the effects of the treatment strategy used. 
5. Educating and motivating the counselee by sharing the counselor’s point of view about the situation, increasing the counselee’s acceptance of treatment and contributing to the changes that are the result of therapy. 
6. Use the information obtained from the counselee to plan effective treatment methods and strategies

Forms of Assessment in the Realm of Guidance and Counseling

This time, we will discuss the form of assessment in the Guidance and Counseling realm, which has two forms, namely in the form of tests and non-tests. Here’s an explanation.

1. Test Technique Assessment

In this assessment it is only used by counselors who have special certification, especially for the use of psychopedagogical testing techniques. Assessment of this test technique is a systematic procedure for comparing the behavior levels of two or more individuals, then developed again to observe and describe behavior with the help of a numerical scale or certain categories (Cronbach, 1960). Meanwhile, according to Anne Anastasi in the book Non-test Technique Assessment in the Perspective of Comprehensive Counseling (Karya Gantina Komalasari), argues that assessment with this test technique is a measurement of an objective and standardized sample of behavior. So, in the assessment of this test technique there are also several types, namely:

1. Achievement Test

An achievement test is a measure of a person’s level of acquisition or learning in a subject or task. As a measurement instrument, achievement tests are more direct than other tests. These tests provide counselees with the types of information they need to make important educational and career decisions. If a counselee has the right abilities, interests, or personality dispositions for a chosen career field, but lacks knowledge or expertise, he or she can make positive steps to correct those inefficiencies. 

1. Aptitude Test

An aptitude test can be defined as a trait that characterizes an individual’s ability to perform in a certain area or achieve the learning required to perform in a certain area. Theoretically, an aptitude test is to measure a person’s potential to achieve certain activities, his ability to learn to achieve these activities. Other functions of this aptitude test are:

• Identify potential abilities that are not based on individuals; 
• Support the development of special abilities or potential of certain individuals; 
• Providing information to help individuals make educational and career decisions or other choices among existing alternatives; 
• Helps predict the level of academic or job success that individuals can anticipate;
• It is useful to group individuals with similar talents for personality development and educational purposes.

1. Interest Test

As the name implies, this test is a test that measures what kind of activity/occupation a person likes the most. Asher et al argue that the interests possessed by an individual can have an impact, namely as:

1. As a psychological condition characterized by focusing attention on a particular problem/activity, or as a tendency to understand an experience that will be repeated, 
2. As a feeling of pleasure resulting from the presence of special attention to an activity.

Sinaumed’s must have known that everyone in this world has different interests? Yep, Whiterington also defines interest as an individual’s willingness to an object, individual, thing, or situation related to him. Meanwhile, according to Crow & Crow in a book entitled Guidance and Counseling in Educational Institutions (by WS. Winkel & MM Sri Hastuti) states that interest can be a driving force that makes individuals pay attention to objects (can be other individuals, situations, or activities). certain).

Well, the use of this interest test can aim to help young people (usually also applied to students) in choosing jobs that match their interests and talents. In general, the results of this interest test can be used in 3 applied fields, you know… namely career counseling, job counseling, and student majors. Does Sinaumed’s still remember the interest technique that was once given by the Guidance and Counseling (BK) teacher when we were in grade 12 to determine our college major? 

The use of this interest test is not only used for grade 12 students to determine college majors , but also in the process of recruiting employees in a company to place prospective employees according to their abilities and interests in a field. 

d) Personality Test

This personality test is usually to measure personality traits but not unique, but more cognitive in nature, such as character, style, temperament, emotional life style, mental health, network of social relations with other people, and others. 

2. Non-Test Technical Assessment

Since this assessment is in the form of a non-test, both the design, administration, processing, analysis and interpretation procedures are relatively simpler. This form of test is also the most widely used by counselors. As for the types of non-test assessment techniques, there are Problem Checklists (DCM), Common Problem Expression Tools (AUM-U), Learning Problem Expression Tools (AUM PTSDL), Interviews, Sociometry, Observations, Questionnaires, and many others.  

Source:

Siregar, Siti Wahyuni. Assessment in Guidance and Counseling. 

Wulan, Ana Ratna. Definition and Essence of the Concept of Evaluation, Assessment, Test, and Measurement . FMIPA Indonesian University of Education. 

Also Read!

• Definition, Concept, and Purpose of AKM
• 4 New Policies From the Ministry of Education and Culture, What Are They?
• Definition, Purpose, Concept of AKM
• Definition and Concept of Inclusive Education
• Differences between Inclusive Education and Exclusive Education
• Definition and Elements of Education
• 10 Benefits of the Internet in Education
• Definition and Goals of Educational Innovation
• Understanding the Purpose and Functions of Indonesian Education
• Definition, Principles, and Foundation of Education
• Definition of Curriculum and Its Functions in the World of Education
• Technological Revolution and Educational Evolution
• Definition of Role Model and How to Choose It

Ar Rauf Meaning – Allah has 99 other names called Asmaul Husna. These names are related to the attributes that Allah has. The 99 names are usually pronounced in certain ways to make them easy to memorize.

For example by making it a song. Asmaul Husna has many features, one of which is prayer. This is mentioned in Surah Al A’raf verse 180, which has the following meaning.

“And Allah has Asma’ul-husna (the best names), so ask Him by calling it Asma’ul-husna and leave those who misinterpret His names. They will be rewarded for what they have done.”

The practice of Asmaul Husna itself can be done in various forms of activity. For example with behavior, nature, or as a wirid. This is because, Asmaul Khusna has many features and provides many advantages to each of its readers.

The ninety-nine names will be discussed in general in this paper. However, the explanation will be deeper in one of the characteristics, namely Ar Rauf’s meaning and its arguments. Sinaumed’s can listen to the explanation as follows.

99 Names of Allah in Asmaul Husna

1. Ar Rahman الرحمن : The Most Gracious
2. Ar Rahiim الرحيم : The Most Merciful
3. Al Malik الملك : The Most Reigning
4. Al Quddus القدوس : The Most Holy
5. As Salaam السلام: The One Who Gives Prosperity
6. Al Mu`min المؤمن: The Most Giving Security
7. Al Muhaimin المهيمن : The Most Regulating
8. Al Aziz العزيز : The Mighty One
9. Al Jabbar الجبار: Who Has Absolute Valor
10. Al Mutakabbir المتكبر : The Most Magnificent
11. Al Khaliq الخالق : The Creator
12. Al Baari البارئ : The One Who Releases
13. Al Mushawwir المصور : The Creator of Forms
14. Al Ghaffaar الغفار : The Most Forgiving
15. Al Qahhaar القهار : The Most Compelling
16. Al Wahhaab الوهاب : The Most Merciful
17. Ar Razzaaq الرزاق : The Most Giver of Fortune
18. Al Fattaah الفتاح: The Most Opener of Mercy
19. Al `Aliim العليم : The All-Knowing
20. Al Qaabidh القابض : The Most Constricting
21. Al Baasith الباسط : The Most Extensive
22. Al Khaafidh الخافض : The Most Condescending
23. Ar Raafi الرافع : The Most Exalted
24. Al Mu`izz المعز : The Most Glorifying
25. Al Mudzil المذل: The Most Humiliating
26. Al Samii السميع : The All Hearing
27. Al Bashiir البصير : The All Seeing
28. Al Hakam الحكم: The Most Determined
29. Al `Adl العدل : The Most Just
30. Al Lathiif اللطيف : The Most Gentle
31. Al Khabiir الخبير : The Knower
32. Al Haliim الحليم : The Most Forbearing
33. Al `Azhiim العظيم : The Most High
34. Al Ghafuur الغفور : The Most Forgiving
35. As Syakuur الشكور : The Most Avenger of Kindness
36. Al `Aliy العلى : The Most High
37. Al Kabiir الكبير : The Most Great
38. Al Hafizh الحفيظ : The Most Preserver
39. Al Muqiit المقيت : The Most Giver of Sufficiency
40. Al Hasiib الحسيب : The One Who Makes Calculations
41. Al Jaliil الجليل : The Most High
42. Al Karim الكريم : The Most Gracious
43. Ar Raqiib الرقيب : The Most Watchful
44. Al Mujiib المجيب : The Most Answering
45. Al Waasi الواسع : The Most Extensive
46. Al Hakimim الحكيم : The Most Wise
47. Al Waduud الودود :The Most Merciful
48. Al Majiid المجيد : Your Majesty
49. Al Baa`its الباعث : The Most Awakening
50. As Syahiid الشهيد: The Witness
51. Al Haqq الحق : The Most True
52. Al Wakiil الوكيل : The Most Preserver
53. Al Qawiyyu القوى : The Most Powerful
54. Al Matiin المتين : The Most Steadfast
55. Al Waliyy الولى : The Most Protecting
56. Al Hamiid الحميد : The Most Praised
57. Al Muhshii المحصى : The Calculating One
58. Al Mubdi المبدئ : The Originator
59. Al Mu`iid المعيد : The One Who Restores Life
60. Al Muhyii المحيى : The One Who Gives Life
61. Al Mumiitu المميت : The Most Deadly
62. Al Hayyu الحي : The Living One
63. Al Qayyuum القيوم : The Most Independent
64. Al Waajid الواجد: The Most Inventor
65. Al Maajid الماجد : The Most High
66. Al Wahid الواحد: The One and Only
67. Al Ahad الاحد : The Almighty
68. As Shamad الصمد : The Most Needed
69. Al Qaadir القادر : The Decisive One
70. Al Muqtadir المقتدر : The Almighty
71. Al Muqaddim المقدم :The Most Priority
72. Al Mu`akkhir المؤخر : The One who ends
73. Al Awwal الأول : The Most Beginning
74. Al Aakhir الأخر : The Last One
75. Az Zhaahir الظاهر: The Most Real
76. Al Baathin الباطن : The Most Unseen
77. Al Waali الوالي : The Supreme Ruler
78. Al Muta`aalii المتعالي : The Most High
79. Al Barru البر: The Most Beneficent
80. At Tawwaab التواب : The Most Accepting Repentance
81. Al Muntaqim المنتقم : The Most Merciful
82. Al Afuww العفو : The Most Forgiving
83. Ar Ra`uuf الرؤوف : The Most Compassionate
84. Malikul Mulk مالك الملك Y: the Supreme Ruler of the Kingdom
85. Dzul Jalaali Wal Ikraam ذو الجلال و الإكرام : The Supreme Owner of Greatness and Glory
86. Al Muqsith المقسط : The Supreme Giver of Justice
87. Al Jamii` الجامع : The Most Collecting
88. Al Ghaniyy الغنى : The Most Rich
89. Al Mughnii المغنى: The Most Giver of Wealth
90. Al Maani المانع : The Most Preventing
91. Ad Dhaar الضار : The Most Beneficial One
92. An Nafii النافع: The Most Beneficial
93. An Nuur النور : The Most Radiant
94. Al Haadii الهادئ : The Most Guiding
95. Al Badii’ البديع : The Creator
96. Al Baaqii الباقي : The Everlasting One
97. Al Waarits الوارث : The Most High Heir
98. Ar Rasyiid الرشيد : The Most Intelligent
99. As Shabuur الصبور : The Most Patient

Ar Rauf Meaning The Most Merciful

Ar Rauf means that in Asmaul Husna it means the Most Merciful. Meanwhile, in Classical Arabic, it means to be kind, patient, compassionate, gentle, and compassionate to show gentleness.

In simple terms, Ar Rauf means that God is very compassionate to all of His servants. This can be seen from the burden of life received by each servant. Allah will not give a burden to His servant beyond the limits of ability.

Allah also gives grace to the servant He wills. He gives mercy to all creatures on earth especially to those who do good deeds and are pious.

Proof of Ar Ra’uf in the Koran

After discussing Ar Rauf meaning as the Most Compassionate. The following is Ar Ra’uf’s argument in the Koran.

1. Surah Al Tawbah Verse 177

لَقَدْ تَّابَ اللّٰهُ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ وَالْمُهٰجِرِيْنَ وَالْاَنْصَارِ الَّذِيْنَ اتَّبَعُوْهُ فِيْ سَاعَةِ الْعُسْرَةِ مِنْۢ بَعْدِ مَا كَادَ يَزِيْغُ قُلُوْبُ فَرِيْقٍ مِّنْهُمْ ثُمَّ تَابَ عَلَيْهِمْۗ اِنَّهٗ بِهِمْ رَءُوْفٌ رَّحِيْمٌ ۙ – ١١٧

Meaning: “Indeed, Allah has accepted the repentance of the Prophet, the Muhajirin and the Ansar, who followed the Prophet in difficult times, after the hearts of a group of them almost turned away, then Allah accepted their repentance. Surely Allah is Most Gracious, Most Merciful to them.” (QS. At Tawbah: 177)

2. Surah Al Hadid Verse 9

هُوَ الَّذِيْ يُنَزِّلُ عَلٰى عَبْدِهٖٓ اٰيٰتٍۢ بَيِّنٰتٍ لِّيُخْرِجَكُمْ مِّنَ الظُّلُمٰتِ اِلَى النُّوْرِۗ وَاِنَّ اللّٰهَ بِكُمْ لَرَءُوْفٌ رَّحِيْمٌ – ٩

Meaning: “It is He who sent down clear verses (the Qur’an) to His servant (Muhammad) to bring you out of darkness into light. And indeed, to you Allah is Most Forbearing, Most Merciful.” (QS. Al Hadid: 9)

3. Surah Al Baqarah Verse 207

Amen

Meaning: “And among humans there are people who sacrifice themselves to seek the pleasure of Allah. And Allah is Forgiving to His servants.” (QS. Al Baqarah: 207)

4. Surah At Tawbah Verse 128

لَقَدْ جَاۤءَكُمْ رَسُوْلٌ مِّنْ اَنْفُسِكُمْ عَزِيْزٌ عَلَيْهِ مَا عَنِتُّمorry

Meaning: “Indeed, there has come to you an apostle from your own people, he feels the weight of the suffering you are experiencing, (he) really wants (faith and safety) for you, forbearing and merciful to those who believe.” (QS. At Tawbah: 128)

How to Practice Ar Ra’uf in Everyday Life

How to emulate Ar Rauf means that in everyday life it can be done in various ways. Here are some ways that can be done as an interpretation of Ar Ra’uf.

1. Instilling Strong Faith in Allah’s Attributes

Imitating and practicing the meaning of the contents of God’s attributes is one part of faith in God. A Muslim is obliged to believe in the 99 attributes of Allah. The way to do this is to believe in your heart that the ninety-nine qualities are true.

2. Establish friendly ties

Ar Ra’uf recommends being kind to others. One of them is by establishing a relationship with every colleague, family, friends, relatives, and people we know. The goal is that the closeness of the relationship can be maintained.

When the relationship is maintained then to give affection will be easy and can continue to happen. The Prophet described a Muslim one with another as one body. This was narrated by An-Nu’man bin Bisyir in a hadith.

“The parable of those who have faith in terms of loving, loving and cherishing one another is like one body. If one of the limbs hurts, then the whole body will be awake (unable to sleep) and hot (feeling the pain).” (HR. Muslim)

3. Give charity

Giving alms is a form of compassion for fellow creatures of God. Giving charity will not make you poor. Precisely will add more wealth and peace of mind.

Charity does not have to be in the form of money. Energy and attention also includes alms. When someone needs help and we are willing to put in the time and effort to help. So, it is already considered as charity.

4. Spreading Love to Fellow Living Creatures

Every living being has the right to love. Every living being must also give his love to his neighbor. Giving love to others is included in the practice of Ar Ra’uf.

Love is not only limited to fellow human beings. But, also to every creature created by God. To animals by not hunting or killing them indiscriminately for personal gain. To the environment by taking care of it, not clearing the forest or destroying the ecosystem.

The Story of the Prophet Reflecting Ar Ra’uf

Adapted from ebookanak.com, here is one story of a prophet that reflects one of God’s characteristics, namely Ar Ra’uf.

When Rasulullah SAW and his companions received harsh treatment in Mecca. So Rasulullah SAW. and his companions moved towards Taif City on foot. But in the City of Taif, Rasulullah Saw. also received the same treatment. The inhabitants of Taif immediately threw stones at Rasulullah SAW. and his companions with stones. In fact, the stones hurt the Prophet. The Prophet’s Body even to the point of bleeding. Zaid bin Haritsah immediately defended and protected Rasulullah SAW. Rasulullah saw. and his friends then took refuge in a garden belonging to Utbah bin Rabiah. Archangel Gabriel then came down to help and offered help. The angel Jibril will crush the people of Taif with a mountain until it is destroyed. But the Apostle forbade him, “I have forgiven their treatment of me. I pray that the descendants of Taif residents can believe in Allah.”

How to Practice Asmaul Husna

A Muslim should always practice Asmaul Husna in his daily life. Here are some ways that can be done as the implementation of Asmaul Husna in the life of every Muslim.

1. Saying Asmaul Husna in Prayer

When praying should mention one or two names of Allah. The selection of Allah’s names is adjusted to the prayers we pray.

For example, when asking to be given strength to deal with one or several things, one should mention Al Qawiyyu (The Most Powerful).

2. Wirid’s practice

Wirid or routine practice can be one way to practice Asmaul Husna. When practicing Asmaul Husna it will make life happier physically and mentally.

One of the ways of wirid Asmaul Husna is done every time after performing the Maghrib prayer. Previously, Sinaumed’s could read Surah Yasin. Then read Asmaul Husna and close it with the Asmaul Husna prayer and ask forgiveness from Allah.

3. Special Practices

Some Asmaul Husna which can be practiced with a special amount will give fadhilah or special virtues to the reader. Here are some special practices that a Muslim can do.

• Reading Ar Rahman (The Most Gracious) 500 times every fardhu prayer will get peace of mind and prevent nervousness and forgetfulness.
• Ar Rahim (The Most Merciful) is read 100 times a day then people will look at us with compassion with Allah’s permission.
• As Salam (The Most Giving Salvation) is recited 136 times to ask Allah for healing.
• Read Al Latifu (The Most Beneficent) 129 times during the day or night, Allah will give you smooth sustenance and taufik.
• Reading Al Fattahu (Opener of the Door of Grace) 71 times with the position of both palms on the chest after every Fajr prayer, it will cleanse and purify the heart so that it is bright and easy to deal with all matters.

• Tabarakallah means
• Asmaul Husna and its meaning
• Prayers for the world and the hereafter
• Arabic and Latin reading of the Chair verse
• Meaning of prophets and messengers

Artifacts are – Since ancient times, civilizations have continued to develop by renewing old civilizations passed on from ancestors. Humans who lived hundreds of years ago preserved their experiences through various things, one of which is artifacts.

Artifacts, as cultural heritage objects, play an important role in the preservation of native Indonesian traditions, science and philosophy. Through cultural heritage such as artifacts, we can see the development of Indonesian culture.

In this article, we will discuss more about the meaning of artifacts, their advantages and disadvantages, examples of artifacts, and their benefits. Listen to the end, OK!

Meaning of Artifact

Artifacts are basically cultural relics in the form of past man-made equipment. Artifacts can be made of wood, stone, metal, bronze, animal bones, or something else.

The shape can also vary, ranging from magnificent temples, fortresses, inscriptions, clothes, tombs, household utensils, currency, or other objects.

Indonesia has a long history, therefore the artifacts found come from various cultures. There are artifacts from the kingdoms of Majapahit, Kutai, Sriwijaya, or Tarumanegara.

All of these cultural heritages are used by historians to find out how the form of life, culture, where it was made, as well as the conditions of the Indonesian people in the past in certain periods.

How did it happen? Because artifacts, as historical sources, can indirectly tell us about something in the past. In addition, artifacts can also be considered as the result of human activities that provide information about human life in the past. As explained by Herimanto and Eko Targiyanti in the book SMA/MA Kl.X History of Indonesia Jl.1 K/13 Hots Obligatory.

In conclusion, with the presence of artifacts, historians will know what historical reality was like in Indonesia. Without artifacts, we will never know how Gajah Mada once swore to conquer the entire archipelago. This is because history emerges because of constructions made by historians of artifacts and other historical sources.

Artifact advantages and disadvantages

From the explanation above, it is very clear that artifacts can support historical writing, strengthen arguments in historiography, or open opportunities to seek new interpretations of historical events that occurred in the past.

However, most of the artifacts found were very old and in incomplete condition, so the historical research process was hampered or the research results were not necessarily accurate even though they were built using scientific methodology.

But that doesn’t mean that historians haven’t succeeded in correcting the facts and reality of the artifacts they found. For example Agus Aris Munandar in his book entitled Siliwangi, History and Culture of Old Sundanese can explain the history and culture of ancient Sundanese people based on the information he got from several artifacts found in Sundanese lands.

Artifact Examples

One day, hundreds of years from now, today’s human culture will become an artefact. Such as writings, paintings, sculptures, photographs, batik, to wedding traditions. Because things like that have a concrete form. This means that it can be seen and also touched directly by the five senses.

This is what historians do to study Indonesian history in the past. They examined various artifacts that are widespread throughout the territory of the Republic of Indonesia. Here are some examples of artifacts that have been found in Indonesia:

Inscription	Temple	Statue	Statue
Sojomerto inscription	Borobudur temple	Buddha statue in South Sulawesi	Kertanegara Statue
Ligor Inscription	Mount Wukir Temple	Buddha Statues in the City Wake up (Kutai)	Joko Dolog statue
Pasemah Inscription	Sambisari Temple	Ganesha statue in Sarawak
Karang Brahi inscription	Dieng Temple	Statue of Vishnu Cibuaya I
Stone Lake Inscription	Gedong Songo Temple	Statue of Vishnu Cibuaya II
The Talang Tuo Inscription	Pringapus Temple
The Kedukan Bukit Inscription.	Selegriya Temple
Lebak Inscription	Prambanan temple
Muara Cianten inscription	Mount Kawi Temple
Pasir Awi inscription	Gangsir Mountain Temple
Monument Inscription	Songgoriti Temple
Guava Inscription	Hemisphere Temple
Coffee plantation inscription	Kidal Temple
Ciaruteun inscription	Jago Temple
Kutai Inscription	Simping Temple

Apart from the examples above, there are also other artefacts related to the daily life of ancient humans, such as stone tools, bones, pottery, metal weapons, and so on. Some of those found in Indonesia are:

Hand ax

A hand ax is a weapon used for hunting and daily food needs by humans who lived in prehistoric times. Hand-held ax artifacts found in several areas in Indonesia. There are found in Bali, Lampung, and other areas.

Bone knife

This animal bone knife is a relic of humans who lived in the Paleolithic era and is the result of the ngandong culture.

Arrows

There are also arrow artifacts made of limestone. These artifacts were found in caves in Tuban, East Java and the Lawa Sampung Caves.

Artifact Types

Theoretically, artifacts can actually be divided into two kinds, namely:

Movable artifacts

Movable artifacts are objects of historical heritage that can be moved easily, such as being lifted by hand, transported by vehicle, or other means. Movable artifacts are usually only referred to as artifacts.

The artifact doesn’t move

The second is an immovable artifact. Even if you want to move it, you have to destroy the structure and matrix. Some objects included in immovable artifacts include monuments, temples, statues, or statues from various periods of human cultural development.

There are also those who classify artifacts based on the time they were created, for example like:

Artifacts from the Paleolithic Period

This is an artifact made in the Paleolithic era. Most of them were tools that could protect humans at that time, such as hand axes or chopping axes found in Ngandong, East Java.

Artifacts from the Mesolithic Period

Artifacts from the Mesolithic period are mostly objects used in dwellings, such as hand axes, grinders, and also bones. From the shape of these artifacts, it can be concluded that humans in the Mesolithic era had started to build permanent residences because their way of life no longer moved from one place to another.

Artifacts from the Megalithic Period

The Megalithic period is also known as the great stone age where humans started making large buildings out of stone. Because of this, the artifacts made during this era were mostly menhirs, dolmens, coffins, sarcophagi and statues.

Artifacts from the Metal Age

Historical Sources Other Than Artifacts

As previously mentioned, artifacts are one of the historical sources used by historians to find out the facts and events that occurred in the past. So, apart from artifacts, there are other historical sources that you should know about.

Primary source

Primary historical sources are sources that directly witness a historical event. Therefore Nugroho Notosusanto in Marwan (2009) refers to it as a source whose information is obtained directly from those who witnessed an event with their own eyes or other five senses or mechanical devices.

Primary sources are more useful for historians because they have the ability to understand and interpret the testimony directly from the source. Primary sources are further divided into several sections, namely:

Written Source

Written sources are sources that are often used in historical research. You can see the various written sources in the table below:

Types of Written Sources	The explanation
Reports	Reports can mean reports made by government or non-government institutions which are often made annually. Government reports can be in the form of annual reports which contain various information regarding government affairs. Meanwhile, non-government reports can be in the form of company reports which can provide information about company developments during a certain period.
Letters	Letters that can be historical sources can be private letters or official letters made by the government directly. Through this letter, we can get information about what happened when the letter was written. Such as the date, who the recipient is, who wrote it, and the contents of the letter itself.
Newspaper	News published in newspapers records and records various daily events that occur in society. The topics also vary, there are economic, social, cultural, to political news. For historical researchers, news like this can be research material – depending on what theme is being studied. Usually the news from one newspaper is different from other newspapers, therefore the more news that is collected, the more complete the information will be. Because basically, every newspaper has its own mission and interests in shaping public opinion. As a result, there must be differences in the assessment of an event. For example, government and private newspapers, of course, will have different views. Moreover, newspapers from political parties will definitely focus more on spreading the program or mission of that party.
Personal note	Some people used to record important events that he experienced in personal notebooks. When needed, personal notes such as these can provide other information that may not be recorded in official reports or newsletters. For example, the notebook of someone who lived in 1965 and witnessed or experienced the G30S/PKI tragedy first hand can provide information about the state of society that is not available in the news. Even though such information can make us know what the actual conditions were when the tragedy occurred.
Minutes of meeting	Meeting minutes are notes that contain information about important matters discussed at the meeting. This record is made by a secretary or assigned directly. Notes like this can also be useful to provide information about an event that occurred.

Oral Source

Oral sources are historical sources that rely on the memories of actors or direct witnesses of historical events. The memories are then expressed verbally, therefore the speaker or source is fully responsible for the accuracy of the information he conveys so that it can be used as a source for historical writing.

In addition, oral sources can also be used to supplement information obtained from written sources if needed. However, oral sources have some limitations or weaknesses, namely:

The age factor of the speaker

The point is this, oral sources rely heavily on human memory which is prone to being lost, either because the owner of the memory dies, because of age (senility, for example), or because of a disease that attacks the brain.

Thus, historians or parties who need information from the owner of the memory must hunt with age.

Limited memory

Humans have very limited memory, generally the farther the distance between the event and the time the memory is used, the more likely the owner of the memory is to forget the details of the event.

For example, suppose that 60 years from now you are still living with your beloved children and grandchildren. Then someone asks you about the condition of society when Covid-19 first appeared in Indonesia.

So, because between the emergence of Covid-19 and the interview you did (60 years old), you most likely forgot a lot of information. As a result, the information you provide may not be accurate.

Secondary source

Secondary sources or second sources are sources written by historians after studying primary sources. That is, this is not a direct testimony from a person who experienced a historical event.

Secondary sources can also be obtained from people who are not eyewitnesses or who were not directly present at the scene of an incident. Therefore, secondary sources usually have to be preceded by primary sources. Without primary sources, information obtained from secondary sources will not be useful at all.

Historical Facts: Results Obtained From Research on Historical Sources

This means, historical facts are the same as conclusions obtained after studying historical sources or documents, such as artifacts and others.

However, historical facts are different from the reality or reality that occurs every day when an event occurs. Because, reality or reality is certain, it cannot change at all.

As for facts, their nature can change at any time if more credible data and sources are found. Marwan then divides historical facts into several types, namely:

Types of Facts	The explanation
Soft facts	This is a fact that must be proven using the support of other facts. Therefore, the facts are not simply available. Historians spend a lot of time researching primary historical sources and processing them so that they are understandable to many people. But that doesn’t mean that what they find can’t change, because a debate about the truth can always happen at any time. This means that there is a possibility that there will be parties who disagree with the research results of historians.
Hard facts	Hard facts are facts that have been accepted as true events and are not disputed any further. Usually this fact is free of our will, because of that there are also those who call it an established fact and impossible to falsify.
Inference	Inferences are ideas that become a common thread and a bridge between one fact and another. In general, inferences are subjective, but the existing ideas or ideas are still included in the category of facts, although they are quite weak. Especially because inference is only in the form of logical considerations that can explain the relationship between other facts that have been discovered earlier.
Opinion	Almost the same as inference, but opinions are more personal and not based on general considerations. Meanwhile, if it is seen as a form of historical information, it is the same as personal judgment or suspicion or interpretation.

Thus the discussion of artifacts, ranging from understanding, examples, to historical sources other than artifacts. From all the discussion above it can be said that artifacts are cultural relics from past humans in the form of tools.

If you want to find various kinds of books about history, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com .

Reference:

Marwan, History for Class X High School (2009)

Author: Gilang Oktaviana Putra

Article 351 of the Criminal Code – Indonesia is a country that has rules. Where the rules are divided into two, namely written and unwritten rules. However, the explanation this time will be more towards written regulations regarding Article 315 of the Criminal Code.

Where maybe you have also heard related to the law of defamation. The law governing defamation has been explained in Article 315 of the Criminal Code.

It is undeniable that people’s ignorance of the law on defamation causes several parties to sometimes be involved in cases related to this matter. In fact, maybe you are also familiar with several cases that have been reported in various media related to defamation of a person or certain parties.

Therefore, it is very important for you to know the defamation law contained in Article 315 of the Criminal Code. You don’t need to be confused anymore if you don’t know about Article 315 of the Criminal Code. Because, in this article, we will explain more deeply about Article 315 of the Criminal Code.

Article 315 of the Criminal Code

Article 315 in the Criminal Code or Criminal Code regulates minor insults. Where Article 315 of the Criminal Code can be used to provide criminal sanctions to the perpetrators who have committed minor insults.

The Criminal Code or Criminal Code is a legal product left behind by the Dutch colonialists. Initially it did not use the name of the Criminal Code but used the name Wetboek van Strafrecht Voor Nederlandsch Indië ( WvSNI ).

Where the initial WVSNI regulation was formed on October 15, 1915. Even so, it was enforced for the first time on January 1, 1918. After Indonesia entered its independence period, the Bangka founders formulated a criminal law on the basis of WVSNI.

Which on February 26, 1946 these regulations changed into the Criminal Code or Criminal Code through Law No. 1 of 1946. The existence of the Criminal Code is used to try criminal cases that protect the public interest.

According to a legal expert, Soedarto, the Criminal Code contains two issues of interest, namely to draw a picture of an act that is punishable by crime and to stipulate and make an announcement related to the consequences that will be received by the convict.

Meanwhile, according to a legal expert named Moeljatno, who gave a statement that the Criminal Code is part of the overall law that is applied to a country that has the basis and rules for:

1. Determine which actions may not be carried out, which are prohibited along with threats or sanctions in certain criminal forms for anyone who violates them.
2. Determine when and in what cases those who violate the prohibition can be imposed or sentenced as threatened.
3. Determine in what way the imposition of the penalty can be implemented if someone violates it.

 

Article 315 of the Criminal Code reads and the penalties imposed

Article 315 of the Criminal Code has four points of description in it. Where the four points of description in Article 315 of the Criminal Code regulate minor insults and the punishments given to the perpetrators.

From Article 315 of the Criminal Code, it is explained that if someone commits a minor crime, they will be subject to a maximum prison sentence of 4 months and 2 weeks or a fine of IDR 4,500. Meanwhile, the contents of Article 315 of the Criminal Code in Book II of the Criminal Code Chapter XVI related to insults, as quoted on the official website of the Sukoharjo District Prosecutor’s Office, are as follows.

1. Any intentional insult that is not libelous or written defamatory which is committed against a person, either in public by word of mouth or in writing, or before the person himself by word of mouth or deed, or by letter sent or received to him, is punishable by insult light with a maximum imprisonment of four months and two weeks or a maximum fine of four thousand five hundred rupiahs.
2. As written on the Judicial Commission Characterization page, Article 315 of the Criminal Code is different from 310 of the Criminal Code regarding defamation. In Article 310 of the Criminal Code, the perpetrator must attack the honor or good name of a person by accusing something so that it becomes known to the public.
3. It is this element of the word ‘accusation’ that can distinguish between criminal acts of defamation and minor insults. Meanwhile, Article 315 of the Criminal Code actually states that the mention of minor insults is marked by the existence of an insulting act that is not defamatory or written defamation.

How to Report Defamation Actions That Occur on Social Media

It is undeniable that anyone can possibly be exposed to acts of defamation. Of course, everyone does not want to get defamed. However, sometimes something we are not aware of makes defamation happen.

For those of you who are victims of defamation, you must also know how to report defamation perpetrators. This needs to be done so that the perpetrators of defamation can get the appropriate punishment and get a deterrent effect.

It should also be noted that if the criminal act of defamation is carried out intentionally to attack someone by using a way of stating something either in writing or verbally it will make the victim suffer losses.

Especially now that the digital era has begun, where there have been many examples of cases of defamation reporting, especially those that occur in digital and electronic media. Social media is not only present with a positive impact. However, social media also sometimes has a negative impact on human life.

One of them is the occurrence of defamation that occurs on social media. Recently, many cases of defamation have occurred on social media. For this reason, you also need to know how to report defamation whether it occurs on social media or in person.

If you are a victim of defamation, then there are several ways to report acts of defamation to the realm of law, such as the police. Some of the ways that can be followed are as follows.

1. Gather Evidence and Witnesses

In order to strengthen a defamation report, you as a reporter must also include a number of items that can be used as evidence. For example, such as photos, screenshots and videos when the defamation incident occurred.

Apart from that, you can also collect witnesses who participated in witnessing defamation on social media. This is done so that you can further emphasize the occurrence of defamation on yourself as a reporter. In addition, this will also make it easier for investigators to carry out further investigative processes.

Apart from social media, this also applies as a way to report acts of defamation on WhatsApp or WA. Because not infrequently, acts of defamation also often occur in WA messages. In fact, currently the article on insulting via WhatsApp has also been regulated in the law and needs to be considered.

2. Prepare yourself more maturely

Before reporting a case of defamation, you as a reporter must also prepare well. Prepare all necessary materials such as content and context to be submitted to the police.

You as the reporter can also try to explain the chronology of events. Starting from what actually happened, how the incident took place, when and why the incident occurred to who was the perpetrator who committed the act of defaming your character.

3. Prepare Legal Counsel

When making a report to the police regarding a defamation case, it is best to be accompanied by someone who understands the law. If it’s possible, you can try to ask for help from legal counsel in the process of making a report because they understand the law better and can be more organized and focused in every process needed.

4. Report to the Police

After all the materials needed have been prepared, then you can start reporting cases of defamation to the police. First visit the nearest police station. If you have, proceed to the Integrated Police Service Center or SPKT section which deals with police services.

Complaint reports can be made in two ways, namely written and oral. If it is in written form, then you must sign the existing report letter. However, if it is verbal, it must be recorded by the investigator which will then be submitted to the complainant to be signed.

After receiving the report, the investigator or investigator must submit a reporting statement to the party concerned, namely the reporter. In the end, later reports or police reports related to defamation will be investigated after the police report and investigation warrant are issued.

However, you also need to know that a defamation report can only be valid for six months since the reporting party knows about it. So, a report can be considered expired if it has passed the time limit or after passing the six-month period after the report was made.

Apart from that, you can also find some examples of defamation reports. This is very useful so that you can get additional references from the report you want to make. For information, if there is no fee to report to the police in cases of defamation, there is no collection of fees from the police related to this matter.

 

Punishment for Defamation Actors

Prohibitions related to criminal acts of defamation have been regulated in Article 27 and Article 28 of the ITE Law on defamation No. 11 of 2008. Where all kinds of information that basically will be published first must have permission from the person concerned. This is done so that the parties concerned do not feel aggrieved for the actions committed, so that in the end they can be held accountable.

If in the future there is a case related to defamation and the relevant party carries out the reporting process, it is possible that the perpetrator will be subject to a defamation penalty as stipulated in several articles of law such as articles 310, 211 and also article 315 of the Criminal Code.

1. Punishment for Defamation Referring to Article 310 Paragraph 1 of the Criminal Code

Perpetrators who violate this article will be threatened with pollution by imprisonment for the longest period of nine months or a maximum fine of Rp. 450,000.

2. Defamation Punishment Referring to Article 315 of the Criminal Code

Perpetrators who deliberately violate this article will be punished with mild contempt which can be punished in the form of imprisonment for four months and two weeks and a fine of IDR 4,500

3. Defamation Punishment Referring to Article 27 Paragraph 3 of the ITE Law

Perpetrators who deliberately commit acts of defamation will be subject to criminal sanctions with a maximum imprisonment of 6 years or a maximum fine of 1 billion rupiah.

Details of Defamation Fines

A number of articles of the Criminal Code can indeed be used as reference material relating to defamation law. For the ITE Law, Article 27 paragraph 3, with the easiest explanation, contains the use or defamation that is done intentionally by accessing electronic information, will be subject to a prison sentence of 4 years and a defamation fine of 750 million rupiah.

Then, there is also article 45 paragraph 5 where there will be a prison sentence of 4 years which is also included with a fine of 750 million rupiah. There is another if defamation and harm others as regulated in article 36. Where later the defendant can be charged with imprisonment for 12 years with a defamation fine of 12 billion rupiah.

With this explanation, acts of defamation can have a negative impact on victims so that defamation fines for the aggrieved party are also of great value.

Target of Criminal Defamation

Indonesian society is a group of people who have character and uphold eastern cultural customs. Where cases of defamation are also a type of crime that can violate the norms of decency and religion.

As you already know, defamation is closely related to an insult that can defame another person’s reputation or honor. Usually there are several targets of defamation are as follows.

1. A certain class or groups.
2. Certain religious groups.
3. For someone who has died.
4. For officials working in the government sphere. For example, such as the head of state with his deputy, a civil servant or an official who is a representative of a foreign country.

The Impact Of The Existence Of Defamation

It is undeniable that acts of defamation are currently quite common, especially in the sphere of social media. Therefore the existence of defamation will also have adverse consequences and impacts on oneself and others.

As for some of the impact of losses from defamation both in terms of material and non-material are as follows.

1. Can have an impact on one’s popularity and career to be destroyed.
2. Turning off a person’s freedom of expression.
3. Provide obstacles to one’s performance.
4. It can have an impact on damaging the image of a particular institution or person.

Now that’s an explanation related to defamation. Starting from the article that provides an explanation of this matter to the impact resulting from the existence of a defamation case, it has been described in detail.

Hopefully all the discussion above can add to your insight, Sinaumed’s. If you want to find books on Law, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com .

Author: Hendrik Nuryanto

Source:

https://blog.justika.com/pidana-dan-report-polisi/cara-melaporkan-pencemaran-nama-baik/

https://tirto.id/isi-pasal-315-kuhp-about-penghinaan-ringan-dindingannya-gwGY

https://kejari-sukoharjo.go.id/file/087938fe4b830aeb386f318f3b605198.pdf

 

The Armistice Is – When listening to the news about the conflicts that occurred between Israel and Palestine or between Russia and Ukraine in the past few months, Sinaumed’s must haveYou often come across the term “truce” right? Yep, this term is generally used to describe situations that take place during war or conflict on a large scale, which includes the presence of the military. Some people who do not understand the linguistic definition, the term “truce” will actually be interpreted as an attempt to attack using weapons. In fact, this action is actually a positive thing because it is a peace effort between one another. So, what is the definition of a truce? What are some examples of ceasefire incidents that occurred in several countries on this earth? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s take a good look at the following review!

What Is a Armistice?

The term “truce” represents two words namely “truce” and “arms” which of course have different definitions. According to KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), the word “cease” can mean ‘cessation’. So, when translated into more detail, the term “truce” can mean ‘efforts to stop shooting using weapons’.

In short, a truce is an attempt to stop the process of shooting using weapons, especially military weapons in a war situation. 

Unfortunately, this truce did not immediately mean that the war conflicts that occurred just stopped. This is because the ceasefire is only temporary and must be agreed upon by both parties involved. Even though it is temporary, this effort can be stated in a formal or informal agreement, depending on the understanding between the two parties involved.

For example, during World War I, Germany and Britain agreed to a temporary truce because they wanted to celebrate Christmas. The armistice that took place on December 25, 1914 was considered an informal agreement between the two because no written agreement was signed. Only after a few days had passed on December 25, 1914, the war was resumed.

Another example is when the Covid-19 outbreak occurred in 2020, the United Nations Security Council (UNSC) requested that countries that were involved in war conflicts should first call for a ceasefire. Reporting from infopublic , the Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Indonesia, Ms. Retno Marsudi, conveyed the main points of discussion at the UNSC High Level Open Meeting. One of the main points that he conveyed was “Protection of Civilians in Armed Conflict”.

According to him, during the Covid-19 pandemic which is endemic throughout the world, countries that are in the middle of an armed conflict should be aware and understand very well to stop the conflict temporarily, aka by carrying out a truce. Unfortunately, the facts on the ground show that in the midst of the Covid-19 pandemic, armed conflict is increasing. Acts of violence due to armed conflict actually increased by 37% in mid-2020 and most occurred in Sub-Saharan Africa. Even though Sinaumed’s knows that the middle of 2020 will be a scary year because Covid-19 is really becoming an epidemic, causing thousands of human deaths.

One example of a country that does not heed the request of the UN Security Council is the Taliban. Even though there have been requests internationally for them to cease fire and prioritize handling the Covid-19 pandemic, they don’t care about this. The Taliban continue to attack Afghan security forces in various places, especially in rural areas. Yep, the Taliban absolutely refuse to declare a ceasefire. However, they said they would stop fighting conflicts in areas that are heavily infected with Covid-19. Unfortunately, according to UN documentation, 533 civilians were killed as a result of the conflict.

If Sinaumed’s often pays attention to the latest news from foreign countries, he must find that there is a conflict of war going on. Starting from the state of Israel with Palestine, to the latest is Russia with Ukraine. Several countries that have declared war on each other have also made this effort, you know . Even if it’s only temporary, at least civil society can feel the peace it deserves.

Armistice In Sociology

The term truce is also widely discussed in Sociology, precisely in terms of accommodation which is a form of associative social interaction. Just a little trivia , associative social interaction is a form of social interaction that results in cooperation between the two or more parties involved.

Well, accommodation itself is a process when individuals or groups of individuals who used to be in conflict with each other then make adjustments to each other to overcome tensions. One form of this accommodation is a truce. In this Sociology, a truce also has the same definition as before, namely in the form of a suspension of war for a certain period. Then, during the suspension period, it can later be used to find efforts to resolve conflicts that occur between the parties involved.

According to Wikipedia , the main purpose of carrying out a ceasefire is not only to stop violence, but also depends on the goals of each country involved. In the short term, this effort is intended to meet limited needs, for example humanitarian assistance. Meanwhile, the resilience of a formal ceasefire agreement is influenced by several factors. Starting from the demilitarized zone, withdrawing troops, to guarantees that third parties will monitor that there will be temporary peace. During 1989-2020, there were at least 2,202 similar attempts in 66 countries in 189 conflicts.

Types of Armistice

Reporting from bbc.com , there are several types of “temporary peace” efforts that are taking place in this world, namely.

1. Truce

This type is more indicative of an Ad-Hoc alias ‘meant for one purpose only’. Apart from ending the war, Truce certainly does not carry out formal negotiations. An example of Truce’s actions is the Syrian government and the Homs rebels. In its action, the Syrian government allowed to carry out a partial evacuation of the western suburb of Al-Wair.

2. Cessation of Hostilities

In the second type it is done more formally. This means that temporarily there is no fighting, but efforts are still being made to stop the war so that it doesn’t go on for too long. An example is the conflict in Syria. Through this Cessation of Hostilities effort , the Syrian government and opposition forces are trying to pave the way for a more formal ceasefire agreement.

3. Ceasefire

In this type, efforts to “temporary peace” are carried out formally with agreements and commitments to one another to ease the fighting. This means that the parties concerned will withdraw their weapons and reposition their troops in the safe zone, demilitarized zone and other dividing lines.

4. Armistice

In this type of Armistice , it is done to actually end hostilities and negotiate a peaceful settlement. At this Armistice, a truce would be a legally binding agreement. An example is the world war.

Examples of Armistice Events in World Countries

Previously, an example of a “temporary peace” event that occurred in this world was given, namely between Germany and England during World War I. Even though now there are world peace organizations such as the United Nations, that does not mean that all countries are immediately at peace without any conflict immediately. . Not infrequently, UN requests for countries in conflict to make peace, at least in the form of a temporary truce, are completely ignored. So, of the many efforts that have taken place, here are a few examples and they have been successful.

The Christmas Truce of 1914

Previously, it was briefly explained about examples of “temporary peace” efforts from the World War I era between Germany and the Allies (especially Britain and France). Well, here’s a full explanation.

Reporting from historia.id , at the beginning of World War I, precisely on 19 October – 22 November 1914, between Germany and the Allies actually fought each other, causing thousands of deaths. However, on Christmas Eve, December 24, 1914, both sides declared a truce to celebrate Christmas Day.

Uniquely, the German and Allied soldiers both decorated their respective trenches with Christmas trees. Not only that, they even sang Christmas carols together as if there had never been a conflict before. The atmosphere was so friendly with the meeting in the empty land that separated the ditches. Apart from that, they also greeted each other, exchanged cigarettes, played football together, and exchanged Christmas gifts. This momentum was documented in letters and diaries of soldiers.

Korean Armistice Agreement

Other countries that are also making efforts to “temporary peace” are Korea (including South Korea and North Korea) with the United States and China China. Reporting from Wikipedia , this armistice was carried out formally in the form of an agreement to end the Korean War. Just a little trivia , the Korean War that took place between South Korea and North Korea lasted for 3 years, in 1950-1953 to be precise.

The Korean Armistice Agreement was signed by several parties involved, starting from William Harrison Jr. as Lieutenant General of the United States Army who also simultaneously represented the United Nations Command, Nam Il as General of North Korea who represented the Korean People’s Army, and the People’s Volunteer Army. China from China.

The agreement was finally officially signed on July 27, 1953 and indeed aims to “ensure a complete cessation of hostilities and all actions of armed forces on Korean territory until a final peaceful settlement can be reached”. The impact of this agreement is the formation of the Korean Demilitarized Zone which is the border between South Korea and North Korea. Since the agreement was enforced, a “temporary peace” was carried out as well as the repatriation of the prisoners of war.

Myanmar Military Conflict with Ethnic Militia

Does Sinaumed’s know that our neighboring country, Myanmar, has experienced conflict between the military and ethnic groups? Yep, the armed conflict has been going on since 1948 until now, which is claimed to be the longest civil war in the world. Moreover, in 2020, when the Covid-19 pandemic occurred, of course, many Myanmar civilians were infected with the pandemic outbreak, so there were calls for peace in the form of a ceasefire. Reporting from dw.com , when the whole world is still facing the Covid-19 pandemic, the Myanmar military has intensified its attacks on Rakhine state, where the majority of the population are ethnic Rohingya.

On this basis, on April 2, 2020, a total of 18 foreign ambassadors to Myanmar jointly called for peace efforts, at least in the form of a ceasefire to focus on dealing with the Covid-19 pandemic first. Unfortunately, the fact that is happening on the ground is that a $50 million credit fund from the World Bank that was proposed for Covid-19 assistance in Myanmar, was only used in the center of the country. Yep, this Covid-19 health care is largely inaccessible to people outside of city centres. This of course invites a lot of criticism about how inaccurate the government is in reaching the health network, especially in ethnic groups.

Finally, last September 2021, the ASEAN side succeeded in pushing for a ceasefire in Myanmar. Reporting from dw.com , the Myanmar military junta (the name for the military government led by military officers) agreed to a proposed ceasefire for security and security, especially in terms of sending humanitarian aid to the people of Myanmar.

Israeli-Palestinian conflict

Reported by cnnindonesia.com , the bloody conflict that began in 1920 seems to have been known by all people on this earth. The war, which until now is still under the scrutiny of the public because it did not find a common ground for peace, finally declared a ceasefire in August 2022. Israel and the Palestinian militia have agreed to a ceasefire to end the war that has claimed thousands of civilians. According to a senior member of the Palestinian militia, Mohammd al-Hindi, stated that the ceasefire agreement was successful due to mediation assistance from the Egyptian state. Unfortunately, even though this effort has been approved, the Gaza region which is the center of the war is still gripping.

So, that’s a review of what is a ceasefire that occurred in a number of countries that were in a state of war conflict, along with its meaning in sociology, types, and examples of events that have occurred so far.

Arithmetic Series – Students who have entered grade 9 at the Junior High School (SMP) level of education must prepare themselves to take the National Examination (UN). For this, they can no longer play games in learning and must increase their focus on education.

There are at least 4 subjects that students must study for this UN. These subjects are Indonesian, English, Mathematics, and Natural Sciences (IPA). Even though the level of difficulty of the 4 subjects is the same, it cannot be denied that one of the biggest scourges for students is mathematics.

Besides they have to repeat the lessons they got in grades 7 and grade 8, they will also receive a number of new materials. The level of difficulty of these materials is also quite complicated. One of them is an arithmetic series.

In this article, Sinaumed’s will get an explanation about arithmetic series. Hopefully, this article can be useful for Sinaumed’s who need knowledge related to the topic of arithmetic series, regardless of your background.

Arithmetic progression

Before we enter into the discussion of formulas regarding arithmetic series, it helps us to first understand the definition of a mathematical sequence. Although they are different topics, they have continuity with one another, so students should study both of them in order to have a deep understanding.

Basically, an arithmetic sequence is a sequence of numbers such that the difference between successive terms remains constant. While an arithmetic series can be described as the sum total of the terms in the arithmetic sequence.

The explanation above may not necessarily be understood by some people. Therefore, we will now look at some examples of arithmetic sequences together to make it easier for you to understand this topic.

4,7,10,13,16,19,22…..

The example above is an arithmetic sequence. If Sinaumed’s pays attention, each number in the arithmetic sequence is the number obtained after adding the number 3. Let’s look at other examples of arithmetic sequences.

5,9,13,17,21,25,29…..

This is another example of an arithmetic sequence. Sinaumed’s can see that every number you find in the arithmetic sequence is obtained after adding the number 4. You can also find other examples of arithmetic sequences with the same principle.

After understanding the examples of arithmetic sequences, Sinaumed’s should be able to get a more detailed picture of arithmetic series. We’ll take some of the examples above and turn them into an arithmetic series. Here’s an example:

S ₉₁ = 4,7,10,13,16,19,22= 91

The example above is a simple example of an arithmetic series. So, all Sinaumed’s needs to do is add up the entire arithmetic sequence until you can get a result. Let’s use the above example of an arithmetic sequence as an arithmetic series.

S ₁₁₉ = 5,9,13,17,21,25,29 = 119

Based on these 2 examples, Sinaumed’s could conclude that the arithmetic series works in the same way. It’s just that, there are times when Sinaumed’s needs to find certain numbers or variables. We will discuss this topic together in the session on the arithmetic series formula and examples of this arithmetic series problem.

History of Arithmetic Series

A bit of history regarding the arithmetic series, there is no definite source regarding who was the person who first discovered the arithmetic series system. However, some sources say that it was Carl Friedrich Gauss, a mathematician and natural science expert from Germany who was the first to find out about arithmetic series.

At that time, Carl Friedrich Gauss was still in elementary school (SD). That said, he reinvented this method for calculating the sum of integers from 1 to 100, by multiplying the n/2 pairs of numbers added up by the value of each pair n+1.

Even so, the above facts cannot be proven true, bearing in mind that there are still other mathematicians who are also famous for creating various mathematical theories even before entering the century AD. Call it figures like Pythagoras and Archimedes from Greece, Aryabhata and Brahmagupta from India, and Zhang Qiujian from China.

Mathematics is indeed something that is considered difficult by most students. Even so, there are times when we find some interesting methods to learn mathematics. One way is to read books that are colorful and easy to understand, such as the book “Junior Scientist Encyclopedia: Mathematics”.

Arithmetic Series Formulas

Armed with the understanding that we have discussed above, now Sinaumed’s can learn the formula for an arithmetic series. You need to know that like a number of other mathematical materials, arithmetic series also has its own variables that students need to pay attention to.

These variables are also related to arithmetic sequences, where sometimes Sinaumed’s needs to find these variables before he can work on arithmetic series problems. Some of the variables in question are the difference and the middle term.

So, below, besides we will learn the arithmetic series formula, we will also learn the difference formula and the middle term formula which you can use if needed. Check out the explanation below.

Difference Formula

b = Un _– Un _-1

• b = Different
• U _n = the umpteenth term
• U _n-1 = The nth term minus 1

The difference in an arithmetic sequence or arithmetic series is symbolized by “b”. To find the difference, Sinaumed’s only needs to subtract the uth term (U _n ) in the arithmetic row with the other term that comes before the umpteenth term (U _n-1 ).

Central Tribal Formula

U _t = (a + U _n ) ÷ 2

• U _t = Middle term
• a = initial term
• U _n = Final term

The middle term in an arithmetic sequence or arithmetic series is symbolized as “U _t “. To find the middle term, Sinaumed’s must first determine the initial term (a) and the final term (U _n ) in the arithmetic row, then divide by 2.

Arithmetic Series Formulas

S _n = ½n (2a + (n – 1) b)

• S _n = Arithmetic series
• a = First term
• n = Number of terms
• b = Different

The arithmetic series in this formula is symbolized as “S _n “. The first thing you need to do to be able to find an arithmetic sequence is multiply half by the number of terms (n) that can be found in the arithmetic sequence.

Next, Sinaumed’s can add up the result of the sum above with the other variables found in the brackets. There are several additions that you have to calculate, namely multiplying 2 by the first term (a), then adding the result of the number of terms that have been reduced by 1 and multiplied by the difference (b).

There are several other arithmetic series formulas that Sinaumed’s can use depending on needs. Luckily, these formulas don’t differ much from the arithmetic series formulas above, and they won’t be used very often. You can read these formulas in the book “Super Complete Core Material & Middle/MTS Mathematics Formulas 7,8,9”.

Example Problem Arithmetic Series

Of course, discussing formulas alone will not have any effect on students’ understanding of mathematics. In order for Sinaumed’s to understand and be proficient in working on math problems, of course you have to continue to practice your skills by doing practice questions.

By practicing math problems, you can test the formulas that you previously learned, and determine whether or not the formula is correct. If you only study math formulas without doing questions, you cannot know whether the formula is right or wrong, and whether it can be used or not.

For this reason, this time we will discuss together several problems related to arithmetic series. These questions will be sorted from the easiest to the most difficult questions, so that your understanding can slowly increase.

If Sinaumed’s wants to try increasing the difficulty level and wants to test whether or not you understand arithmetic series questions, you can do these questions first before reading the discussion below. Happy practicing, Sinaumed’s!

First Question

Consider an arithmetic series that has 8 terms. The first term of this arithmetic sequence is 5, and each term has a difference of 4. Find the arithmetic sequence based on this information!

Sinaumed’s, who read the problem carefully, probably already realized that you can find all the variables. The next task is just to enter these variables into the formula that we have discussed above.

S _n = ½n (2a + (n – 1) b)
S _n = ½ 8 ((2 x 5) + (8 – 1) 4)
S _n = 4 (10 + 28)
S _n = 142

The answer above is actually enough. However, there are times when you may not be sure of the answers you have found. If that were the case, Sinaumed’s could have tried to write down the contents of the arithmetic series and ensure that the sum of the arithmetic series was correct. Here’s an example:

S ₁₄₂ = 5,9,13,17,21,25,29,33

Thus, the results above indicate that your calculations are correct. The result of the arithmetic series in the first question is 142.

Second Problem

An arithmetic series with 12 terms if added together has a final result of 306. How different does this arithmetic series have if the first term is 9?

Sinaumed’s needs to understand that you can’t use the formula to find the difference that was taught earlier. This is because there are no other terms in the problem. Even so, Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to worry because what you need to do is the same as the previous problem.

Sinaumed’s only needs to read carefully which variables have been found in the problem. If you have found what the variables in the problem above are, all you have to do is enter them into the formula we studied earlier.

S _n = ½n (2a + (n – 1) b)
306 = ½ 12 ((2 x 9) + (12 – 1) b)
306 = 6 (18 + 11b)
306 = 108 + 66b
306 – 108 = 66b
198 = 66b
198 ÷ 66 = b
3 = b

The calculation of the arithmetic series above is indeed quite long. It is possible if you find errors when calculating the questions above. If Sinaumed’s still has time, you can try to determine whether your calculation is correct or not, by making an arithmetic series based on the information above.

S ₃₀₆ = 9,12,15,18,21,24,27,30,33,36,39,42

If all the numbers above are added up, the result is in accordance with the final result of the arithmetic series mentioned above. With this, you have proven that your calculations are correct. The difference from the second problem arithmetic series is 3.

Third Problem

The arithmetic sequence U ₁ ,U ₂ ,U ₃ ,U ₄ ,U ₅ …54.58 is known to have a middle term of 30 and a total of 450 in the arithmetic sequence. How many terms are in the arithmetic sequence above?

As promised, the last problem is quite complicated to solve. There is a lot of incomplete information to find out the final result of the problem. However, this can be an opportunity for Sinaumed’s to use all the formulas that you have learned before.

First, you can find the difference from the arithmetic sequence first. This is because apart from the formula being simple and calculating quickly, you also need a difference to calculate other things in the problem. Here’s the solution.

b = U _n – U _n-1
b = 58 – 54
b = 4

After finding the difference, we’ll move on to the next step, which is finding the first term in the arithmetic sequence. This first term is important for later finding the total terms of the arithmetic series as a whole. Here, because there is information about the middle term, Sinaumed’s can use the formula to find the initial term.

U _t = (a + U _n ) ÷ 2
30 = (a + 58) ÷ 2
30 = a/2 + 29
30 – 29 = a/2
1 = a/2
1 x 2 = a
2 = a

After you have found all the variables, the last step you need to do is enter all these variables into the arithmetic series formula to find how many terms are in the arithmetic sequence and also this arithmetic series. The calculation is as follows:

S _n = ½n (2a + (n – 1) b)
450 = ½n ((2 x 2) + (n – 1) 4)
450 = ½n (4 + 4n – 4)
450 = 4n + 2n² – 4n
450 = 2n²
450 ÷ 2 = n²
225 = n²
15 = n

Calculations of this length can tire Sinaumed’s so that your focus drops in the middle of the calculations. It would be nice if Sinaumed’s double-checked whether or not the results you got from this calculation were correct. The method is quite simple, that is, as you did in the previous questions.

S ₄₅₀ = 2,6,10,14,18,22,26,30,34,38,42,46,50,54,58

With this proof, you have succeeded in showing that your calculations are correct, because the number of terms in this arithmetic sequence and mathematical series is 15.

The questions above can be a scourge for Sinaumed’s who are not used to working on arithmetic series problems like this. However, if you practice a lot, you will get used to it and in the end you will be able to work on the questions smoothly. The book “Super Coach for Independent Student Learning Patterns for SMP/MTS Class IX Mathematics” besides containing mathematical formulas and explanations, also has questions that can help improve your understanding.

If Sinaumed’s is interested in buying math problem books, or looking for other articles related to the same topic, Sinaumed’s can directly visit the www.sinaumedia.com site . There, you will find reading material from sinaumedia, #Friends Without Limits, which are useful to read in order to gain knowledge, insight, and also #MoreWithReading information.

Arithmetic Sequences – In mathematics, there are terms of sequences and series that can be encountered when studying arithmetic material. These sequences and series cannot be separated because they are related to one another. Simply put, an arithmetic sequence is a number with a fixed pattern based on the operations of addition and subtraction. Meanwhile, an arithmetic series is the sum of the first n terms of an arithmetic sequence.

To find out more about arithmetic sequences and series, check out the information in the articles below.

Definition of Arithmetic

Arithmetic table for children, Lausanne, 1835.

Arithmetic (sometimes misspelled as arithmetic, derived from the Greek αριθμός – arithmos = number) or previously called arithmetic is a branch (or precursor) of mathematics that studies the basic operations on numbers. By ordinary people, the word “arithmetic” is often considered a synonym for number theory. Please see numbers for a deeper understanding of number theory.

The prehistory of arithmetic is limited to a small number of artifacts, which can demonstrate the concepts of addition and subtraction, the most famous of which is the Ishango bone from Central Africa, dating to somewhere between 20,000 and 18,000 BC, although its interpretation is disputed.

The earliest written records show the Egyptians and Babylonians using all the basic arithmetic operations as early as 2000 BC. These artifacts do not necessarily reveal the specific process used to solve the problem, but the characteristics of a particular number system greatly influence the complexity of the method. The hieroglyphic system for Egyptian numerals, as well as later Roman numerals, is derived from the counting signs used for counting.

In both cases, this origin returns a value that uses a decimal base, but doesn’t include positional notation. Complex calculations with Roman numerals require the assistance of a counting pad (or Roman swipoa) to produce results.

Early number systems that included non-decimal positional notation, included the sexagesimal (base 60) system for Babylonian numerals, and the vigesimal (base 20) system which determined Mayan numerals. Because of this place value concept, the ability to reuse the same number for different values ​​contributes to a simpler and more efficient method of calculating.

The continuing historical development of modern arithmetic begins with the Hellenistic civilization of ancient Greece, although it dates back much later to Babylonian and Egyptian examples. Prior to the work of Euclid around 300 BC, Greek studies in mathematics overlapped with philosophical and mystical beliefs. For example, Nicomachus summarizes the viewpoints of earlier Pythagorean approaches to numbers, and their relationship to one another, in Introduction to Arithmetic .

Greek numerals were used by Archimedes, Diophantus, and others in a positional notation that does not differ much from modern notation. The ancient Greeks didn’t have a zero symbol until the Hellenistic period, and they used three separate sets of symbols as digits: one set for the ones place, one for the tens place, and one for the hundreds.

For the thousands place, they will reuse the symbol for the ones place, and so on. Their addition algorithms are identical to modern methods, and their multiplication algorithms differ only slightly. The long division algorithm is the same, and the digit-by-digit square root algorithm, popularly used as recently as the 20th century, was known by Archimedes (who may have discovered it).

He preferred it to Heron’s Method of successive approximation because, once calculated, a digit does not change, and the square root of a perfect square, such as 7485692. For numbers with fractional parts, such as 546.934, they use a negative power of 60 instead of a negative power of 10 for fractional part 0.934.

The ancient Chinese had an advanced study of arithmetic dating back to the Shang Dynasty and continuing into the Tang Dynasty, from elementary numbers to advanced algebra. The ancient Chinese used positional notation similar to that of the Greeks. Because they also lack symbols for zeros, they have one set of symbols for the ones place, and a second set for tens.

For the hundreds place, they then reuse the symbol for the ones place, and so on. Their symbols are based on ancient counting sticks. The exact time when the Chinese began counting by positional representation is unknown, although it is known that adoption began before 400 BC. The ancient Chinese were the first to discover, understand and meaningfully apply negative numbers. This is explained in the Nine Chapters on Mathematical Arts ( Jiuzhang Suanshu ), written by Liu Hui dating from the 2nd century BC.

The gradual development of the Hindu-Arabic numeral system independently created the concepts of place value and positional notation, which incorporated simple methods for computing with a decimal base, and the use of a digit representing 0. This allowed the system to consistently represent large and small integers, a approach that eventually supersedes all other systems.

In the early 6th century AD, the Indian mathematician Aryabhata included existing versions of this system in his work, and experimented with different notations. In the 7th century, Brahmagupta established the use of 0 as a separate number, and determined the results of multiplying, dividing, adding and subtracting zero and all other numbers — except for the product of division by zero. His colleague, the Syrian bishop Severus Sebokht (650 AD) said, “The Indians have a method of calculation that cannot be praised by a single word. Their rational mathematical system, or their method of calculation. I mean the system uses nine symbols”. The Arabs also studied this new method and called it hesab .

Leibniz’s Stepped Reckoner was the first calculator that could perform all four arithmetic operations.

Although the Codex Vigilanus describes an early form of Arabic numerals (omitting the 0) in AD 976, Leonardo of Pisa (Fibonacci) is primarily responsible for spreading their use throughout Europe after the publication of his book Liber Abaci in 1202. He writes, “The method of the Indians ( Latin Modus Indoram ) surpasses any known computational method. That’s an amazing method. They do their computations using nine numbers and a zero symbol.

In the Middle Ages, arithmetic was one of the seven liberal arts taught in universities. The flourishing of algebra in the medieval Islamic world, and also in Renaissance Europe, was the result of simplifying computations via decimals.

Various types of tools have been invented and are widely used to assist in numerical computations. Before the Renaissance, they were a variety of abaci. More recent examples include the shift rule s, nomograms and mechanical calculators, such as Pascal’s calculator. Today, they have been replaced by calculators and electronic computers.

Operations in Arithmetic

The basic arithmetic operations are addition, subtraction, multiplication and division, although this subject also covers more advanced operations, such as manipulation of percentages, square root s, exponents, logarithmic functions, and even trigonometric functions, in the same vein as logarithms (prosthaphaeresis). . Arithmetic expressions must be evaluated according to the order in which the operations are intended.

There are several methods of specifying this, either the most common, along with the infix notation, explicitly using parentheses and depending on the order of operation of the priority rule, or using the prefix or postfix notation, which uniquely fixes the order of execution itself. Any collection of objects in which all four arithmetic operations (except division by zero) can be performed, and in which these four operations obey ordinary laws (including distribution), is called a field.

1. Basic Arithmetic Theorem

The fundamental theorem of arithmetic states that any integer greater than 1 has a unique prime factorization (representation of a number as the product of prime factors), excluding the order of factors. For example, the number 252 has only one prime factorization, namely:

252 = 2 ² × 3 ² × 7 ¹

Elements of Euclid himself first introduced this theorem and provided a partial proof (the so-called Euclidean lemma). The basic theorem of arithmetic was first proved by Carl Friedrich Gauss.

2. Number Theory

Until the 19th century, number theory was a synonym for “arithmetic”. The problems it tackles are directly related to elementary operations and those related to primality, division, and the solution of equations in integers, such as Fermat’s last theorem.

It seems that most of these problems, although very basic to state, are very difficult and probably cannot be solved without very deep mathematics involving concepts and methods from many other branches. This led to new branches of number theory such as analytic number theory, algebraic number theory, diophantine geometry, and arithmetic algebraic geometry.

Wiles’ proof of Fermat’s Last Theorem is a typical example of the need for sophisticated methods, far beyond those of classical arithmetic, to solve problems that can be expressed in elementary arithmetic.

Understanding Arithmetic Sequences and Series

In mathematics, arithmetic sequences and series, also known as arithmetic sequences and series, are sequences that have a certain pattern, that is, the difference between two successive terms is the same and remains the same. In other words, each term (except the first term) in an arithmetic sequence is obtained from the previous term by adding a fixed number, for example:

This arithmetic sequence can be expressed by the following formula.

Furthermore, as adapted from the book entitled Mathematics SMK 2: Business and Management Group published by Grasindo, an arithmetic sequence is a line where the value of each term is obtained from the previous term by adding or subtracting a number b.

Furthermore, the difference between the values ​​of the terms close to each other and is always the same, namely b. For example:

Un – U(n-1) = b

For example, rows 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 are arithmetic rows with values:

b = (9 – 7) = (7 – 5) = (5 – 3) = (3 – 1) = 2

Meanwhile, an arithmetic series is a sum between terms of an arithmetic sequence. For the sum of the first terms to the nth term, the arithmetic sequence can be calculated as:

Sn = U1 + U2 + U3 + …. +U(n-1)

or

Sn = a + (a + b) + (a + 2b) + …. + (a + (n – 2)b) + (a + (n – 1)b)

If only the value of a is known, the first term and its value are the nth term, then the value of the arithmetic series is:

Sn = n/2(a + Un)

Arithmetic Sequence

Proof
We start sorting it from tribe . We continue for the 2nd, 3rd, to .

1. Different

.

2. Middle Tribe

with

.

We can expand it again to get:

.

Arithmetic Sequence and Series Formulas

After discussing the brief understanding of arithmetic sequences and series, understand the following description of the formulas, quoted from a book entitled Complete Collection of Mathematics Formulas for SMA/MA IPA/IPS by Khoe Yao Tung, along with the information.

1. Arithmetic Sequence Formulas

The formula for determining the nth term of an arithmetic sequence:

Un = a + (n – 1)b or Un = Un-1 + b

Apart from finding the formula for the nth term, the formula used to find the middle value of an arithmetic sequence is:

Ut = ½ (a + Un)

Information:

Un = the nth term
a = U1
Un-1 = the term before the nth term
b = different

2. Arithmetic Series Formulas

At first glance, an arithmetic series has the same formula components as an arithmetic sequence. The difference is that the arithmetic series formula is used to find the desired term, while the arithmetic series looks for the sum of these terms.

For more details, here is the arithmetic series formula, namely:

Sn = n/2 (a + Un) = n/2(2a + (n – 1)b)

Based on this formula, the nth term can be found in the following way, namely:

Un = Sn – Sn-1

Information:

Un = the nth term
a = U1
Un-1 = the term before the nth term
b = different

Examples of Arithmetic Sequences and Series Problems

In order to understand more clearly about arithmetic sequences and series, first look at the example questions below, as quoted from a book entitled Mathematics Isolation for Middle School Grades 1, 2 and 3 by Herlik Wibowo.

Problem 1

An arithmetic series is 5, 15, 25, 35, …. What is the sum of the first 10 terms of the arithmetic sequence?

Given:
n = 10
U1 = a = 5
b = 15 – 5 = 25 – 15 = 10

Answer:
Sn = (2a + (n-1) b )
S10 = ( 2.5 + (10 -1) 10)
= 5 ( 10 + 9.10)
= 5 x 100 = 500
So, the sum of S10 in the arithmetic series, i.e. 500.

Problem 2

Given an arithmetic series with the first term being 10 and the sixth term being 20. Then, determine:

The difference is the arithmetic series.
Write down the arithmetic series.
The sum of the first six terms of the arithmetic sequence.

Answer:

The difference in the arithmetic series is:
Un = a+(n-1)b
U6= a+(6-1) b
20= 10+(5)b
b= 10/5 = 2
So, the difference in the arithmetic series is 2.

The arithmetic series, namely:
10+12+14+16+18+20+…+Un

The sum of the sixth term, S6 is:
Sn =n/2 (2a+(n-1) b)
S6= 6/2 (2.10+(6-1) 2)
=3(20+10)
=90
So, the sum of the sixth term the series is 90.

Problem 3

The 40th term of sequence 7, 5, 3, 1, … is…

Given:
a = 7
b = -2

Answer:
Un = a + (n – 1)b
U40 = 7 + (40-1)(-2)
= 7 + 39 . (-2)
= 7 + (-78)
= – 71
So, the 40th term of the arithmetic sequence is –71.

Problem 4

In a theater, the seats are arranged with the front row containing 12 seats, the second row containing 14 seats, the third row containing 16 seats, and so on. The number of seats in the 20th row is…

Given:
a = 12
b = 2

Answer:
Un = a + (n – 1)b
U20 = 12 + (20-1)2
= 12 + (9)2
= 12 + 38
= 50
So, the number of seats in the 20th row is 50 seats.

Problem 5

A petty employee receives a first year’s salary of Rp. 3,000,000.00. Every year the salary increases by IDR 500,000.00. The amount of money received by the employee for ten years is…

It is known:
First salary = a = IDR 3,000,000.00
Salary increase every year = b = IDR 500,000
Tenth year salary = U10
Total salary for ten years = S10

Answer:
Un = a + (n – 1)b
U10 = 3,000,000 + (10 – 1)500,000
= 3,000,000 + (9 × 500,000)
= 3,000,000 + 4,500,000
= 7,500,000
So, employee salaries obtained in the tenth year is IDR 7,500,000.00

Problem 6

Calculate the sum of the values ​​for the 4th term (S4) of the arithmetic series if there are numbers: 4, 8, 16, …?

Given:
a = 4
b = 8-4 = 4
n = 4

Answer:
Un = a + (n-1) b
Un = 4 + (4-1)4
Un = 4 + 12
Un = 16

Then, how much Sn?
Sn = 1/2 n ( a + Un )
S4 = 1/2 .4 (4 +16)
S4 = 4/2 (20)
S4 = 40
So, the sum of the values ​​of the 5th term in an arithmetic sequence is 40.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

In the life we ​​live, it is not always in accordance with other people’s opinions. Therefore, in social interaction, sometimes there are arguments. Argument is someone who defends opinion. On this occasion, we will discuss more about the argument. So, read this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

 

Definition of Argument

pixabay

In living our daily lives, of course we need to interact with other people, just like talking. In this interaction, usually our arguments or other people’s arguments are included. In life in this world sometimes it’s good for us to listen to other people’s arguments, even though not all of other people’s arguments are true.

In social life, expressing opinions is something that cannot be avoided. In order for this opinion to convince others, it must be accompanied by arguments. Sometimes, someone is mistaken for giving an argument when they are just making a statement. Arguments are the part that can always form a discussion.

Meanwhile, the meaning of argumentation based on terms is something that is often put forward when expressing an opinion.

That way, an argument can be interpreted as something that strengthens an opinion, so that an opinion is easier to accept. However, the arguments we convey are not always taken for granted by those who listen. It is possible that our argument can be countered by other arguments, so that argument cannot be avoided.

Meanwhile, arguing is something that is often encountered in everyday life. Arguing does not always mean attacking or criticizing someone. Arguments are statements that can be used to support a point of view.

That way, a person or group of people can get another point of view from an issue being discussed. In fact, in Islam, it is explained about the etiquette of opinion.

Based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), an argument is a reason to strengthen or reject an opinion, position, or idea. Meanwhile, arguing is defined as arguing by mutually defending or rejecting each other’s reasons.

From the explanation above, it can be concluded that the argument has two purposes, namely strengthening one’s own opinion or weakening and breaking the opinion of others.

Arguments can also be used to reject a position, idea or thought.

Knowing the right and proper way to argue is something that must be understood. Especially if you are often involved in a discussion forum or perhaps want to present something.

Arguments from an Islamic Perspective

Of course, the argument aims to be applied by Muslims in arguing. During the conversation to interact in submitting arguments we are encouraged to argue in a good way.

From what we do to express opinions in good words, Allah SWT explains this statement as it is in the word of Allah SWT.

As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Baqarah Verse 286 namely:

لَا يُكَلِّفُ ٱللَّهُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَا ۚ لَهَا مَا كَسَبَتْ وَعَلَيْهَا مَا ٱكْتَسَبَتْ ۗ رَبَّنَا لَا تُؤَاخِذْنَآ إِن نَّسِينَآ أَوْ أَخْطَأْنَا ۚ رَبَّنَا وَلَا تَحْمِلْ عَلَيْنَآ إِصْرًا كَمَا حَمَلْتَهُۥ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِنَا ۚ رَبَّنَا وَلَا تُحَمِّلْنَا مَا لَا طَاقَةَ لَنَا بِهِۦ ۖ وَٱعْفُ عَنَّا وَٱغْفِرْ لَنَا وَٱرْحَمْنَآ ۚ أَنتَ مَوْلَىٰنَا فَٱنصُرْنَا عَلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Lā yukallifullāhu nafsan illā wus’ahā, lahā mā kasabat wa ‘alaihā maktasabat, rabbanā lā tu`ākhiżnā in nasīnā au akhṭa`nā, rabbanā wa lā taḥmil ‘alainā iṣrang kamā ḥamaltahụ ‘alallażīna ming qablinā, rabbanā wa lāmḥlan mātam lātu bih, wa’fu ‘annā, wagfir lanā, war-ḥamnā, anta maulānā fanṣurnā ‘alal-qaumil-kāfirīn

It means:

“Allah does not burden a person but according to his ability. He gets the reward (from the good) that he earns and he gets the punishment (from the crime) that he does. (They pray): “O our Lord, do not punish us if we forget or we are wrong. O our Lord, do not burden us as heavy as You burdened those before us. O our Lord, do not take upon us what we cannot bear. Forgive us; forgive us; and have mercy on us. You are our Helper, so help us against those who disbelieve.”

Argument Component

An argument is an attempt to make more than a statement. Inside an argument is a series of related statements that represent support for the main statement. This is nothing but to convince other people that what is said and confirmed is true.

Before arguing, of course it is important to understand what are the basic components that make up an argument, namely premises, inferences, and conclusions. Here’s the explanation:

1. Premise

Premises are statements in the form of facts that explain reasons and or evidence to believe a claim or inference. Here’s an example of an argument with premises and a conclusion:

• If you want to find a good job, you have to work hard (premise)
• You really want to find a good job. So you have to work hard (conclusion).

The first two sentences here are the premises of the argument, and the last sentence is the conclusion. Providing this argument means offering premises as reasons to accept the conclusion. To understand more clearly, here’s a simple example of an argument:

• The pilot earns a lot of money (premise).
• I want to make a lot of money (premise).
• I must become a pilot (conclusion).

Usually, the challenge in arguing is to come to a conclusion that connects the premises. here’s another example:

• Doctors earn a lot of money. (premise)
• With a lot of money, one can travel a lot. (premise)
• Doctors can travel. (conclusion, from 1 and 2)
• I want to travel a lot. (premise)
• I must become a doctor. (of 3 and 4)

Here we see two different types of claims that can occur in an argument. The first claim is a factual claim, and it is meant to offer evidence.

The first two premises above are factual claims and usually, not much time is spent on them, whether the claims are true or not.

2. Inference

The inference or claim is what is resolved at the end of the argument. However, in a simple argument, there may be no inference, but only consists of premises and conclusions.

3. Conclusion

Conclusion is the reasoning of an argument or often also called final inference. To present an argument, a claimant must offer a follow-up statement that at least, in theory, supports the claim.

Because, an argument aims to offer reasons and evidence. If the inference gets a statement that supports it, then the argument succeeds. Vice versa.

Argument Types

pexels

In general and specifically, arguments can be divided into several types. In general, arguments are divided into, among others, deductive arguments and inductive arguments, as follows:

1. Deductive Arguments

A deductive argument is an argument which, if true, will include conclusive evidence to support the truth of its claim.

Because the premise is strong, a claim made after the premise has been conveyed is no longer a possibility, but a certainty. We have one example that you may have seen on television or maybe somewhere.

For example: “All humans are mortal. Socrates is human. Therefore, Socrates is human.”

The first two sentences in the example above are the premises that support the claim in the last sentence. In a deductive argument, the claim cannot be true if the premises are not true. So, there are also arguments that can be called deductively invalid.

2. Inductive Arguments

This inductive argument includes premises that, if true, can prove the truth of the claim. So, what’s the difference then, from the deductive one? The difference is, here there is still a possibility for the argument to be proven right or wrong.

In an inductive argument, the claim that is concluded is only an estimate whose certainty is not yet known. So in drawing conclusions from this argument, it is necessary to make observations and observations of the premises provided.

For example: “So far, I have noticed that many people with broad shoulders and tall stature are professional swimmers. So, I concluded that everyone with broad shoulders and height is an athlete in swimming.”

With the premise of body shape, the above argument states a claim that is probably true that everyone with this body is an athlete in swimming.

So, further specific arguments can be divided based on the topic, for example ontological arguments and political arguments. Here’s the full explanation:

3. The Ontology Argument

The ontological argument is an argument that concludes that God exists, by appealing to important, analytical, and a priori premises. A priori itself means knowledge that is not based on certain experiences.

4. Political Arguments

We often encounter political arguments, not only on TV but also on social media that you use every day. Political arguments usually offer a series of reasons for carrying out a solution to various political problems.

Argument Tips Can Work

pexels

A statement is not simply an argument no matter how many times someone repeats the statement. According to ThoughtCo , to make an argument, the person making the claim must offer further statements that, at least in theory, support the claim.

If the claim is supported, then the argument is successful. If the claim is not supported, then the argument fails. The purpose of an argument is To offer reasons and evidence.

To create an argument that works and can break other people’s opinions, then you can apply the steps below.

1. Always focus on overturning the opinion of the person. In other words, when arguing, don’t attack the person. That way, you will see more insight.
2. Stay calm and patient because by doing this, you can think clearly, so you can respond to other people’s arguments.
3. Use polite and courteous language so as not to offend others.
4. The arguments presented must be based on existing evidence or facts.

Expository Text Structure

Expository text must pay attention to the content, structure and language of the text. The source of the author’s essay is obtained from the results of observations or observations, research and experience. The main idea of ​​expository text contains the identification of a problem, arguments and knowledge to be read.

To make an exposition text there are several stages that must be passed, namely determining the topic to be discussed, compiling an outline and then developing the framework into a text. After developing the sentences, the writer reviewed the contents for improvement.

The exposition text is prepared based on statements of opinion (thesis), arguments, and restatements. The thesis section contains an opening paragraph explained by the author. The argumentation section is in the form of a paragraph containing reasons and supporting statements.

This argumentation section contains data and facts. Lastly is the re-affirmation which is at the end of the paragraph. This sentence is to repeat the statement and convince the reader of the truth.

The following is an explanation of the structure of the exposition text quoted from the textbook ” Exposition Text and Its Tools ” by Sulastriningsih Djumingin, namely:

Opening

The opening is a sentence that contains the initial view of a topic. This view is optional.

Thesis (opinion)

This expository text sentence is the part that contains the author’s opinion. The thesis section discusses a topic in question.

Statement of Opinion

Statement of opinion is a sentence that contains ideas, ideas, opinions, assumptions, arguments explained by the author of an event.

Argument

The argument contains supporting thesis in the form of evidence included by the author. In writing an argument, the text does not only consist of one position. Argumentation aims to strengthen the writing so it requires data findings, facts, and statements from experts.

Reaffirmation of Opinion

Reaffirmation of opinion can also be called a closing paragraph which contains reaffirmation, the author uses a different sentence. The purpose of the closing sentence is to emphasize the argument paragraph, adding recommendations and suggestions. That way, the listeners of the argument can understand the contents of the arguments that have been conveyed.

Arrangement of Argument Paragraphs

Argumentation is a type of paragraph development in writing written with the aim of convincing or persuading. In writing content arguments it can be in the form of explanations, proofs, reasons, or objective reviews which include examples, analogies, and cause and effect.

The purpose of the argument paragraph is for the reader to believe that the idea, idea or opinion is true and proven.

The following is the arrangement of the argument paragraphs, namely:

1. Introduction

The first arrangement is the introduction. With this introduction, it aims to attract the reader’s attention, then make the reader more focused on the arguments presented, and to show the basis or reasons for the arguments put forward.

2. The Body of the Argument

The next argument paragraph is the body of the argument. The body of this argument has the goal of proving a truth in the argument so that the conclusions reached will be correct according to the initial arrangement. Arguments that are arranged in this body must be analyzed, compiled, observed and must use facts and logical thoughts.

3. Conclusion or Summary

The final arrangement is a conclusion or summary which has the aim of proving to the reader that the argument originates from the truth conveyed through reasoning, as a factual and logical thought.

From the discussion above, an argument is another person’s opinion that aims to defend one’s own opinion or break the opinion of others. Thus the discussion about the meaning of arguments to tips for successful arguments break other people’s opinions. Hopefully all the discussion above can add insight to your argument.

If you want to find books about arguments or debates, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com .

As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Arguments are – When communicating with other people or when working with other people, sometimes each individual has their own arguments. Therefore, sometimes between one individual and another individual has a different point of view in responding to something.

Then, what exactly is meant by argumentation? Find the complete answer in this article, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Argumentation

Argumentation is the process of submitting and defending an opinion or conclusion using valid evidence or arguments and having strong reasons. The purpose of argumentation is to convince others that the opinions or conclusions put forward are correct or valid.

The argumentation process usually involves exchanging opinions or ideas with other people, where each party will try to defend its position by presenting evidence or arguments to support its opinion. Arguments can also be made orally or in writing, and can be done in various situations such as group discussions, debates, or presentations.

Yes, the notion of argumentation is a fairly general understanding and can be applied in various situations. However, in philosophy, the term “argument” also has a slightly different meaning. Arguments in philosophy are a series of premises (propositions that are considered true or accepted as a basis) and are commonly used to reach conclusions.

Each argument must have strong and valid premises so that the conclusion is also considered strong and valid. For example, if we want to put forward the argument that “all humans are the same”, then the premise we can use is “all humans are living beings who have the same needs” or “all humans are creatures created by God with the same characteristics. ”. Using these premises, we can reach the conclusion that “all human beings are equal”.

Maybe this is a little confusing, but basically the notions of argumentation and arguments are both related to the process of presenting and defending an opinion or conclusion using valid evidence or arguments and having strong reasons. It’s just that the term “argument” is more specific and more often used in philosophy, while the term “argumentation” is more general and can be used in a variety of situations.

Specifically, argumentation is the process of presenting and defending an opinion or conclusion using valid evidence or arguments and having strong reasons. The purpose of argumentation is to convince others that the opinions or conclusions put forward are correct or valid.

The argumentation process usually involves exchanging opinions or ideas with other people, where each party will try to defend its position by presenting evidence or arguments that support its opinion.

Definition of Argumentation According to Experts 

The following are some definitions of argumentation according to experts:

• According to David Zarefsky

Argumentation is a communication process that aims to convince others to accept our opinion by using strong and accountable evidence.

• According to Stephen Toulmin

Argumentation is a way to strengthen our position on something by putting forward a strong premise and defending it using valid evidence.

• According to Roger L. Shuy

Argumentation is the process of submitting opinions or conclusions using evidence and arguments that can be accounted for, with the aim of influencing others.

• According to Oswald Hanfling

Argumentation is a process that aims to reach an agreement about something by using strong and accountable evidence.

All of the meanings of argumentation mentioned above emphasize the importance of using strong and accountable evidence in the process of submitting and defending an opinion or conclusion. They also emphasize that the purpose of argumentation is to convince others that the opinions or conclusions put forward are true or valid.

Argumentation Structure

Argumentation structure is how an argument is packaged and presented logically so that it can be understood and accounted for. There are several structures that are usually found in argumentation structures, namely:

1. The purpose of the argument

The author presents arguments to achieve a certain goal, such as persuading the reader about something.

2. Premises

Premises are facts or assumptions that are considered true and used as the basis for drawing conclusions.

3. Hypothesis

The hypothesis is a possibility that is considered true and tested to validate the premise.

4. Conclusion

Conclusion is a conclusion resulting from the premises and hypotheses being tested.

6. Example

Examples are examples that show how the premises and hypotheses apply in everyday life.

7. Counterarguments

Counterarguments are arguments against the arguments presented and are considered to have the same strength as the arguments presented.

8. Rebuttal

Rebuttal is an answer or response to a counterargument that tries to show that the argument presented is stronger than the counterargument.

By understanding the structure of this argument, we can better understand how an argument is built and justified, so that it can help us make strong and logical arguments.

The Characteristics of Arguments

Argumentation is the process of expressing one’s opinion or opinion by using sufficient reasons or evidence to support that opinion. In an argument, someone will try to convince others that their opinion is right or better than the opinions of others. Here are some features of the argument:

1. An opinion or idea

Every argument must have an opinion or idea to be conveyed. This idea can be something new or a pre-existing opinion.

2. Reasons or evidence

Each argument must have sufficient reasons or evidence to support the opinion expressed. These can be facts, data, examples, or conclusions from previous research or studies.

3. Denial or rejection of other opinions

In an argument, someone will usually try to reject or refute other opinions that are contrary to their own. This is done to show that the opinion conveyed is stronger and better than other opinions.

4. The goal is to convince others

The main purpose of argumentation is to convince others that the opinion conveyed is correct or better than other opinions. Someone who makes an argument must be able to present sufficient reasons and evidence to convince others.

5. Use of appropriate language

In an argument, it is important to use the right language and according to the context. This will help to explain ideas clearly and make arguments easier for others to understand.

Things to Look For in Arguments 

In an argument, it is important to pay attention to several things, such as:

1. Purpose

Make sure that we know what our purpose is from presenting the argument. Do we want to convince others that our opinion is correct or just want to explain something to others.

2. Audience

Consider who our audience is, do they already have knowledge of the topic we are going to cover, or are they new to the topic. This is important so that we can present arguments in a way that suits the abilities and knowledge of the audience.

3. Premises

Make sure that the premises (propositions that are considered true or accepted as the basis) that we use in our arguments are valid and justifiable. A strong premise will make the conclusions we propose stronger too.

4. Logic

Use proper logic in presenting our arguments. Make sure that the conclusions we submit are reasonable conclusions and are in accordance with the premises we use.

5. Emotions

Do not let emotions rule our arguments. As presenters of arguments, we must be able to maintain objectivity and defend our arguments in a rational and logical way, not in an emotional way or cornering other people.

By paying attention to these things, we can present effective and high-value arguments.

Types of Arguments

 

The following are some types of arguments that are often used in Indonesian:

1. Logical argumentation

Logical arguments are arguments based on verified facts and data. The purpose of this argument is to prove a truth in a rational and objective way.

2. Emotional arguments

Emotional arguments are arguments based on one’s feelings and emotions. The purpose of this argument is to influence other people’s opinions in an irrational way, but in a way that manipulates their emotions.

3. Ethical arguments

Ethical arguments are arguments based on moral values ​​that are believed by someone. The purpose of this argument is to influence other people’s opinions in a way that refers to values ​​that are considered right and good by society.

4. Contrast argument

Contrasting arguments are arguments that compare two different sides of a problem. The purpose of this argument is to provide a broader picture of an issue and help others to make a more informed decision.

5. Persuasive arguments

Persuasive arguments are arguments that aim to influence other people’s opinions in a way that persuades or invites them to agree with someone’s opinion.

6. Expository argumentation

Expository argumentation is an argumentation that aims to provide information about a problem in a clear and organized manner. The purpose of this argument is to give other people a better understanding of an issue.

Argumentation Example

Examples of Logical Arguments

The following are some examples of logical arguments:

1. “If we spend more money on organic groceries, then we will get greater long-term benefits, such as better health and a healthier environment.”
2. “Based on verified data, countries that adopt an open education system have lower poverty rates compared to countries that do not adopt the system. Therefore, we should also adopt an open education system in Indonesia.”

Examples of Emotional Arguments

An example of an emotional argument is an argument that uses emotions or feelings to try to convince another person. The following are some examples of emotional arguments:

1. “You have to help us save the animals from forest fires. Just imagine how shocked and saddened they were when the fire broke out.”
2. “I can’t imagine how it would feel if our children had to live in an unsafe environment. We have to do something right now to improve the environmental conditions in our city.”

Examples of Ethical Arguments

In an ethical argument, someone will present his opinion on an issue related to moral values ​​by using reasons that are considered strong and rational. The following are some examples of ethical arguments:

1. Torture of detainees is an unethical act because it harms a person’s humanity. While torture may be used as a way to obtain information, it is unjustifiable as it causes unnecessary suffering to detainees.
2. The use of animals in cosmetic tests is unethical because animals do not have the ability to understand or consent to such tests. The use of animals in cosmetic tests not only harms the animals, but also does not provide significant benefits to humanity.

Examples of Contrast Arguments

To provide examples of contrasting arguments, the writer will make several premises and develop them into arguments that are the opposite of these premises.

Premise 1: Higher education in our country is very expensive, so only the rich can afford it.

Contrast: While it is true that the cost of higher education in our country is quite high, there are many scholarship programs available to students who have good academic achievements.

Apart from that, there are also several higher education institutions that offer affordable tuition fees for poor students. So, higher education is not only available to wealthy people, but also to students who have good academic achievements and need financial assistance.

Premise 2: The use of single-use plastic should be banned because it harms the environment.

Contrast: While it is true that the use of single-use plastics can be detrimental to the environment, there are several advantages offered by single-use plastics as well. For example, single-use plastics can help reduce the use of natural resources, such as wood, which are needed to produce goods that can be used over and over again. In addition, single-use plastic is also more practical and easy to carry everywhere.

So, we shouldn’t completely ban the use of single-use plastics, but it’s better if we look for ways to reduce the negative impact on the environment, such as by inviting people to be wiser in using single-use plastics.

Examples of Persuasive Arguments

The following are examples of persuasive arguments:

1. “Reducing the use of plastic is actually very easy. Simply by bringing reusable shopping bags or choosing products that have recyclable packaging, we can help reduce plastic waste which is harmful to the environment. Apart from that, by making wise choices in buying products, we can also save money that could actually be used for more important things.”
2. “Choosing products that are made in a responsible and environmentally friendly way is a wise decision. Apart from helping to preserve the environment, we can also help strengthen responsible industries and have a positive impact on society. So, before buying something, consider whether or not the product was made in a responsible way.”

Expository Argument Example

In expository arguments, the writer will usually express an opinion or argument about something to be explained, then develop the argument by presenting relevant facts and information. The following are examples of expository arguments:

Example 1:

Opinion: In my opinion, the habit of eating fast food regularly is not good for health.

Argument: Fast food is fast and convenient, but it is also often high in fat, salt and high in calories. Regular consumption of fast food can increase the risk of heart disease, diabetes and obesity. In addition, fast food also rarely contains the nutrients the body needs such as protein, vitamins and minerals. Therefore, consuming fast food regularly is not good for health and should be avoided.

Example 2:

Opinion: I think that online learning programs are the best way to learn today.

Argument: Distance learning has many advantages compared to face-to-face learning. First, distance learning is more flexible because students can study anytime and anywhere, as long as there is an internet connection. Second, distance learning is also more efficient because students can choose the material they want to learn and adjust the pace of learning according to their abilities.

Third, distance learning is also more cost-effective because you don’t have to pay for transportation or living in a boarding house. Therefore, I think that distance learning programs are the best way to learn today.

Conclusion

An argument is a statement or a series of statements that try to convince others of the truth of an opinion or idea. Arguments consist of premises or grounds that underlie the statement, and conclusions or conclusions derived from these premises.

In logic and rhetoric, an argument is a way of showing that a statement is true or not true by using logical and rational evidence or reasons. Arguments can be formed in various forms, such as deductive arguments, inductive arguments, and analogical arguments.

Arguments can also occur in discussions or debates, where people are involved in exchanging ideas and statements that are interconnected with the aim of solving a problem or reaching an agreement. Arguments can occur verbally or in writing, and can occur in various places, such as in the classroom, at work, in the family, or in the community.

So, Sinaumed’s, our article about the meaning of argument has been completed. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful and can add to your insight, Sinaumed’s. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits, participates in providing knowledge and information, therefore sinaumedia presents books that can add to the knowledge and information that readers need.

If sinaumedia friends are interested and want to learn more and more about arguments and ways to communicate well, then sinaumedia.com is ready to accompany and fill your reading with books available at sinaumedia. Reading lots of books and articles will never hurt you, because Sinaumed’s will get #MoreWithReading information and knowledge.

Author: Mutual

Reference:

• https://www.sampoernauniversity.ac.id/id/teks-argumentasi-Jadi/
• https://www.merdeka.com/jabar/argumentasi-ada-teks-yang-contains-ideas-with-facts-know-how-and-its-structure-kln.html
• https://lsfdiscourse.org/brief-studies-arguments/

The area of ​​​​a rhombus – When talking about a flat shape, it seems that almost everyone already knows it. This is because the flat shape lesson itself has been taught since someone was still studying in elementary school (SD). That’s right, during elementary school, it wasn’t just flat shapes, but we also learned about spatial shapes.

Whether it’s a flat shape or a flat shape, both of them can be used in everyday life. In this case, what is meant by what can be used is the formula of the plane shape and its spatial shape. In our life, of course we cannot be separated from flat shapes, such as cupboards, refrigerators, doors, balls, to diamonds which are one of the special foods when Eid al-Fitr and Eid al-Adha arrive.

For some people, they may only know square, rectangular, and triangular shapes. However, actually there are many other examples of flat shapes, such as trapezoids, parallelograms, rhombuses, and others. Each formula for a flat shape is certainly different, so when talking about flat shapes we should already know the formulas, namely the area formula and the circumference formula.

In fact, it would be even better if we also know a few questions from the formula for the area and perimeter of a geometric figure. That way, it will be easier to calculate the area and perimeter of a geometric shape. For some people, they may have forgotten how to formula and perimeter, so they need to open the internet or books when they are still in school.

If we talk about all the shapes and shapes in one article, it will be very difficult or you could say it will be very long. Therefore, this time, we will first discuss about geometric shapes.

Even so, we will not discuss all flat shapes, You, but we will only discuss rhombus shapes. Not only the definition of a flat shape, but we will learn together about the formula for the circumference and the formula for the area of ​​a rhombus. In fact, this article will also provide examples of questions on the area and perimeter of a rhombus.

So, what are you waiting for, without further ado, we will discuss more about the flat shape of a rhombus, starting from understanding, circumference, to area. So, read this article to the end, You.

Definition of Rhombus

A rhombus is a flat shape that has four sides that are the same length with the opposite sides parallel to each other and not perpendicular to each other. The four sides of a rhombus are the same length because a rhombus is formed from two congruent isosceles triangles. The following are the kinds of rhombus formulas for plane shapes and spaces in mathematics.

Rhombus Circumference Formula

The perimeter of a rhombus is the sum of all the side lengths or four times the sum of the side lengths. So, the formula for the circumference of a rhombus is K = 4s with K as the symbol for the circumference. While s is the side length.

Problems example:

Problem 1

Given a rhombus ABCD with AB = (4x-8) cm and BC = (96-4x) cm. Find the value of x and the perimeter of the rhombus.
Discussion: The sides of a rhombus are the same length, then: AB = BC
4x-8 = 96-4x
8x = 104
x = 13
After knowing the value of x, substitute that value into one of the equations.
AB = 4x – 8
AB = 4(13) – 8
AB = 44 cm
So, it is known that the length of side AB is 44 cm. Plug that number into the formula for the circumference of a rhombus.
K = 4s
K = 4(44)
K = 176 cm
So, the perimeter of the rhombus is 176 cm.

Problem 2
A rhombus has a side length of 13 cm. What’s the circumference?
Discussion:
K = 4s
K = 4(13)
K = 52 cm
Or it can be described as follows. Perimeter = Sum of the four sides, then:
K = side + side + side + side
K = 13 + 13 + 13 + 13
K = 52 cm
So, the perimeter of a rhombus is 52 cm.

The Area of ​​a Rhombus Formula

The area of ​​a rhombus is half the length of its diagonals. Then the formula for the area of ​​a rhombus is ½ × d1 × d2. For information, d1 and d2 are the diagonals of a flat rhombus.

Problems example:

Problem 1
Look at the picture below

Problem 2
If a rhombus is known as PQRS with length PR = 6 cm and QS = 10 cm. So, what is the area of ​​the rhombus?
Discussion:
Given: PR = d1 = 6 cm; QS = d2 = 10 cm. L = ½ × d1 × d2 L = ½ × 6 × 10 L = 30 cm2 So, the area of ​​the rhombus is 30 cm2.

A rhombus ABCD has diagonals AC = 12 cm and BD = 16 cm. Calculate the area of ​​the rhombus! Discussion: Given: AC = 12 cm; BD = 16 cm L = ½ × d1 × d2 L = ½ × 12 × 16 L = 96 cm2 Then, the area of ​​the rhombus is 96 cm2.

Rhombus Elements

1. Four Equal Sides

It has four sides that are the same length and a pair of sides that are parallel to each other. In the figure, side AB = BC = CD = AD. While the sides AB // CD and AD // BC.

2. Two Unequal Diagonals

It has two diagonals that are unequal in length, the two diagonals are perpendicular to each other. Then AC ≠ BD.

3. Opposing Angles Are Equal

Opposite angles in a rhombus are equal and are bisected by the diagonal, so angles ∠A = ∠C and ∠B = ∠D.

4. Adjacent Angles are Straight

Adjacent angles are complementary. Then ∠A + ∠B = 180° and ∠C and ∠D = 180°. A rhombus has two axes of symmetry, namely its diagonal lines (AC and BD).

5. There is an isosceles triangle

Triangles ABD and CBD are isosceles triangles, so the angles ∠ADB = ∠ABD and ∠BDC = ∠DBC.

Rhombus Prism

A rhombus prism is a geometric shape that has a rhombus-shaped base and roof. Then, the rhombus prism covers are rectangular in shape. The elements of a rhombus prism, among others:

• Sides: The planes that form and delimit geometric figures. There are 6 sides in a rhombus prism.
• Edge: A line segment that is the intersection of two sides of a geometric shape. There are 12 edges in a rhombus prism.
• Corner point: Where three ribs meet. A rhombus prism has 8 vertices.
• Diagonal side: A line segment connecting two opposite angles on one side of a prism. There are 12 diagonals in a rhombus prism.
• Space diagonal: A line segment connecting two vertices of a prism that are not on one side or plane. There are 4 space diagonals in a rhombus prism.
• Diagonal plane: Plane made through the diagonals of the parallel sides of the base. A rhombus prism has 6 diagonals.

Rhombus Prism Volume Formula

The volume of a prism can be calculated by knowing the area of ​​the base and the height. The formula for the volume of a rhombus prism is ½ × d1 × d2 × t. So, it takes the length of both diagonals as well as the height to calculate the volume of the rhombus prism. Volume units are written with the cube symbol, for example cm3 or m3.

Example problem:
A rhombus ABCD has a diagonal AC = 10 cm, BD = 12 cm, and a height of 3 cm. Calculate the volume of the prism!
Discussion:
Given: AC = 10; BD = 12; t = 3 cm
V = ½ × d1 × d2 × t
V = ½ × 10 × 12 × 3
V = 180 cm3
So, the volume of the rhombus prism is 180 cm3.

The formula for the surface area of ​​a rhombus prism

The surface area of ​​the prism is the sum of both the base and the cover (vertical sides). The formula for the surface area of ​​a rhombus prism is 2 × base area + (base circumference × height) or L = 2 × (½ × d1 × d2) + (4s × t).
Information:
L = Surface area of ​​the prism
d1 and d2 = Length of the
base diagonal s = Length of side
t = Height of the prism

Example problem:
A rhombus prism has base diagonals of 12 cm and 16 cm. The side length is 10 cm and the height is 5 cm. Calculate the surface area of ​​the prism.
Discussion:
Given: d1 = 12 cm; d2 = 16cm; s=10cm; t = 5 cm
Use the formula for the surface area of ​​a rhombus prism.
L = 2 × (½ × d1 × d2) + (4s × h)
L = 2 × (½ × 12 × 16) + (4(10) × 5)
L = 2 × (96) + (200)
L = 392 cm2
So, the surface area of ​​the rhombus prism is 392 cm2.

Related Books

Introduction to Mathematical Analysis

The introductory book on Mathematical Analysis for tertiary institutions can be used by students from various departments, especially those majoring in mathematics. Mathematical analysis requires students to understand more about theorems in mathematics along with their proofs and be able to solve standard problems in mathematics analytically and formally.

In thinking deductively and analyzing comprehensively, students must have an understanding in developing the concepts of the material they are studying. Some of the material from this Introduction to Mathematical Analysis is an in-depth study of calculus course material which is studied rigorously and adapted to the existing syllabus, especially in the mathematics department in college. In compiling it, the author also refers to related books as references.

Note Studygram Mathematics Elementary/Mi Grades 4,5,6

The Mathematics Studygram Note Book is here to make learning more fun. Presentation that is not long-winded makes students get what is learned quickly and precisely, because the summary of the core material & formulas is arranged systematically.

Examples of questions that are easy to understand and understand make students master the material & formulas even with independent study. Not only does it make learning more fun, the SD/MI 4,5,6 Mathematics Studygram Note book also makes students feel at home for long periods of independent study because the book’s aesthetic full color appearance makes it easy to read.

In addition, bonus stickers and aesthetic sticky notes add to the enthusiasm for independent learning because you can customize the display decoration as you wish. Bonuses for Up-to-date Application Supporting Lessons that have been adapted to the contents of the book so that students systematically master the basic concepts of the core material.

Mathematical Logic: Logic Problems and Solutions, Sets, Relations, Functions

This book is a means to train the brain to have such a mindset. Given the importance of the ability to think logically, in every tertiary curriculum majoring in informatics / computers must include lectures on logic. This book is structured to help students/lecturers to explore it. What’s in this book?

This book contains material on Mathematical Logic, Set Theory, Relations and Functions. All of these materials are useful for training logical, abstract and structured thinking. Therefore, the material in this book is taught in the first year as part of the compulsory curriculum for informatics/computer majors by the majority of academies/universities in Indonesia. For who?

Evaluation of Mathematics Learning

The role of renewal of this learning can only be raised to the surface when data on the results of learning evaluations are informed in a clear and transparent manner. We no longer have to be ashamed of the evaluation data as it is, because this is for the sake of future improvement for poor results. Reflection will be interesting for educators to do in order to achieve the goals of high student achievement.

Closing

Basically, the rhombus flat shape has been taught since elementary school (SD). Even so, there is nothing wrong if we want to learn again about the various kinds of flat shapes. This is because the flat shape that we learned in the past can be used for the present.

Indeed, it will be difficult because you have to remember several formulas for the area and perimeter of a rhombus. However, after reading this article to the end, it is hoped that it will be easier for you to understand the flat rhombus shape. So, hopefully this article will be useful for You in the future.

Understanding Archimedes’ Law – Have you ever seen the Titanic movie? The film is enough to get the world’s attention because it tells the true story of the sinking of the Titanic. Titanic is known as a luxury ship. His voyage at that time was highly anticipated. The sinking of the ship occurred after the ship hit an iceberg and a leak occurred.

The ship, which was originally sailing calmly in the ocean, then collided so that this was a little friction, causing Titanic’s hull plates to bend inward in a number of places on the starboard side and tore five of the sixteen watertight compartments. Over the next two and a half hours, the boat slowly filled with water and sank.

We will witness the appearance of passengers and floating objects as well as passengers and objects that sink in the film. Why do some things sink? Why are some objects floating? And why are there objects floating?

Well, this film is actually full of theories about Archimedes’ Law! This theory was initiated by a scientist named Archimedes from Greece. There is a unique story behind the discovery of Archimedes’ law, want to know?

History of Archimedes’ Law

So you see, Archimedes was a prominent scientist who came from Syracuse, Greece. This scientist probably lived in the era of 287 – 212 BC. As a major scientist at that time, Archimedes could master several fields at once, from Mathematics, Physics, Philosophy, Astronomy, and Engineering.

Archimedes lived in an era before paper and pencils, but he was able to formulate various laws regarding buoyancy, principles regarding levers, pulley systems, and much more which is discussed in the book STD 16: ARCHIMEDES.

Grandpa is really great, even though he was an ancient person who had limited information, he didn’t even have a cell phone. It’s all of us who are ready to study math blankly, do confused physics, peek at chemistry and faint suddenly.

Archimedes became known to people after he received an order from King Hiero II to prove the purity of the king’s crown gold. Either for fun or indeed the king wanted to know the greatness of Archimedes.

Being challenged with such a task, Archimedes was confused. But he thought hard to find a solution to this problem. When his confusion peaked because he had yet to find a way to prove the purity of gold, Archimedes chose instead to throw himself into the bath.

Yes, Archimedes was also a human, maybe he felt his brain was starting to heat up and had to cool it down by taking a bath.

As he stepped into the bathtub full of water, he noticed that some water had spilled onto the floor. Curious he tried again and again.

While the mind was wandering thinking about the king’s crown, an idea came down. And he shouted
“EUREKA!”

Unexpectedly from the incident he took a bath he got a theory which in the end was able to prove the purity of the king’s gold.
That’s why you have to bathe diligently, gaess, haha

Well, how did Archimedes prove⁰?. Armed with his hypothesis after bathing Archimedes then put the crown into the water. The change in water volume due to the entry of the crown is then used as the basis for determining the density. Then he divided the mass of the crown by the change in volume of water.

Well, the density that he got from the results of the experiment was then equated with the density of pure gold. So he put the crown and pure gold in equal volumes of water.
Uh, the water that was displaced by the gold and the crown was not what should have been the same, but the reality was different. Well, it was concluded that the gold that was in the king’s crown was not pure gold, but a mixture.

Now we discuss more in detail the law of Archimedes:

Understanding / Sounding of Archimedes’ Law

Archimedes’ law states that an object that is partially or completely immersed in a liquid will experience an upward force equal to the weight of the liquid it displaces.

So this Law explains the relationship between gravity and upward force on an object when it is put in water. As a result of the upward lift (buoyancy), of course, objects that are in the liquid will experience a reduction in weight. As a result, objects lifted in water will feel lighter than when lifted on land.

Well, Archimedes’ law implies 3 conditions

1.1. Sink

This situation occurs when the density of the liquid is less than the density of the object. For example iron or steel will sink if put in water because the density of iron is greater than the density of water.
When submerged, the weight of the object in the liquid is greater than the upward force exerted by the liquid.

Pressure force of water < weight of object

1.2. Flying

This situation occurs when the density of the liquid is the same as the density of the object. The floating object is between the bottom of the vessel and the surface of the liquid. For example, if an egg is placed in water and then a little salt is added, it will float because the density of the two is the same.

Pressure force of water = weight of object

The same thing happens to fish? fish can equalize their weight with the weight of the water they displace so they can float. The trick is whether the fish will fill its swimming coffers with air.

1.3. Floating

This situation occurs when the density of the liquid is greater than the density of the object. For example, styrofoam or plastic will float if placed in water. An example of applying Archimedes’ law of floating bodies \

The force of water pressure > the weight of the object.

Archimedes’ Law Formula

So Archimedes’ Law will calculate the upward compressive force (Fa) affected by 3 things namely

2.1. density of fluid ( ρ)

The greater the density of the fluid, the greater the upward force generated, conversely,
the smaller the type of fluid, the smaller the resulting upward force

2.2. band volume (in)

The greater the volume of the object, the greater the upward force generated, conversely
the smaller the volume of the object lifted, the smaller the resulting upward force

2.3. object gravity (g)

The greater the object’s gravity, the greater the upward force generated, conversely,
the smaller the object’s gravity is lifted, the smaller the resulting upward force.

Formulas from Archimedes’ law

F = ρ . g . V

Where Fa = upward pressure in units of Newtons (N)
ρ = density in units of Kg/L
g = gravity in units of N/Kg
V= unit volume in m³

For floating conditions, the application of Archimedes’ law is as follows:
suppose there is wood. So there are 2 forces acting on the wood, namely the lifting force of water and the weight of the wood.

The magnitude of the lifting force is equal to the weight of the water pushed by the part of the wood below the water’s surface.

Fa = ρair . g. Vair

Where
Vair = volume of water pushed by wood (m³)
ρair = density of water in unit Kg/L

The weight of the wood is

w = ρkayu g Vtotal

w = weight of wood
V total = total volume of wood
ρwood = density of wood
Because wood is at rest on the surface of the water, there is a relationship

Lifting force = weight of wood
Fa = w
ρair.g. Vair= ρwood . g. Vtotal

Because g or the value of gravity on the right and left sides is the same, an equation will be obtained

ρair.Vair= ρkayu . Vtotal

Find various other physics formulas in the Physics Dictionary which summarizes various types of complicated and quite confusing physics formulas related to objects in nature, phenomena, and natural occurrences.

Example of Archimedes’ Law Problem

3.1. Example Question 1

A block is completely immersed in oil. If the volume of the block is 8 m³, determine the weight of the block in kerosene which has a density of 800 kg/m³ , what is the lifting force experienced by the block
?

Is known :

Volume of block : V = 8 m³
gravity : 10 N/ Kg
Density of oil ρ = 800 kg /m³
Wanted: lift force Fa?
Answer:
Fa = ρ . g. V
= 800 kg/m³ . 10 N/kg . 8 m³
= 64,000 N

3.2. Example Problem 2

A stone is completely immersed in oil. If the volume of the block is 10 cm³, determine the weight of the block in water which has a density of 8
1000 kg/m³ , what is the lifting force experienced by the block (gravity: 10 N/kg)

Solution

Is known :

Volume of block : V = 10 cm³
= 10______
1,000,000
= 1________
100,000
= 10-6 m³
gravity : g = 10 N/ kg
Density of water : ρ = 1000 kg /m³
Wanted: lift force Fa?
Answer:
Fa = ρ . g. V
= 1000 kg/m³ . 10 N/kg . 10-6 m³
= 103 . Kg/ m³ .10 N/kg. 10-6 m³
= 10-2 N
= 0.01 N

3.3. Example Problem 3

It is known that a block with a height of 30 cm has a density of 750 kg/m³ floating on a liquid with a density of 1,200 kg/m³ the height of the block that appears to the surface.

Solution :

Block height = 30 cm³
= 30 m³
1,000,000
= 3
100,000

= 3. 10⁵m³
Density of block : ρblock= 750 kg /m
Density of liquid : ρliquid= 1.200kg /m³
Overall volume of block = Vt
Volume of block submerged : V1
Wanted: height of block that appears on the surface

ρzatcairV1=  ρbenda.  Vtotal

1,200 V1 = 750 Vt
V1 = 750 Vt
1,200
V1 = 75 Vt
120 we divide by 15
V 1 = 5 Vt
8
If the whole beam is considered 1 part
Then the height of the beam that appears on the surface we can find
V2 = Vt – V1
= 1 – ⅝ V
= ⅜
Because total V = 30 cm
Then V2 = ⅜ .30 cm
= 11.25 cm
So V2 or the height that appears on the surface is 11.25 cm

3.4. Example Problem 4

A ball is completely submerged in water. If the density of water is 1,000 kg/m³ , and the lifting force experienced by the ball is 0.2 N,
what is the volume of the ball?
Resolution:

It is known
that lifting force : Fa = 0.2 N
gravity : 10 N/ Kg
Density of water : ρ = 1,000 kg /m³
What : volume : V = …?
Answer:
Fa = ρ . g. V
0.2 N = 1000 kg/m³ . 10 N/Kg . V
0.2 N = 10,000. V N. m³
0.2 N = 10⁴ . V. N/ m³
V = 0.2 N
10⁴ N/ m³
= 2.10³ m³
= 2,000 m³

3.5 Example Problem 5

The weight of a piece of metal in air is 0.63 N. When weighed in tarebinth oil, the metal loses weight by 0.0522 N. How much does it weigh when weighing gasoline? It is known that the density of gasoline is 700 kg/m³ and the density of tarebin oil is 870 kg/m³

For example:
Mass of turbantine : Fa1 = 0.0522 N
Mass of turban : ρ1= 870 kg /m3
Mass of gasoline : ρ1= 700 kg /m3
Fa1= ρ1 g V
0.0522 N = 870kg/m3 10 N/ Kg V
0.0522 N = 8700 N/ m3 V
V = 0.0522 N
8700 N
= 522.10-4 N
87.102 N/m3
= 6.10-6 m3

We find the lift force of gasoline
Fa2= ρ2. g. V
= 700kg/m³ . 10 N/Kg . 6.10-6 m³
= 7.10² kg/m³ .10 N/ Kg . 6.10-6 m³
= 42.10-3 N
= 0.042 N
So, the weight of metal in gasoline is the difference in the lift force on tarebinth oil and gasoline
W metal = 0.63 N – 0.042 N
= 0.588N

 3.6. Example Problem 6

A piece of ice having a density of 900 kg/m³ floats in sea water which has a density of 1030 kg/m³. If the volume of the protruding part of the ice in sea water is 0.65 m³. What is the total volume of ice?

Solution
Known:
Density of ice: ρes = 900 kg/ m³
Density of water: ρair = 1,030 kg/ m³
Prominent volume: V1 = 0.65 m³
For example, we denote the total volume of ice as Vtotal

ρair.Vair=  ρes .  Vtotal

1.030 kg/ m³ ( Vtotal-V1) m³= 900. Vtotal
1.030 kg/ m³ ( Vtotal – 0,65 m³) = 900 kg/ m³ .Vtotal
1.030 kg/ m³ Vtotal – (1.030.0,65 kg/m³ .m³) = 900 kg/ m³. Vtotal
1.030 kg/ m³ Vtotal – (6.695 kg / m³.m³) = 900 kg / m³ .Vtotal
(1.030  Vtotal – 900  Vtotal) kg/ m³= 669,5  kg /m³.m³
130 kg / m³. Vtotal = 669,5 kg / m³.m³
Vtotal = 669,5 kg/m³.m³
130 kg/ m³
= 5,15 m³

3.7. Example Problem 7

An object with a density of 1,200 kg/m³ floats in 1/5 of a liquid, the density of the object is…
Solution: If the density of the liquid is
known : ρ1= 1200 kg/ m³ Floating volume = V1 Total volume = V1 V1= ⅕ Vt Submerged volume = V2 V2= Vtotal – V1 = 1- ⅕ = ⅘ Vt Wanted: object density: ρobject

Answer:
ρ1.Vt = ρbend. V2

1200 kg/ m³. Vt = ρbenda.  ⅘ Vt
ρbenda=  1200 kg/ m³. Vt
⅘ Vt
= 960 kg / m³

Various other questions and discussions that can help Sinaumed’s to better understand Archimedes’ law can also be found in the Physics Smart Pocket Book: Collection of Formulas and Applications for SMA/MA Class 10,11,12 below.

Example of Application of Archimedes’ Law

Archimedes’ law is widely used in everyday life. Some examples of objects that use this law are

1. Submarine

Uniquely the submarine he can float, he can float and he is fine diving. The submarine will adjust its density in the water so that its position can dive, float or float on the surface of the water. The trick is to remove or add water to reduce or add mass

2. Ships

Isn’t it strange? Ships are usually made of steel or iron. How come they can stay afloat on the sea?

Why is that? Well, apparently this is because the lift force on the ship is proportional to the weight of the ship. How to? You see, ships have a hollow shape so that the volume of water displaced is greater and the upward lift is greater as well.

Well, the Titanic could have sunk, possibly because the function of the cavity to move water had been damaged so that the weight of the ship became greater than water.

3. Hot air balloon

It turns out that the Application of Archimedes’ Law also applies to gaseous objects, namely hot air balloons. Gas has almost the same properties as water.

The concept of a hot air balloon is that, in order to float in the air, a hot air balloon is filled with a gas that has a density smaller than the density of air in the atmosphere.

We have finished discussing Archimedes’ Law. Hopefully it can be understood and applied in everyday life.

Arbitration: Definition, Types, and Examples – Every day in any part of the world as long as there are humans there will always be problems because it is impossible to completely rid humans of problems and vice versa. Differences of opinion or business competition are the things that most often trigger problems, therefore the presence of law becomes a mediator or solution to various problems that arise in human life. In a business, for example, problems occur because there are parties who feel aggrieved by other parties which makes the problem bigger and becomes a dispute that must be resolved through legal channels. In dealing with this problem.

There are various ways​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​ ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​ ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​ ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​ ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​ ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​ for example through mediation, negotiation, court and arbitration. Especially for the name of the last case mentioned above, the arbitration court has been an alternative dispute resolution institution since ancient times. In general, arbitration is the settlement of civil disputes out of court. Law number 30 of 1999 concerning Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution, it is explained that this institution is a way of resolving disputes outside the general court,

But for those of you who don’t understand or know about the settlement of legal cases through arbitration, don’t worry, because in this discussion we will try to discuss the definition of arbitration along with its types and examples.

Furthermore, we will review the discussion below!

Definition of Arbitration

Etymologically, Arbitration originates from France and refers to an arbitrator’s decision made by an arbitrator in an arbitration or arbitral tribunal. In modern French, the word “arbitration” usually means a judge. The word “arbitration” referred to in this article was first used by “Mathieu de la Porte” in 1704 in his book “La science des négociants et tenurs de livres” to calculate exchange rate differences. identify the location, the most profitable way to issue and carry out currency exchange transactions. (U)ne combinaison que l’on fait de plusieurs Changes, pour connoître Quelle Place est plus avantageuse pour tirer et remettre”

“Arbitration” (English arbitration), which in the world of economics and finance is the practice of seeking profit. price difference between two financial markets. This arbitrage is a combination of adjustments between two financial market transactions, where profits are obtained from the difference between the market price of one transaction and another. .

In the field of law, civil disputes are settled outside the general court based on a written arbitration agreement made between the disputing parties and carried out by an independent arbiter/judge assembly.

In the scientific world, the term “arbitrage” is defined as a transaction where there is no negative cash flow under any circumstances and positive cash flow under at least one condition, or simply, “risk-free profit” (free profit). .

The person conducting the arbitration is called an “arbitrator” or, abroad, an arbitrator. This term is mainly used in the business of financial instruments such as bonds, stocks, derivatives, goods and currency. Arbitration is the solution or end of a dispute by a judge or judges based on an agreement submitted and complied with by the parties. by decision of an arbitrator of their choice. Arbitration comes from the Latin word arbitrate, which means the right to decide something at his own discretion.

Basically an arbitral court is a special type of court, where an important fact that distinguishes it from an ordinary court is the use of a permanent or permanent court in a judicial agreement, whereas in an arbitral court a special arbitration court is formed for that purpose. activity is used. The arbitrator acts as a judge of the arbitral tribunal in the arbitration process as a permanent judge, although only in the case concerned.

Conventional arbitration is voluntary submission of disputes to an impartial third party, namely an individual or ad hoc arbitration.

Arbitration Procedure

An agreement is required between the two disputing parties to resolve the dispute through arbitration (can be concluded before or after the dispute arises). Therefore, both parties must enter into a written agreement before the arbitration.

Indonesia has several special institutions that facilitate arbitration, namely the Indonesian National Arbitration Board (BANI), the Indonesian Capital Market Arbitration Court (BAPMI) and the Bali International Arbitration and Mediation Center (BIAMC).

Although both are arbitral bodies, they basically have their own procedures or rules governing the proceedings of the parties to the dispute. However, each institution does not turn a blind eye that if the parties to the dispute have agreed on another procedure, this can also be used.

The procedure for arbitration is as follows:

• Registration

Initially, a candidate may submit an application for registration of arbitration from the party initiating the arbitration to the arbitration secretariat chosen by the parties.

• Arbitration proceedings

The applicant must provide the following information when submitting the application:

•  The names and addresses of the parties
•  Arbitration agreement of the disputing parties
•  The circumstances and legal basis of the arbitral proceedings
•  Case details
•  Claims or lawsuits
•  mark

• Document

The applicant must attach certified copies of the dispute in question, as well as certified copies of the arbitration agreement and other relevant documents. If there are documents on the back, the applicant must confirm the following documents.

• Arbitrator appointment

The applicant must appoint an arbitrator as a neutral third party no later than 30 days after the registration of the application. If the applicant is unable to appoint an arbitrator, an unconditional appointment shall be made to the arbitrator selected.

The chairman of the arbitration court has the right to ask for an extension of the time limit for appointing an arbitrator up to a maximum of 1

(days) with a valid reason.

• Arbitration Fees

The registration fee for arbitration is usually IDR 2 million upon submission. At the same time, administration fees vary according to requirements.

Arbitration Conditions

Arbitration is possible if one of the following three conditions is met:

• The same asset does not trade at the same price in all markets.
• Two assets with the same cash flow are not trading at the same price.
• Assets whose futures contract values ​​are known and are not currently trading at the futures contract price less the discounted risk-free interest (or the commodity has significant carrying costs).
• Arbitrage is not a simple procedure in which a product is bought in one market and then sold in another at a higher price. Arbitrage transactions must be continuous to avoid market risk or the risk of price changes in one market before two transactions are settled. In practice, this is usually only possible for electronically tradable financial and security products.

Types of Arbitration

• Merger Arbitrage

Merger arbitrage is usually carried out by buying the target company’s shares in addition to short buying by selling the acquirer’s shares.

In general, the market price of the target company is lower than the price offered by the acquiring company. The price range between these two prices depends on the element of “probability” and the exact timing of the acquisition, as well as the prevailing interest rates.

Merger arbitrage risk is zero price range when the acquisition process is complete. The risk is when the contract fails and the price range becomes very wide.

• Regional bond arbitration / Municipal Bond Arbitrage

Municipal bond arbitrage or municipal bond arbitrage is a global investment management strategy that employs one or two techniques.

Generally, managers seek relative value opportunities by selling and buying regional maturity neutral bonds. The relative value of a trade can occur between different issuers, different bonds issued by the same institution or capital structure trading the same asset.

• Convertible bonds

Convertible bonds are bonds that the investor can return to the issuer for a predetermined amount in exchange for shares in the company.

These convertible bonds are like private bonds with an option to buy shares.

The price of these convertible bonds is very sensitive to three main factors, namely:

• Flower

When interest rates rise, the price of convertible bonds falls, but the call option portion of convertible bonds rises and the total price tends to fall.

• Stock price

When the price of the stock traded for these bonds rises, the price of the bond tends to rise.

• Loan difference credit

If the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates (i.e. the credit rating decreases) and credit spreads widen, the price of the bond generally decreases, but in most cases the call option portion of the convertible bond increases.

• Depository Receipts

Depository Receipts are securities offered to overseas shareholders, for example a Japanese company that wants to make money, can issue depository receipts on the New York Stock Exchange because the stock exchange’s working capital is limited. local exchange These securities are known as ADR (American Depositary Receipt) or GDR (Global Depositary Receipt) depending on where they are issued. Here, there is a difference between the quoted value and the actual value, and the ADR is trading below its actual value, so ADR buyers can expect to profit if the value changes to its true value. However, there is a risk that the value of the stock will decrease, so sorting can reduce that risk.

• Regulatory arbitration

Regulatory arbitration is an arbitration procedure in which an institution capitalizes on the difference between the actual risk or financial risk and the existing regulatory position. For example, a bank operating under Basel I regulations, whereby a bank must have 8% remaining capital to cover credit risk, but the actual risk of default is very small, making it useful for securing debt so that low-risk loans are eliminated. from the loan portfolio. On the other hand, if the risk turns out to be greater than the risk regulated by current regulations, it is better to have debt in the bank’s portfolio.

Examples of Arbitration Cases

Many cases are resolved through arbitration. There are several land disputes related to the property. The following is an example of an arbitration process that has existed.

• The Government of Indonesia and Hesham Al Waraq

In 2011, former vice president of Bank Century Hesham, commissioner, sued the government to take over the bank’s shares. He is seeking compensation of US$19.8 million. Instead of compensation, ICSID actually rejected Hesham’s takeover demands. Thus, Indonesia’s victory in the two Bank Century cases prevented the government from paying around US$100 million or the equivalent of 1.3 trillion rupiah.

• Indonesian dispute with two foreign companies.

Indonesia is in dispute with two foreign companies, Planet Mining and Churchill Mining. In this case, the arbitration was carried out with the assistance of the International Center for Arbitration of Investment Disputes (ICSID) and Investor State Dispute Settlement (ISDS).

The lawsuit stems from the fact that the East Kutai government revoked the operating permits of two companies in 2010. A British company, Churchill Mining Plc, once obtained a mining permit covering an area of ​​350 km2 in Busang, Telen, Muara Wahau and Muara. Ancalong, bought a 75% stake in PT Ridlatama Group. Planet Mining Australia is a Churchill subsidiary.

Previously, Churchill filed a lawsuit at the Samarinda State Administrative Court. But the end result is the same, revoking the royal license is fine. The appeal process continued all the way to the Supreme Court and the outcome remained the same until Churchill referred the matter to international arbitration. Based on the ICSID decision, Indonesia has the right to increase the claim value to US$1.31 billion or around 17 trillion rupiah.

However, during the trial, it was found that Planet and Churchill Mining forged the license documents, so their investment activities were deemed illegal. In the end, Indonesia won the argument. Meanwhile, Planet and Churchill Mining paid compensation of USD 8.7 million.

• Arbitration involving the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange.

If the stock prices on the NYSE and the related delivery contracts on the CME do not balance, you can buy at a slightly lower price and sell at a higher price. Because these price differences are small (and short-lived), using a computer can be useful for analyzing prices in different markets and automatically placing trades when prices are far from the equilibrium price. Other refereeing actions can make it very risky. Whoever has the fastest computer and the smartest mathematician wins by a constant small margin, which is a loss for the individual investor.

Risks in the Arbitration Process

In the modern information security market, the risk of arbitrary events is low. It is generally impossible to close two or three transactions at once, therefore it is possible that when one transaction is closed, there is a rapid increase in the market price, which makes it impossible for subsequent transactions to be executed at the same time.

There is also a risk for the counterparty that the counterparty will not fulfill the contract, this risk is very important, because to profit from even a very small price difference, you have to trade very large amounts. This risk increases when there is leverage or the money used is borrowed money.

Another risk arises when the goods bought and sold are not the same, and arbitration procedures are carried out on the assumption that the prices of the goods are related or predictable.

Market competition can also pose risks in connection with arbitrary transactions. For example, if someone wants to take advantage of the difference in the price of IBM stock trading on the NYSE and the London Stock Exchange, he might buy a large number of IBM shares on the NYSE and find that he cannot sell it. NYSE. LSE market. This exposes the referee.

In the 1980s, arbitrage risk became more common. In this form of speculation, a person trades in a security that is significantly lower or higher than its true value, seeing that a pricing error corrects the trade.

Conclusion

This is a brief discussion of the definition of arbitration theory. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of arbitration but also discusses the procedure for conducting arbitration, looking at the conditions for the possibility of arbitration occurring, the types of arbitration, as well as real examples of cases resolved by arbitration. Understanding the meaning of arbitration itself allows us to know various legal settlements that can be carried out in business and other cases.

This is a review of the meaning of arbitration. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about the meaning of arbitration and knowledge related to other laws, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Pandu Akram

Related article:

Surah Al Maidah verse 2 – Every verse of the Al-Quran certainly has its own meaning and each of these meanings can always be used as a guide for life for Muslims. One of the verses that is full of the meaning of life is Surah Al Maidah verse 2. Then, what content is in that verse?

Verses of Surah Al Maidah

Verse 2

يٰٓاَيُّهَا ​​الَّذِيْنَ اٰمَنُوْا لَا تُحِلُّوْا شَعَاۤىِٕرَ اللّٰهِ وَلَا الشَّهْرَ الْحَرَامَ وَلَا الْهَدْيَ وَلَا الْقَلَاۤىِٕدَ وَلَآ اٰۤمِّيْنَ الْبَيْتَ الْحَرَامَ يَبْتَغُوْنَ فَضْلًا مِّنْ رَّبِّهِمْ وَرِضْوَانًا ۗوَاِذَا حَلَلْتُمْ فَاصْطَادُوْا ۗوَلَا يَجْرِمَنَّكُمْ شَنَاٰنُ قَوْمٍ اَنْ صَدُّوْكُمْ عَنِ الْمَسْجِدِ الْحَرَامِ اَنْ تَعْتَدُوْۘا وَتَعَاوَنُوْا عَلَى الْبِرِّ وَالتَّقْوٰىۖ وَلَا تَعَاوَنُوْا عَلَى الْاِثْمِ وَالْعُدْوَانِ ۖوَاتَّقُوا اللّٰهَ ۗاِنَّ اللّٰهَ شَدِيْدُ الْعِقَابِ

Yaaa ayyuhal ladziina aamanuu laa tuhillu shaawa ‘oral laahi wa lash Shahrul Haraama wa lal hadya wa lal qalaaa’ida wa laa aaammiinal Baital Haraama yabtaghuuna fadlam mir Rabbihim wa ridwana; waidza halaltum fastaaduu; walaa yajrimannakum syana aanu

Meaning: “O you who believe! Do not violate the symbols of the sanctity of Allah, and do not (break the honor) of the sacred months, do not (disturb) hadyu (sacrificial animals) and qalaid (marked sacrificial animals), and do not (also) disturb people -people who visit Baitul Haram; they seek the grace and pleasure of their Lord. But when you have finished ihram, then you may hunt. Don’t let your hatred) towards a people because they hinder you from the Masjid Al Haram, pushing you to do beyond (to them). And help you in (doing) virtue and piety, and do not help each other in sin and enmity. Fear Allah, indeed, Allah is very severe in punishment.”

Information about QS. Al-Maidah

Surah Al Maidah verse 2 is a verse about helping each other. Also about some restrictions. Surah Al Maidah (المائدة) includes madaniyah. Imam Ahmad narrated that this letter was sent down when the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi wasallam was riding a camel. The camel’s thigh almost broke because of the weight of the revelation that the Prophet received.

In this verse 2, there are a number of rules that Allah sent down, starting from the prohibition against violating the symbols of Allah, the prohibition against violating the honor of the sacred month, to the prohibition of committing persecution. Then, the most popular is that this verse commands mutual assistance in virtue and piety and prohibits mutual assistance in sins and transgressions.

Surah Al Maidah consists of 120 verses; including the Madaniyyah letter group. Even though there is a verse that was revealed in Mecca, this verse was revealed after the Prophet Muhammad SAW. Migration to Medina, that is at the time of pilgrimage wada’.

This letter is called Al Maidah (dish) because it contains the story of the loyal followers of Prophet Isa as asking Prophet Isa as that Allah sends down for them Al Maidah (food dish) from the sky (verse 112). In addition, it is called Al Uqud (covenant), because the word is found in the first verse of this sura, where Allah orders His servants to fulfill their pre-faithful promises to Allah and the agreements they make with each other.

It is also called Al Munqidz (the one who saves), because at the end of this letter there is a story about Prophet Isa as the savior of his loyal followers from the punishment of Allah.

Interpretation of Surah Al Maidah Verse 2

This verse contains Allah’s laws relating to the procedures for carrying out the pilgrimage. O you who believe! Do not violate the symbols of the sanctity of Allah, namely all the practices that are carried out in carrying out the pilgrimage such as the procedures for performing tawaf and sa’i, as well as the places where they are performed, such as the Kaaba, Safa and Marwah, do not violate them by hunting when in a state of ihram and also do not violate the honor of the forbidden months, namely the months of Zulkaidah, Zulhijjah, Muharram and Rajab, nor do you violate his honor by fighting in those months except to defend yourself when attacked.

Do not also disturb the hadyu, namely sacrificial animals that are given to the Kaaba to get closer to Allah, these animals are slaughtered in unclean land and their meat is given to the poor, and qalaid, sacrificial animals that are marked, garlanded with rope as a sign indicating that the animal has been prepared to be sacrificed and presented as a gift, and also do not disturb people who visit the Baitul Haram, to perform the Hajj or Umrah pilgrimage, they are seeking gifts in the form of worldly benefits, and the pleasure of rewards in the form of rewards from their Lord.

However, if you have finished ihram, then you may hunt if you wish. Do not let the hatred of some of you towards a people because they prevent you from visiting the Grand Mosque, so that it encourages you to go beyond their limits by killing them or committing crimes against them.

Help each other in doing good, doing what Allah has commanded, and be pious, fearing what is forbidden, and do not help each other in committing sins, committing immorality and enmity, for doing so violates Allah’s laws.

Fear Allah, fear Allah by carrying out His commands, and leave His prohibitions, because indeed Allah is very severe in His punishment for those who disobey Him.

According to the history of Ibn Juraij and Ikrimah, that a man named al-Khatam al-Bakri came to Medina on a camel carrying food. After selling the food he met the Prophet, then committed himself to Islam.

After he turned away, the Prophet noticed him and said to his companions who were there: “He came to me with a lying face and turned his back on me like a fraud. “After al-Khatam arrived in Yamamah, then he apostatized from Islam. Next, in the month of Zulkaidah, he came out again with his camel to sell food to Mecca. When the Prophet’s companions heard this news, several people from the Muhajirin and Ansar group, prepared to go out to chase him in the middle of the road, then this second verse was revealed. In the end they didn’t do it.

Meaning of Surah Al Maidah Verse 2 Please Help

Quoted from the book ‘ Woman’s Dream of Heaven ‘ published by WahyuMedia, the reading “help you in (doing) goodness and piety, and don’t help each other in committing sins and transgressions. And fear Allah, verily Allah is very severe in punishment” has orders to help fellow human beings.

Meanwhile, the purpose of helping each other is in doing what Allah has commanded and leaving what He has forbidden. Fear Allah SWT and always obey Him.

In Surah Al Maidah verse 2 there are also forbidden months. In this case, the forbidden months in question are the months of Zulkaidah, Zulhijjah, Muharram and Rajab. In that month it is forbidden to fight, except to defend oneself when attacked by enemies.

The Goodness Contained in Surah Al Maidah Verse 2

There are a number of goodness contained in Surah Al Maidah Verse 2:

1. No hate or grudges. Let forgive the evil of others and repay with good deeds.
2. Live together and help and help in goodness.

Asbabun Nuzul (Causes) Surah Al Maidah Verse 2

Shaykh Wahbah Az Zuhaili in Tafsir Al Munir wrote about these two narrations of asbabun nuzul Surah Al Maidah verse 2. First, Ibn Jarir At Tabari narrated from Ikrimah. He said Al Haitham bin Hindun Al Bakri came to Medina with his caravan that transported food and then sold it.

Then, he came to the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi wasallam, paid allegiance to him and converted to Islam. When Al Haitham was leaving, the Prophet looked at him and then said to his companions who were with him, “Indeed he entered to meet me with the face of a person who behaved badly and he left with the nape of a traitor who was cunning and deceitful.”

What happened then happened exactly as the Prophet said. Then, when he arrived at Yamamah, Al Haitham apostatized. In the month of Dzulqa’dah, Al Hatham went to Mecca with his caravan to sell food. When the Companions of the Prophet heard this news, they prepared to go on a ambush and capture Al Haitham and his curves.

Then, Allah sent down Surah Al Maidah verse 2. The friends discouraged them. Second, Ibn Abi Hatim narrated from Zaid bin Aslam. He said the Prophet and his companions were in Hudaibiyah when they were intercepted by polytheists from entering the Grand Mosque. This incident became a heavy blow to the friends.

Then, they met a number of polytheists from the east who were about to perform Umrah. The friends said, “Let’s drive them out as they have driven us out.” Then Allah Subhanahu wa Ta’ala revealed this verse.

Content in Surah Al Maidah Verse 2

In the second verse of Al Maidah, Allah explains to those who believe; Six important prohibitions that must not be violated are:

1. Breaking God’s Prohibitions

Violating Allah’s prohibitions, namely violating the practices and provisions set by Allah in the pilgrimage and others.

The first point of Surah Al Maidah verse 2 is the prohibition against violating the symbols of Allah.

يَا أَيُّهَا الَّذِينَ آَمَنُوا لَا تُحِلُّوا شَعَائِرَ اللَّهِ

Meaning: “O you who believe, do not violate the syi’ar-syi’ar of Allah,”

Ibn Abbas said that the meaning of Sya’airullah (شعائر الله) in this verse is the rituals of Hajj. Meanwhile, another opinion that Ibn Kathir also included in his commentary, the symbols of Allah are all that Allah has forbidden.

So the interpretation is, don’t justify things that are forbidden by Allah Subhanahu wa Ta’ala. Buya Hamka in Tafsir Al Azhar explains, shaa allah (شعائر الله) are the pillars of religion.

2. Violating the Honor of the Haram Month

Violating the honor of the forbidden months, namely the months of Zulkaidah, Zulhijah, Muharam and Rajab, which are prohibited in these months of fighting except in self-defence because of being attacked.

The second point of Surah Al Maidah verse 2 is the prohibition against violating the honor of the sacred month.

وَلَا الشَّهْرَ الْحَرَامَ

Meaning: “and do not violate the honor of the forbidden months,”

In other words, one must respect and acknowledge his majesty and leave the things that God forbade at that time. For example fighting and committing tyranny.

There are four of these forbidden months as the words of the Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi wasallam, namely:

إِنَّ الزَّمَانَ قَدِ اسْتَدَارَ كَهَيْئَتِهِ يَوْمَ خَلَقَ اللَّهُ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالأَرْضَ ، السَّنَةُ اثْنَا عَشَرَ شَهْرًا مِنْهَا ، أَرْبَعَةٌ حُرُمٌ ، ثَلاَثٌ مُتَوَالِيَاتٌ ، ذُو الْقَعْدَةِ وَذُو الْحِجَّةِ وَالْمُحَرَّمُ وَرَجَبُ مُضَرَ الَّذِى بَيْنَ جُمَادَى وَشَعْبَانَ

Meaning: “Indeed, the era rotates as it was on the day Allah created the heavens and the earth; one year is 12 months. Four of these months are sacred months, three of which are consecutive, namely Dzulqa’dah, Dzulhijjah, and Muharram. As well as Rajab mudhar which falls between Juamada and Sha’ban.” (Narrated by Bukhari)

3. Disturbing the hadyu animals

Disturbing the hadyu animals, namely camels, oxen and the like, goats, sheep and the like which are presented to the Kaaba to get closer to Allah, are slaughtered in unclean land and their meat is given to the poor.

The third point of Surah Al Maidah verse 2 is the prohibition against disturbing hadya and qalaid.

وَلَا الْهَدْيَ وَلَا الْقَلَائِدَ

Meaning: “don’t (disturb) the hadyu animals and qalaaid animals,”

Al Hadyu (الهدي) are animals such as camels, cows or goats that are presented to Baitullah. According to the majority of scholars, this is general in nature and includes all animals that are slaughtered and given as charity to draw closer to Allah.

Al qalaaid (القلائد) is an al hadyu animal marked with a necklace. Namely al hadyu sunnah, vows, qiran or tamattu’. Meanwhile, the obligatory al hadyu is not marked with a necklace.

4. Disturbing People Visiting Baitullah

Obstructing and disturbing people who visit Baitullah to seek Allah’s bounty (provisions) such as trading and seeking His pleasure, namely performing Hajj and Umrah.

The fourth point of Surah Al Maidah verse 2 is the prohibition against disturbing visitors to the Baitullah.

Amen

Meaning: “and do not (also) disturb those who visit the Baitullah while they are seeking grace and the pleasure of their Lord.”

The point is don’t bother them, don’t get in their way. Including traders who come to Baitullah to seek His gifts. Initially, through this verse Allah forbids the believers from preventing anyone from coming to the Baitullah even though he is a polytheist.

Then this verse is mansukh with other verses which prohibit polytheists from coming to the Grand Mosque.

يَا أَيُّهَا الَّذِينَ آَمَنُوا إِنَّمَا الْمُشْرِكُونَ نَجَسٌ فَلَا يَقْرَبُوا الْمَسْجِدَ الri.

Meaning: “O you who believe, Verily the polytheists are unclean, so do not approach the Grand Mosque after this year…” (QS. At Taubah: 28)

This verse also contains the jurisprudence of Hajj. Buya Hamka in his Tafsir Al Azhar explained, “This verse shows that doing business during Hajj with the intention of giving up shopping is not prohibited. As long as it’s not commerce that is the goal of humans, hajj becomes a part-time job.”

According to the jumhur, those who cannot be hindered are the believers, while the disbelievers are no longer allowed to enter the illegitimate land according to the word of Allah:

“O you who believe, actually those who are polytheists are unclean (souls), therefore they should not approach the Grand Mosque after this year.” (at-Taubah/9:28).

Furthermore, the verse explains that after tahallul has been completed, it means that after completing the Hajj or Umrah pilgrimage, it is permissible to hunt outside the haraam lands while it is still not permissible on the haraam lands, it is forbidden to uproot the plants and disturb the animals they hunt, to abuse anyone who obstructs them. blocking the entrance to the Grand Mosque, just as the polytheists hindered the believers from carrying out the umrah stipulated in the peace of Hudaibiyah.

Then, the last part of this verse obliges believers to help each other in doing good and pious, for their interests and happiness. It is forbidden to help one another in committing sins and transgressions and to command one to remain pious to Allah in order to avoid His very severe torment.

5. Prohibition of Hunting During Hajj

The fifth point of Surah Al Maidah verse 2 is the prohibition of hunting during Hajj.

وَإِذَا حَلَلْتُمْ فَاصْطَادُوا

Meaning: “and when you have completed the pilgrimage, then it is permissible to hunt.”

Ibn Kathir explains its meaning. “If you have finished ihram and have had tahalul, We allow you to do things that were forbidden to you during ihram, such as hunting.”

However, hunting that is permissible is hunting outside the Grand Mosque. While hunting in the Grand Mosque remains prohibited. This was stated by Sayyid Qutb in Tafsir Fi Zhilalil Qur’an .

6. Prohibition of Persecution

The sixth point of Surah Al Maidah verse 2 is the prohibition of mistreating even those who hinder them from the Grand Mosque.

Amen

Meaning: “And never let your hatred) towards a people because they hinder you from the Grand Mosque, encourage you to do wrong (to them).”

That is – wrote Ibn Kathir in his commentary, “never let your hatred of a people encourage you to leave the norms of justice.” Sayyid Qutb explained, this is the pinnacle of soul control and heart tolerance. “This is the peak that must be climbed and achieved by the people who are assigned by their God to lead people and educate humanity… This is the responsibility of leadership and witness to humans,” he explained.

7. Obligation to Help

The seventh point of Surah Al Maidah verse 2 is the obligation to help each other in virtue and piety.

Amen

Meaning: “And help you in (doing) virtue and piety, and do not help each other in committing sins and transgressions.”

In this verse, Allah says the command to help each other in virtue and piety. On the contrary, He forbade helping each other in sin and transgression. Shaykh Wahbah Az Zuhaili explained, al birr (البر) is all the commands and prohibitions of the Shari’a or anything that the heart feels calm and comfortable with.

Al Itsm (الإثم) is anything that is prohibited by the Shari’a or something that the heart is angry with, does not want other people to see and know about it. While al udwan (العدوان) is a violation of the rights of others.

8. Orders of Taqwa

The order of taqwa closes Surah Al Maidah verse 2.

وَاتَّقُوا اللَّهَ إِنَّ Allah, شَدِيدُ الْعِقَابِ

Meaning: “And fear Allah, verily Allah is very severe in punishment.”

Taqwa is what summarizes everything and is the key to salvation from His doom.

Thus the discussion of the letter Al Maidah verse 2 . Hopefully all the discussion above can provide benefits for Sinaumed’s.

Sinaumed’s can get more information about Islam by reading books available at sinaumedia.com. As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Kanzul Arsy Prayer – Each prayer reading has its own blessings and benefits, as well as the Kanzul Arsy prayer. This one prayer can be read and practiced in all conditions. There are several virtues in reading the kanzul arsy prayer, one of which is being able to increase a Muslim’s faith in Allah and the Prophet Muhammad SAW. Apart from that, the Kanzul Arsy prayer also has many other virtues.

For Sinaumed’s who are not familiar with this prayer, the kanzul arsy prayer is one that is believed to have many virtues and is often likened to a lamp that can illuminate the world with its very bright light. If you read the Kanzul Arsy prayer regularly, the wish of the person who reads this prayer will come true. Not only that, the prayer of the kanzul arsy is also an intermediary for the arrival of blessings as well as sustenance from Allah.

Prayer Kanzul Arsy Arabic-Latin

In the kanzul arsy prayer , all the prophets are mentioned and even Asiyah, the wife of Pharaoh. It means that this kanzul arsy prayer contains believers and has been mentioned in the Koran for the contribution of that person in the Islamic religion. At the beginning of the kanzul arsy prayer there is a reading of laa ilaaha illallahu which means to strengthen the faith of Muslims, that there is no God who has the right to be worshiped but Allah SWT. The following is a complete Arabic-Latin prayer for the Kanzul Arsy prayer .

لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ اْلَملِكِ الْقُدُّوْسِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْعَزِيْزِ الْجَبَّارِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الرَّءُوْفِ الرَّحِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الغَفُوْرِ الرَّحِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْكَرِيْمِ الْحَكِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْقَوِيِّ اْلوَفِيّ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ اللَّطِيْفِ الْخَبِيْرِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الصَّمَدِ الْمَعْبُوْدِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْغَفُوْرِ الْوَدُوْدِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْوَكِيْلِ الْكَفِيْلِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الرَّقِيْبِ الْحَفِيْظِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الدَّائِمِ الْقَائِمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْمُحْيِ الْمُمِيْتِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْحَيِّ الْقَيُّوْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ Allah سُبْحَانَ الْخَالِقِالْبَارِئِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْعَلِيِّ الْعَظِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْوَاحِدِ اْلاَحَدِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْمُئْومِنِ الْمُهَيْمِنِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْحَبِيْبِ الشَّهِيْدِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْحَلِيْمِ الْكَرِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْاول القديم، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْاَوَّلِ الْاَخِرِ ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الظَّاهِرِ الْبَاطِنِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْكَبِيْرِ الْمُتَعَالِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْقَاضَىِّ الْحَاجَاتِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّ اْلعَرْشِ الْعَظِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّي الْاَعْلَى، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْبُرْهَانِ السُّلْطَانِ ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَالسَّمِيْعِ الْبَصِيْرِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْوَاحِدِ الْقَهَّارِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْعَلِيْمِ الْحَكِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ السَتَّارِ الْغَفَّارش، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الرَّحْمَنِ الدَيَّانِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْكَبِيْرِ الْاَكْبَرِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْعَلِيْمِ الْعَلَّامِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الشَّافِى الْكَافِي، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْعَظِيْمِ الْبَاقِيّ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الصَّمَدِ الْاَحَدِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّ الْاَرْضِ وَالسَّمَوَتِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ خَالِقِ الْمَخْلُوْقَاتِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ مَنْ خَلَقَ الَّيْلِ وَالنَّهَارِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْخَالِقِ الرّاَزِقِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْفَتَّاحِ الْعَلِيْمِ،لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْعَزِيْزِ الْغَنِيِّ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْغَفُوْرِ الشَّكُوْرِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ اْلعَظِيْمِ اْلعَلِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ ذِى الْمُلْكِ وَالْمَلَكُوْتِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ ذِى اْلعِزَّةِ وَاْلعَظَمَةِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ ذِي الْهَيْبَةِ وَاْلقُدْرَةِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْكِبْرِيَاءِ وَالْجَبَرُوْتِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ السَتَّارِ اْلعَظْيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْعَالِمِ الْغَيْبِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْحَمِيْدِ الْمَجِيْدِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْحَكِيْمِ اْلقَدِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْقَادِرِ السَتَّارِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ السَّمِيْعِ اْلعَلِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْغَنِيِّ الْعَظِيْمِ ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّاللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْعَلَّامِ السَّلَامِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْمَلِكِ النَّصِيْرِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْغَنِيِّ الرَّحِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْقَرِيْبِ الْحَسَنَاتِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْوَلِيِّ الْحَسَنَاتِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الصَّبُوْرِ السَتَّارِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْخَالِقِ النُّوْرِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ اْلغَنِيِّ الْمُعْجِزِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْفَاضِلِ الشَّكُوْرِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْغَنِيِّ الْقَدِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ ذِى الْجَلَالِ الْمُبِيْنِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْخَالِصِ الْمُخْلِصِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الصَّادِقِ اْلوَعْدِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْحَقِّ الْمُبِيْنِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ ذِى اْلقُوَّةِ الْمَتِيْنِ،لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ اْلقَوِيِّ الْعَزِيْزِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْحَيِّ الَّذِي لَايَمُوْتِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ اْلعَلَّامِ الْغُيُوْبِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ السَتَّارِ اْلعُيُوْبِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ ذِى الْغُفْرَانِ الْمُسْتَعَانِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّ اْلعَالَمِيْنَ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الرَّحْمَنِ السَتَّارِ ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الرَّحِيْمِ الْغَفَّارِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ اْلَعَزِيْزِ الْوَهَّابِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْقَادِرِ الْمُقْتَدِرِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ ذِى الْغُفْرَانِ الْحَلِيْمِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْمَلِكِ الملك، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ البارئ المصور، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ العزيز الجبار ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الجبارالْمُتَكَبِّرِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ اللهِ عَمَّا يَصِفُوْنَ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ اْلقُدُّوْسِ السُبُّوْحِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّ الْمَلِائِكَةِ وَالرُّوْحِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ ذِى الْاَلَاءِ وَالنَّعْمَاءِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْمَلِكِ الْمَقْصُوْدِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ الْحَنَّانِ الْمَنَّانِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ سُبْحَانَ اَدَمُ صَفِيُّ اللهِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ نُوْحٌ نَجِيُّ اللهِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ اِبْرَاهِيْمُ خَلِيْلٌ اللهِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ اِسْمَاعِيْلُ ذَبِيْحُ اللهِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ مُوْسَى كَلِيْمُ اللهِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ دَاُوْدُ خَلِيْفَةٌ اللهِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ عِيْسَى رُوْحٌ اللهِ، لاَإِلَـهَ إِلاَّ اللهُ Amenعِيْسَى وَزَبُوْرِ دَاوُدَ وَفُرْقَانِ مُحَمَّدٍ رَسُوْلِ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِرَحْمَتِكَ يَااَرْحَمَ الرَّاحِمِيْنَ، وَالْحَمْدُ للهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِيْنَ

Bismillahirrahmaanirrahim. Laa ilaha illa Allah, laa ilaha illa Allah, laa ilaha illa Allah al maliikul khaqqul mubiin, laa ilaha illa Allah al khakamul ‘adlul mubiin, laa ilaha illa Allah robbu abaainal awwaliin, laa ilaha illa anta subhaanaka inni kuntu minadzzoolimiin.

Laa ilaha illa Allah wahdahu laa shariika lahu. Lahul mulku walahul hamdu yuhyii wayumiitu wahuwa khayyun daaimun laa yamuutu Abada biyadihil khoir wailaihil mashir wa huwa ‘ala kulli syai’in qodiir. Wa bihi nasta’in wala haula wa laa quwwata illa billahil ‘aliyyil ‘adziim.

Laa ilaha illa Allah syukron lini’matih, laa ilaha illa Allah iqrooron Birubuubiyyatih, subhaanallahi tanziihan li’adzomatihi. As-alukallahu bikhaqqismikal maktubi ‘ala jabhati isroofiila ‘alaika yaa robbi.

Wa bikhaqqismical maktuubi ‘ala kaffi ‘azroiila ‘alaika yaa robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi sammayta bihi munkaron wa nakiiron alaika ya robbi.

Wa bikhaqqis mika wa asroori ‘ibaadika alaika yaa robbi, wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi tamma bihil islam alaika ya robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi talqoohu aadamu lamma habatho minal jannati fanaa daaka falabayta du’aa ahu ‘alaika ya robbi, wa bikhaqqiis mikalladzi naa daka bihi syi’tu alaika ya robbi.

Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi qowwaytu bihii khamalahul ‘arsyi alaika yaa robbi. Wa bikhaqqismikal maktuubaati fiitaurooti wal injiili wazzabuuri wal furqooni alaika yaa robbi, wa bikhaqqi asmaaika ila Munta rohmatika ala ‘ibaadika’ alaika yaa robbi.

Wa bikhaqqi tamaami kalaamika ‘alaika yaa robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi nadaika bihi ibroohiimu faja’altannaro ‘alaihi bardan wa salaaman ‘alaika ya robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzii naa daaka bihii ismaa’iilu fanajjaytuhu minadzabkhi ‘alaika ya robbi.

Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi naa daa ka bihi iskhaaqu faqodhoyta khajatahu ‘alaika yaa robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi naa daa ka bihi huudun alaika ya robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi da’aaka bihi ya’quubu farodadta ‘alaihi bashorohu wawaladahu yuusufa ‘alaika yaa robbi.

Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi naadaka bihiidaawuudu faja’altahu kholiifata fil ardhi wa alanta lahul khadiida fii yadiihi ‘alaika ya robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi da’aaka bihi sulaimaanu fa’a’thoytahu mulkal ardli ‘alaika ya robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi naadaaka bihii ayyubu fanajjaytahuminal ‘ammilladzi kaana fiihi ‘alaika yaa robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi naadaaka ‘isaabnu maryam faakhyaytu lahul mauta ‘alaika yaa robbi.

Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi naadaka bihi muusa lamma khothobaka ala thuri alaika ya robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi naadatka bihi asiyyatumroatu fir’auna farozaqtahal jannata ‘alaika ya robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi naadaaka bihi banuu isrooila lamma jaawazuul bahro alaika ya robbi.

Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzi naadaaka bihil khodhiiru lamaa massya ‘alal maa i alaika ya robbi. Wa bikhaqqis mikalladzii naa daaka bihi muhammaun shollallahu alaihi wasallam yaumal ghoori fanajjaytahu ‘alaika ya robbi.

Innaka antalkariimul kabiiru. Wa hashasbunallah wa ni’mal wakiilu wa laa khaula wa laa quwwata illa billahil ‘aliyyil ‘adziim. Wa shollallahu ‘ala sayyidina muhammadin wa ala aalihi wa sohbihi wa saallam.

Meaning of Prayer Kanzul Arsy

After knowing the Arabic and Latin readings of the kanzul arsy prayer, Sinaumed’s also needs to know the meaning of the kanzul arsy prayer , because if Sinaumed’s knows the meaning and understands this prayer, it will be easier for Sinaumed’s to practice this prayer correctly.

In the name of Allah, the most gracious and most merciful. There is no god who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy, the most holy king. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah SWT, the Most Holy God, the Almighty and the Almighty.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Most Gracious and Most Merciful. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped other than Allah, the Most Holy God, the Most Forgiving and Most Merciful.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the most noble and also the most wise. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who is all-powerful and also all-fulfilling.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the most subtle and also the most knowing. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Holy One who depends on everything else that is worshiped.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the most forgiving, the most loving. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Most Helpful and Most Protector.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who is all watching and all caring. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped other than Allah, so God is eternally holy and takes care of His creatures.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who gives life and also causes death. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who lives eternally and continuously takes care of His creatures.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who created and created. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the most high and also the greatest. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the one and only God.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped other than Allah, the most holy God who gives security and is also the most caring. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who is all-seeing and all-witnessing.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the most forgiving and also the most glorious. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy and the first God. The first and also the last.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who is outwardly and also inwardly (real and hidden). There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who is the greatest and also the most high.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who fulfills all needs. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the holy of God who rules over the great Throne.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Most Gracious and Most Merciful. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Most High.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who has proof and also power. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who is all listening and also all seeing.

There is no god who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the one and only God who is all-conquering. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who is all-knowing and all-wise.

There is no god who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the most covering mistakes and the most forgiving. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped other than Allah, the most holy God, the most gracious and also the most reciprocating. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Almighty and the Greatest.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the all-knowing, all-examining. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah,
the most holy God who heals and is all-sufficient.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the greatest, the most eternal. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy is God who depends on everything and one. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who rules the earth and the sky.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God the creator of all creatures. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who created the night and the day.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy is the Lord who creates and provides sustenance.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped but Allah, the Most Holy, the Most Mighty, the Most Rich. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped but Allah, the Most Holy, the Most Forgiving, the Most Grateful. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped but Allah, the Most Holy, the Most High, the All-Knowing God.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who owns the kingdoms of the earth and the sky. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God who has majesty and greatness. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God who has influence and power.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy is God who has power and greatness. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God who knows the unseen.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the most praiseworthy, the most glorious. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Almighty, the Most Covering.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who is all-hearing, all-knowing. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah,
the Most Holy God, the Most Rich, the Most Great. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy, the Most Knowing, the Most Prosperous God.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who is the king and the most helper. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Most Rich, the Most Gracious. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah,
the most holy God who is close to His goodness. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who controls goodness.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the most patient, the most covering mistakes. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the holy God who created nur. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Most Rich, the Most Overcoming.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God, the most glorious, the most grateful. again very explaining.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy is God who is pure and purifying. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who has the right to explain.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who has the power and the most sturdy. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped but Allah,
the Most Holy, the Most Powerful, the Most Mighty God. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God who lives and does not die.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the
Most Holy God who knows all that is unseen. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who has forgiveness and is asked for help.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy Lord of the worlds.
There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Most Gracious, the Most Covering.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy, the Most Mighty, the Most Merciful. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God is the almighty, giving power. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who has forgiveness and is forbearing.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the holy God who has all kingdoms. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God who creates and gives shape. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Almighty, the Almighty.
There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Almighty, the Most Great. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped but Allah, the Most Holy is Allah from what they (the polytheists) describe.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the most holy God in His essence and attributes. There is no God who has the right to
be worshiped except Allah, the holy God of the angels and the spirits.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the holy king who is the goal.
There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, the Most Holy God, the Most Gracious, the Most Merciful. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, Allah’s chosen Adam.

There is no god who has the right to be worshiped but Allah, Noah, the one who was saved by Allah. There is no god who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, Abraham the beloved of Allah. , the one whom God spoke to.

There is no God who has the right to be worshiped but Allah, David, the caliph appointed by Allah. There is no God who has the right to be worshiped except Allah, Jesus is the spirit of Allah’s creation.
There is no god who has the right to be worshiped but Allah, Muhammad is the messenger of Allah. O Allah, have mercy on us thanks to the Torah of Moses, the Gospel of Isa, the Zabur of David, and the Al Quran of Muhammad SAW. Messenger of Allah with Your mercy O most merciful among the merciful. And, all praise be to Allah, the Lord of the worlds.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits , sinaumedia.com always provides quality and useful books for Sinaumed’s. Don’t hesitate to buy books at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Khansa

Also read:

Seat verses and translations – The Koran is the holy book of Muslims, in the Koran there are many verses which, if totaled, all the verses of the Koran are around 6,666 verses. Every verse in the Quran is very full of meanings that can be useful for everyday life. Therefore, for Muslims, the Koran is used as a guide as well as instructions to guide this life, so that Muslims can stay on the straight path.

Of the many verses in the Al-Quran, there is one verse that is well known to all Muslims, namely Ayat Kursi. Ayat Kursi can be said to be one of the most frequently read verses of the Koran by Muslims in the world. In fact, maybe you are one of those people who often reads Ayat Kursi.

Since we were small or when we were children, we often read Ayat Kursi while reciting the Koran. As we get older, Ayat Kursi begin to be read by adults, especially during the “Tahlilan” event. In addition, in several Islamic religious events, Ayat Kursi is also often recited. Therefore, from the time we are small to adulthood, we must have heard Ayat Kursi several times.

Even though many people have read Ayat Kursi, be it during “Tahlilan” or religious events, not everyone knows the benefits behind the Ayat Kursi itself. The benefits of this Ayat Kursi can make the life we ​​live closer to Allah SWT.

On this occasion, we will discuss further about Ayat Kursi and its translation accompanied by Latin. Not only that, this article will also discuss the benefits of Ayat Kursi that we can all know. Come on, let’s look at this review further.

Definition of Seat Verse

Ayat Kursi is included in the letter of Al Baqarah verse 255 which is the second letter in the Al Quran. Ayat Kursi is a very extraordinary verse because it has a very meaningful meaning for Muslims and Muslim women. In addition, Ayat Kursi is an important verse for Muslims when hoping to seek protection from Allah SWT.

If a Muslim recites Ayat Kursi with sincerity and faith and is accompanied by the right intention, then a servant can get intercession or use or goodness in this world and in the hereafter. Apart from that, reading Ayat Kursi can make it easier for a servant to realize a wish or find a way out of a problem. In addition, reciting Ayat Kursi regularly and with full sincerity can open the doors of heaven.

Ayat Kursi is a verse that is glorified in the Al Quran, this verse is in Surah Al Baqarah verse 255. Through this verse, a servant will realize the greatness and majesty of Allah SWT. The meaning of Ayat Kursi itself is very broad, through the book Tafsir and Meaning of Ayat Kursi (Verse of The Throne) Indonesian & Arabic Bilingual Editions , readers will find out the hidden meanings contained in Ayat Kursi. So, get this book right away, the method is easy, all you have to do is click the “Buy Now” button, you can get this book of interpretations and meaning of Ayat Kursi.

In living in this world, we cannot be separated from the unseen world and the grave. There have been many stories in the past that provide lessons about glory and self-purification. There is a lot of advice that we can take from the past, so that we can avoid committing sins and be safe in this world and the hereafter. The book Satan Memorizes Ayat Kursi contains various stories from the past that can be used to build a present life.

The Interpretation of the Kursi in Ayat Kursi

Based on the book The Privileges of Ayat Kursi 1000 Blessings – 43 Miracles -33 Khasiat by Al-Ustadz H. Saifuddin Aman, scholars give their interpretation of “Kursi” which consists of 4, including:

1. Seats are a Big Room

In this case, the chair does not mean the actual meaning, but in the form of a large room. The chair is a large room that can be interpreted as a room in which its size exceeds the earth and sky and its contents. Therefore, when reading Ayat Kursi regularly, a servant can get the best place in the sight of Allah SWT.

2. Seat is Government or Power

The interpretation of the meaning of the seat in the second Ayat Kursi is government or power. It can also be interpreted as the kingdom of God. In this case, this power and government can be interpreted as a life that will go well if there is a strong government, so that all elements of this life can function as they should.

3. Chairs are a science

The third interpretation of the chair is a science. This is because knowledge is one of the attributes of Allah SWT. With knowledge, Allah SWT controls all living things that He created. Therefore, in Ayat Kursi there is the meaning “His Chair (His knowledge and power) covers the heavens and the earth”.

4. The chair is the majesty of Allah SWT

The interpretation of the fourth chair is the majesty of Allah SWT. In addition, in this interpretation, the chair can also be interpreted as the greatness of Allah SWT.

Of all the interpretations mentioned above, Ayat Kursi can be interpreted as a policy from Allah SWT and only Allah has power in this world. In addition, Ayat Kursi is a verse that can give instructions to his servant about Allah SWT.

Arabic and Latin Readings of Seat Verses and Their Translations

Here is Ayat Kursi and translation.

Allāhu lā ilāha illā huw, al-ḥayyul-qayyụm, lā ta`khużuhụ sinatuw wa lā na`ụm, lahụ mā fis-samāwāti wa mā fil-arḍ, man żallażī yasyfa’u ‘ indahū illā bi`iżnih, ya’lamu mā baina aidīhim wa mā khalfahum, wa lā yuḥīṭụna bisyai`im min ‘ilmihī illā bimā syā`, wasi’a chairyyuhus-samāwāti wal-arḍ, wa lā ya`ụduhụ ḥifẓuhumā, wa huwal-‘aliyyul-‘aẓīm.

It means:

Allah, there is no god but He, the Ever-living One who is constantly taking care of (His creatures). He is not beset by drowsiness and not (nor) by sleep. To Him belong what is in the heavens and what is on the earth. No one can intercede with Him without His permission. He knows what is before them and what is behind them. They do not know anything from His knowledge, except what He wills. His chair (knowledge and power) covers the heavens and the earth. He didn’t find it hard to keep them both. He is the Most High, the Most Great.

There have been many hadiths that contain how great this Ayat Kursi is. In fact, Ayat Kursi is often used as a way to ward off disturbances from jinns and demons. By reading Ayat Kursi, someone has glorified Allah SWT. Apart from that, there are many secrets in Ayat Kursi. You can get all the secrets of Ayat Kursi in the book Secrets of Ayat Kursi by Mahmud Syalabi. This book is packaged in easy-to-understand language, so that readers can understand the virtues of Ayat Kursi.

Benefits of Reading Ayat Kursi

Based on the Verse of Chairs and the translation it can be said that the verses of Chairs are the great ones in the Al Quran, so when you read them you will get a lot of benefits, including:

1. Protected by Allah SWT

Ayat Kursi is a great verse, so when a servant reads it, Allah SWT will protect him from the temptations of Satan or from the bad things that exist in this world. In addition, by reading Ayat Kursi, your family and property will be protected by Allah SWT.

2. The degree is exalted

By reading Ayat Kursi, the degree of a servant will be exalted, be it in this world or in the hereafter. The recommended number of Ayat Kursi that are recommended to be read is 18 times in order to gain an honor, either for oneself or those around them.

3. Opening the Door of Fortune and Wisdom

The door of sustenance and wisdom can be opened when a servant reads Ayat Kursi, so that the life he lives will be more beneficial. It is recommended to read Ayat Kursi 18 times.

4. Keep away from various disasters

Everyone must always hope to be kept away from various disasters, so that they can get peace of mind and heart. Reading Ayat Kursi can make a person get protection from Allah from disaster.

Muslims in this world certainly never escape the so-called sin. The sins that have been committed in this world can be erased by reading the verses of the Al-Quran. The Book of 40 Verses of the Qur’an for the Sins of Sin can make it easier for readers to choose verses of the Qur’an to erase sins. Therefore, this book can be used as a guide for someone to ask forgiveness and repent. By repenting to Allah SWT, the life we ​​live will be more peaceful and more serene.

5. All Affairs are Given Ease

Requesting that various kinds of affairs be given ease, is a hope and a request for everyone. When someone reads Ayat Kursi, Allah SWT will provide help while at the same time widening his heart and mind, so that the life he lives becomes more peaceful and serene.

6. Get protection when traveling

When traveling, someone will always pray to get protection and always be smooth sailing on the journey from Allah SWT. One way to achieve this is to read Ayat Kursi, so that the journey you make can arrive safely at your destination.

7. Get the Martyrdom Reward

A servant who reads Ayat Kursi after completing the obligatory prayer can get the reward of martyrdom. This is also stated in the Muslim hadith, as follows

It means:

“Whoever reads Ayat Kursi after every prayer, then the one who will take his life is Allah himself. And he is like a person who fought with the prophets until he was martyred.” (HR. Hakim)

8. Can Eliminate Poverty in the House

Reading Ayat Kursi is beneficial in family life or life in the home, which can eliminate poverty in the house. In addition, by reading Ayat Kursi, you can get unexpected pleasure.

For Muslims, when they hear Surah Al-Fatihah, Ayat Kursi, and Asmaul Husna, they will definitely be familiar. These three things, have many benefits for the life we ​​live. What’s more, the meanings of Al-Fatihah, Ayat Kursi, and Asmaul Husna are very many, they can even have miracles for this life. The Secret Book of Al-Fatihah, Ayat Kursi, and Asmaul Husna explains every secret of Al-Fatihah, Ayat Kursi, and Asmaul Husna based on reliable sources.

The Right Time to Read Ayat Kursi 

According to Ayat Kursi and the translation, this verse is a great verse in the Quran that can be read at any time. However, there are several times when it is recommended to read Ayat Kursi, namely:

1. Before going to bed

The first time that is recommended for a Muslim to read Ayat Kursi is before going to bed. Ayat Kursi that is read before going to bed can make our sleep more peaceful because we have prayed to ask for protection from Allah SWT from unwanted things. Even better, after reading the Ayat Kursi, it is still accompanied by reading a prayer before going to bed.

“When you go to bed (at night) then recite Ayat Kursi, Allah SWT will always protect you. Besides, the devil won’t come near you until morning.” (Narrated by Bukhari).

2. Every Morning and Evening

The recommended time to read the next Ayat Kursi is every morning and evening. When reading Ayat Kursi in the morning, it makes a person more confident in carrying out daily activities. In addition, the Ayat Kursi that is read in the morning makes a person get protection from Allah SWT until evening comes. Likewise someone who reads Ayat Kursi in the evening will be protected by Allah SWT until morning comes.

“Who reads it in the morning, then he will be protected (by Allah from various disturbances) until evening. Whoever reads it in the evening, he will be protected until morning.” (Narrated by Al Hakim 1: 562. Shaykh Al Albani validated the hadith in Sahih At-Targhib wa At-Tarhib no. 655).

Everyone really hopes to get success, be it in their career or in the business they are in. What’s more, the success obtained is in accordance with Faith and Islam, so that the success obtained is in accordance with Allah’s commands. Al-Fatihah’s Powerful Secret Book , Ayat Kursi & Alwaqiah For Career & Business Success can guide readers to be able to achieve success according to faith and to be able to keep walking on the straight path and the path that is blessed by Allah SWT.

3. After completing the 5 daily prayers

The next highly recommended time to read Ayat Kursi is after completing the 5 daily prayers. By reading Ayat Kursi after praying 5 times a day, then nothing will prevent him from entering the gates of heaven other than death. Therefore, as much as possible after completing the 5 daily prayers, you should not forget to read Ayat Kursi. This is referred to in the hadith as follows

It means:

“Who reads Ayat Kursi after every prayer, nothing will prevent him from entering heaven except death.” (HR. An-Nasai in Al Kubro 9: 44. This hadith was declared authentic by Ibn Hibban, as mentioned by Ibn Hajar in Bulughul Maram).

Closing

Ayat Kursi is called the great verse in the Qur’an because in that verse there are 7 names and attributes of Allah, such as wahdaniyah, the nature of knowledge, the nature of power, the nature of will, the divine, the nature of life, and the nature of kingdom. Therefore, we need to read Muslims are encouraged to read this verse, after finishing the 5 daily prayers so that they always get protection from Allah.

Ayat Kursi is a great verse full of meaning and has many benefits. When reading Ayat Kursi, one can get protection from Allah SWT from bad things such as being kept away from the devil’s disturbances. Therefore, before going to bed, it is recommended to read Ayat Kursi first, which is then followed by reading a prayer before going to bed.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Examples of appreciation – In this life, there are times when we give appreciation to something that is deserved. Appreciation can not only be given to yourself when you have reached a specified target.

However, appreciation can also be done as a form of appreciating and enjoying a work. In addition, when viewed from the definition, appreciation refers more to the act of one’s awareness of a work or cultural art.

Maybe all this time you have only heard or known appreciation as a form of giving appreciation to yourself and the work of others. This can indeed be a form of appreciation.

However, in fact there are still many things related to appreciation other than these actions. So that you also understand more about appreciation, here is the full review.

Definition of Appreciation in General

The first thing we will discuss together is an explanation related to the meaning of appreciation. Previously, we discussed briefly the definition of appreciation. However, this point will explain more broadly about the meaning of appreciation.

Appreciation itself is a process of seeing, hearing, experiencing, evaluating, animating and appreciating what humans will do in a work. This work can take many forms. For example, works of art, writing, films and various other kinds.

In addition, the process of understanding, assessing, seeing and appreciating in appreciation will be described in a statement. For people who appreciate works of art owned by other people, they will directly make a statement to the party concerned.

An example is to give the sentence “What a beautiful work you make,” to the person who makes a work of art. It cannot be denied that in this case a person’s appreciation will be used in the context of evaluating a work.

Although basically we appreciate it can also be used for other contexts. For example, appreciation of an attitude or action taken by another person. An example of such appreciation is when you give appreciation for the positive actions taken by others.

Etymologically, appreciation comes from the Latin word apleclato which means appreciation. In English, appreciation comes from the word appreciate which means to realize, understand, appreciate and give an assessment. Meanwhile, in terms of terminology, appreciation is an act of appraisal process carried out by one person to another.

From the explanation above, it can be concluded that appreciation is a form of giving appreciation and evaluating something to express a feeling of satisfaction. Meanwhile, for connoisseurs of works of art, the function of appreciation is to create a feeling of satisfaction, disappointment or not causing any feelings.

The function of appreciation is actually part of the method of giving value, enjoyment, empathy, entertainment, education and developing a human ability in various ways.

Definition of Appreciation According to Experts

As previously explained, appreciation is an act of evaluating, seeing, hearing, experiencing, evaluating, animating and comparing a work. The work in question can be in various forms. For example, such as works of art, written works, literary works, film works and so on.

In general, the meaning of appreciation is like the explanation above. However, according to some experts, the definition of appreciation has several different opinions. Well, below is the meaning of appreciation from the experts.

1. Aminuddin

Aminudin explained that appreciation is a recognition process that is carried out with the help of feelings and inner sensitivity and recognition of the elements of beauty expressed by someone.

2. Albert R. Candler

Albert R. Candler argues that appreciation is an activity that interprets and is fully aware of the ins and outs of literary works and becomes more sensitive about aesthetic and artistic phenomena. This will make someone more able to enjoy and evaluate a work properly.

3. Alfred North Whitehead

Alferd North Whitehend argues that appreciation is a process of appreciating something that is done by someone in an activity in order to get something and also participate in it by conducting an overall assessment.

4. Effendi

Effendi explained that appreciation is an activity that engages literary creation more seriously so that there is a better understanding, appreciation, critical sensitivity and sensitivity to feelings in a literary work.

5.John Dewey

John Dewey has an opinion if appreciation is a process of enjoying a pleasure or experience of something.

6. Jarret

Then Jarrett explained that appreciation is an act of attention that is carried out by someone towards something such as interest, pleasure and use of something that he is paying attention to.

7. Tirta Wiraya

Tirta Wiraya explained that appreciation is a person’s ability to determine and know the level and quality of a literary work.

8. GH Hardy

GH Hardy has an opinion that appreciation is an act of appreciation done by someone for something.

9. Hornby

Hornby argues that appreciation refers more to the meaning of recognition and more precise understanding, considerations, judgments and statements that can provide an assessment.

10. Syoyan Zakaria

According to Syoyan Zakaria, appreciation is an act of response carried out by someone who is mature and full of essence resulting from a high critical understanding process and is produced by a developing soul.

11. Prayogi

Prayogi explained that appreciation is any appreciation activity that can be carried out as a result of one’s use, absorption and evaluation of a particular work of literature or art. Appreciation can also be interpreted as a form of awe that comes out from within a connoisseur of art or literary works.

12. Eliyati

Appreciation explains that appreciation is any activity that is more serious about familiarizing literary works. Appreciation also requires a serious reviewer or connoisseur of literature to be able to recognize, appreciate and appreciate what is being assessed. This will be able to find a deeper soul.

Levels in Appreciation

In appreciation is also divided into several types depending on the level. At least, there are three levels that will be carried out by someone in giving appreciation to a work. Now for more details, here are three types of levels that exist in appreciation.

1. Appreciate the Level of Empathy

Appreciation at the level of empathy in the dictionary can be interpreted as an action that involves thoughts and feelings. This level of appreciation can be said to exist in the form of sensory capture or capture from the senses.

2. Appreciation of the Aesthetic Level

Appreciation at the aesthetic level can be interpreted as a process of evaluating beauty. At this level of appreciation there will be observation and appreciation. That way, art connoisseurs in giving an appreciation are not just observing a work of art, but more than that.

3. Appreciate the Level of Criticism

Appreciation of the level of criticism can be interpreted as a form of appreciation that can explain a classification, description, explanation, provide analysis and evaluation so that a conclusion can be drawn.

The Purpose of Appreciation

Appreciation can not only be in literary works or works of art. But appreciation also exists in work and everyday life. Appreciation is indeed very important because it can affect a person’s performance, whether the party concerned can work more optimally or not.

Appreciation in the world of work has the goal of making others feel more valued. This will make them more able to do their jobs better. The existence of appreciation also has a purpose to maintain the mental health of others. Where those whose performance is less appreciated will tend to be easily stressed and not optimal in the work process.

Appreciation Function

Appreciation does not only have a purpose, but actually appreciation also has a certain function. Below are some of the functions of appreciation that you can read in full.

1. Appreciation has a function as a way of providing assessment, education, empathy for an existing work.
2. Appreciation has appreciation as a means to be able to increase people’s love for the work of the nation’s children and is a form of concern for others.
3. Appreciation has a function as a way to improve and develop one’s abilities in various ways.
4. Appreciation serves to motivate someone to do something more optimally.
5. Appreciation has an important role in pleasing others for what they have done.
6. Appreciation can also help please yourself because it can provide support to others.
7. Appreciation serves to build trust in relationships and colleagues.
8. Appreciation also serves to strengthen relationships with others.
9. Appreciation can help show appreciation to others.
10. Appreciation can help increase effectiveness and efficiency in the work process.
11. Appreciation also serves to make us focus more on the things that are important and to be able to eliminate things that are really irrelevant.
12. Appreciation can help produce something more innovative.
13. Appreciation serves as a form of moral support.

Where the attitude of appreciation given is on the basis of awareness of the contribution of artists to the nation and state or to human values ​​in general. By giving appreciation to this art, we can develop a sense of empathy for people who have artistic or cultural professions.

Appreciation Activities

In giving appreciation there will be several activities carried out. So, these activities are as follows.

1. Perception

Perception itself is a form of process of introducing a work. An example is introducing several traditional music performances that have developed in Indonesia.

2. Knowledge

Knowledge is the basis for giving appreciation, be it history or terms that are often used in works.

3. Analysis

In the analysis stage, a person will begin to describe the form of work he is observing and will then interpret the art object to be appreciated.

4. Assessment

The last is the stage of evaluating the work that is appreciated, both subjectively and objectively.

Positive Impact of Giving Appreciation to Employees

Previously, it has been explained that appreciation cannot only be applied to the world of art. However, appreciation can also be given in various ways such as in the world of work. In fact, the form of appreciation also varies. In addition, appreciation in the world of work is often referred to as a reward.

There are several positive impacts in giving appreciation to employees. So, if you don’t really know what are the positive effects of giving appreciation to employees, then the explanation below can help.

1. More Productive Employee Performance

Giving appreciation to employees will make it easier for them to improve performance and improve productivity. That means the process of achieving company goals will also be realized more quickly.

In addition, when employees know they will get appreciation in the form of rewards when they can achieve something. Of course they will also be more active and continue to try to do hard work to get this appreciation. This will make the company’s performance even better.

2. Happier Employees

Employees who get appreciation will feel happy. Especially when the appreciation given by the company is commensurate with what they provide. In fact, they will continue to feel motivated to continue to perform as well as possible in order to advance the company and get appreciation for the performance they have been doing so far.

3. More Loyal to the Company

Employees who get appreciation will give positive feedback to the company. Where later they will give a positive assessment of the company to outsiders. That way, the company’s image will also improve.

Examples of Appreciation We Can Do

In this life, of course we have given an appreciation for every thing that is deserved. So, below are some examples of appreciation that we can do.

1. Watching theatrical art performances or anything that requires good observation in order to convey aesthetic appreciation.
2. Buy original works or products from original creators and do not use pirated products.
3. Providing criticism with the aim of building a work of art.
4. Finishing the food that has been ordered is also included in the form of appreciation for the person who has cooked and served the dish. This also applies when we visit other people’s homes.
5. Coming on time is also included as a form of appreciation for people who have taken the time to attend a meeting.
6. Participating in promoting works of art is also an example of appreciation.
7. Opening an art course with the aim of advancing the art world is also an example of appreciation.
8. Holding art exhibitions for the public is an act of love, respect and appreciation for the world of art. This activity can not only be done by the owner of the work of art. But art enthusiasts can also create an art exhibition.
9. Finding out the origins of art is a form of appreciation for art. Curiosity about the creator of works of art is a form of one’s love for the world of art.
10. Give praise for what someone has done. This is an example of appreciation and can help someone to develop even better.

Now. that’s a summary of appreciation that you can read in full above. This form of appreciation can be applied to a variety of things, not only about art, but also other things outside of art.

Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for you. If you want to find various kinds of books about appreciation, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Hendrik Nuryanto

Life Cycle of Animals – There are very many animals on planet earth or even hundreds, ranging from small animals to large animals. The number of animals that exist in this world is called biodiversity.

Every animal in this world will surely reproduce, so the development of animals will continue. Breeding in each animal greatly affects the survival of the animal. The reproduction of every animal’s life, starting from the embryo, the process of birth, the process of reaching adulthood, breeding, and experiencing death.

Breeding in animals occurs due to a sexual process between male and female animals. In this process there will be what is called the fertilization process. Fertilization is the fusion of the sperm cell nucleus and the egg cell nucleus. Fertilization in animals can be done in two ways, namely internal and external fertilization.

In addition to breeding, animals also experience a life cycle. The animal life cycle is the stage of animal growth from birth to adulthood. Here’s a full explanation. Like living things in general, animals also have their own animal life cycle. The life cycle of animals is part of their developmental stages from hatching or birth, until they grow up.

In the book Natural Sciences written by Inggit Awanda DM and friends, it is stated that each animal has a different life cycle. In addition, the existence of a life cycle is also a natural way that occurs in animals so that they do not experience extinction.

Definition of Animal Life Cycle

As previously mentioned, the life cycle of animals is the stage of growth and development of animals starting from hatching or being born, to the stage of becoming an adult animal. The process of animal development varies, for example in chickens and cats. Where these two animals have changes in shape that resemble their parents or do not experience changes in body shape during their growth stages.

Meanwhile, animals that change shape in the breeding process are called metamorphosis. For the life cycle of animals, metamorphosis itself is divided into two, namely complete metamorphosis and imperfect metamorphosis.

Types of Animal Life Cycles

As already explained, each animal has a different development process based on changes in body shape. The following are the types of animal life cycles in more detail. Among them:

1. Animal Life Cycle Without Metamorphosis

The process of development without metamorphosis or intended by the life cycle of animals without any change in form. There are also examples of animals that are around with a developmental process without metamorphosis, namely chickens and cats.

Quoting from the book Natural Sciences by Inggit, it is explained that adult hens will produce eggs, which then hatch and incubate for approximately 21 days. When they hatch, the chicks will be downy. Towards adulthood, the fine hair on the chicken begins to change like its mother. The cycle will resume, where adult hens can lay eggs again.

Just like chickens, cats become animals that reproduce without metamorphosis. When a female cat gives birth to several kittens, then the cat will turn into an adult cat and have a shape that is so similar to its mother. If it has started to grow up, the female cat will start to breed again and give birth to other cats.

2. Animal Life Cycle with Metamorphosis

If earlier the process of animal development was without metamorphosis, the next is development with metamorphosis. This means that during his life there are stages of development biologically and involving changes in appearance or structure after being born or hatching.

Metamorphosis is a process of biological development in animals that involves changes in physical appearance and/or structure after birth or hatching. These physical changes occur as a result of radically different cell growth and cell differentiation.

The physical changes that occur in these animals occur as a result of cell growth and cell differentiation, meaning processes that allow less specialized cells to become more specialized. So that there can be a change in form that is so significant that it becomes an adult animal.

Animal Life Cycle Metamorphosis

Continuing the previous discussion, that the life cycle of animals with metamorphosis is also divided into two types. Among them are complete metamorphosis and imperfect metamorphosis.

1. Complete Metamorphosis

Complete metamorphosis is the process of changing the body shape of an animal from small to adult. Animals that undergo complete metamorphosis will generally go through 4 stages of development, including egg – larva – pupa (chrysalis) – adult (imago).

An example of an animal whose life cycle with perfect metamorphosis is a butterfly. Where the butterflies will breed starting from the eggs attached to the leaves, then turning into caterpillars. For about 15 days, the caterpillar will then turn into a pupa or cocoon. When the cocoon period lasts for days is perfect and there is enough time, the adult butterfly comes out of the cocoon ready to fly with its beautiful wings.

Below we will explain the stages that occur in perfect metamorphosis so that it is clearer.

a. Egg Phase

The egg phase is the first phase of reproduction in animals. In this phase the eggs produced by the female come from the results of fertilization that occurs in male animals. The egg cell that meets the sperm cell will result in division. In this cleavage process the time needed varies depending on the type of animal.

From the results of this cleavage will produce quite a lot of eggs. The eggs are then laid by the female in their habitat. For example, butterflies, these animals will lay their eggs on the surface of the leaves. Meanwhile, mosquitoes will lay their eggs on the surface of calm water.

The mother animals lay their eggs according to their habitat because after experiencing a change in shape they can immediately find food. Young animals that are easy to find food experience very fast growth.

b. Larvae Phase

After passing through the egg phase, the next stage that occurs in perfect metamorphosis is the larval phase. This larval phase is the phase in which young animals have started to actively look for food. The food that is obtained is very easy because the mother has prepared if the puppies develop, they don’t have to bother looking for food

In other words, the mother of each animal is very good because they don’t want their children to have trouble finding food. In this larval stage, some animals have an exoskeleton. The outer skeleton of animals can be interpreted as insects or other animals that experience skin changes or ecdysis.

Skin changes that occur in the larvae will cause the larvae to change their shape to become larger. This skin change can occur several times depending on the type of animal. In addition, this skin change will stop when the larvae have started to stop eating and prepare to go to the next phase.

c. Pupae Phase

The pupal phase can be said to be a transitional phase due to the change in form from the larva to the larger animal form. The greater change in shape gives the animal an exoskeleton that can protect the body and that exoskeleton is called a cocoon. Even though it is protected by the cocoon, the pupa’s body will still carry out metabolic formation and form animals towards adult animals.

At the beginning of being a pupa, animals have stored food reserves when they become larvae. Even though in the larval phase food reserves have been stored, in order to survive the pupa requires food intake. Therefore, in the pupal phase, almost every animal that has complete metamorphosis will start to be active again to look for food.

In the pupal phase, the time needed varies greatly depending on the type of animal and the length of time in this process. In the pupa process, the animal will prepare itself to go to the adult phase or the imago phase.

d. Imago Phase

At the specified time, the pupa will come out of the shell. The pupa that comes out of the shell will have a new animal form and indicates that the animal that has undergone complete metamorphosis has grown into an adult. In this phase, animals have to get used to other predators.

In the imago phase, animals already have a perfect shape, so when looking for food and looking for habitat it is no longer the same as the larval phase. In addition, in this phase, animals will carry out the reproductive phase or mate between male and female animals. Thus, the imago phase can be said to be the phase of an animal that becomes an adult and needs to mate so that the offspring will continue to exist or the complete metamorphosis cycle will be repeated.

2. Imperfect Metamorphosis

In contrast to complete metamorphosis, imperfect metamorphosis is an incomplete developmental process. Generally, animals with this metamorphosis will not experience different shape changes from hatching to becoming adults. However, there are parts of the body that have not yet been formed and will be visible as adults, such as wings.

Unlike the stages of the life cycle of complete metamorphosis, the stages of imperfect metamorphosis do not go through the larval and pupal stages. They only go through 3 stages namely egg – nymph – adult (imago). The examples of animals that are usually found are insects, for example grasshoppers. They will go through the 3 stages above starting from hatching eggs, then hatching into nymphs or white baby grasshoppers. Furthermore, the baby grasshopper will change its skin to become an adult winged grasshopper.

Examples of Animals with Complete Metamorphosis

To make it easier to understand complete metamorphosis, below we will explain examples of animals that experience complete metamorphosis.

1. Butterfly Animal Life Cycle

Who is not familiar with the butterfly animal. We often encounter these animals in flowers that have nectar. Butterflies often land on flowers because flower nectar is the main food for butterflies. Butterflies are animals that belong to perfect metamorphosis because the change in form from a young animal to an adult is very different. For more details, let’s look at the image below.

Metamorphosis in butterflies begins with eggs that come from mating male butterflies with female butterflies. Then, the eggs turn into caterpillars that we usually find on leaves. Then, the caterpillar turns into a cocoon or pupa with a shell to protect the body. After a while, the cocoons will turn into young butterflies and a few days later they will turn into adult butterflies.

2. Mosquito Animal Life Cycle

The next example of an animal that undergoes complete metamorphosis is a mosquito. We often encounter these animals at night and sometimes mosquitoes disturb a person’s sleep, either because of their sound or because of their bites. Even though mosquitoes really like to fly, the mother mosquitoes will deposit their eggs on the surface of still water. Therefore, we must be diligent in cleaning the bathtub so that there are no mosquito eggs.

Eggs are the initial phase of complete metamorphosis in mosquitoes. After the egg hatches it will turn into a larva. This larva will adapt to find food so that it can continue its life into the pupal phase. After the larval phase is complete, the next is the pupal phase. The last phase of metamorphosis in mosquitoes is the mosquito becomes an adult.

3. Frog Animal Life Cycle

The rainy season is a season that frogs really like. This is because in this season a lot of water comes down to the surface, so the frogs will be free to jump around. Frogs are included in the category of animals that undergo complete metamorphosis. This can be seen in the shape of the tadpole which is very different from the shape of the frog when it is an adult. That difference causes frogs to become animals with complete metamorphosis.

The egg is the initial phase of the frog’s complete metamorphosis. Then proceed with the eggs that turn into tadpoles without legs. After experiencing development, the tadpole has two legs. The number of tadpole legs increases accompanied by the tadpole’s body which also undergoes changes, so that it becomes a young frog. Young frogs develop into adult frogs which then reproduce and produce frog eggs.

Examples of Incomplete Metamorphosis Animals

After discussing examples of animals with perfect metamorphosis, what will be discussed next is examples of animals with imperfect metamorphosis.

1. Grasshopper

Animals that experience imperfect metamorphosis are often found in rice fields or plantations, ranging from small grasshoppers to large grasshoppers. Sometimes these grasshoppers are used as food by some people because they are considered to have a tasty taste.

Grasshoppers are part of animals that undergo incomplete metamorphosis because the change from nymph to adult grasshopper does not experience a significant change in form. The difference that occurs in young grasshoppers with adult grasshoppers is only limited to body size.

Imperfect metamorphosis of grasshoppers begins with eggs that come from brooders or female grasshoppers. After the eggs hatch, they turn into nymphs or young grasshoppers. In every development of a young grasshopper towards an adult, there is no significant change in form except for the size of the grasshopper’s body.

2. Cockroaches

Cockroaches belong to a type of animal that likes to live in damp places, such as bathrooms. Even though this animal is small, it can fly. In fact, for some people, this animal is very scary, especially when flying, are you one of them?

Cockroaches become animals that metamorphose imperfectly because their body shape from youth to adulthood only changes in size. In other words, the form from young to adult cockroaches does not change. Imperfect metamorphosis of cockroaches starts from the egg. Then turn into nymphs or young cockroaches. After the young cockroach develops, it will become an adult cockroach that has the same body as the young cockroach.

Now that’s information regarding the life cycle of animals along with their types and examples. Hopefully this can be new information for you. Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other animals. The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about the most dangerous animals in the world so they can fully understand them. Happy reading.

Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

• Characteristics of Animals and Their Habitats to Get Closer to Nature
• Examples of Invertebrates: Definition, General Characteristics, Classification, and Their Names
• Oviparous Animals: Definition, Types, and Examples
• Ovoviviparous Animals: Definition, Characteristics, and Examples
• Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Carnivores (Meat Eaters)
• Definition of Reptiles: Characteristics and Examples

Animal Food Ingredients – Food ingredients are all types of materials that can be used as a food source to support human survival. Food is the main need for humans as a source of nutrition that will help growth and provide energy to carry out various daily activities. In general, human foodstuffs can be grouped into two, namely plant-based foodstuffs and animal-based foodstuffs.

Even though the consumption of foods derived from plant-based foodstuffs has become a basic or primary need for some people, the consumption of foods derived from animal-derived foodstuffs should not be abandoned either because they are very important to meet balanced nutritional needs. To fulfill balanced nutrition, it is recommended to consume staple foods, vegetables and fruits accompanied by consuming foods with protein derived from animal foods every day. Malnutrition can reduce body resistance, increase the risk of disease, abnormal growth, reduce the level of intelligence, and reduce the level of productivity. Therefore, it is important to consume animal-derived foods while still consuming plant-based foodstuffs. To find out more about animal products,

Definition and Benefits of Animal Food Ingredients

Animal food ingredients are food sources produced from animals that can be consumed by humans. Animal food is known as a source of protein and fat. The protein content in animal-derived foodstuffs is relatively high and can play a role in helping to improve health and intelligence. Protein in animal-based foods has a more complete and balanced content of essential amino acids when compared to protein in plant-based foodstuffs. The protein content in animal foods can be easier to digest and absorb by the body. This animal protein can be useful for repairing and building tissues in the human body. In addition to containing protein, animal foods also contain various other nutrients, such as vitamin B12, vitamin D, iron, and omega-3 fatty acids.

The following is a book on providing animal protein through catfish farming.

Types of Animal Food Ingredients

Animal food ingredients are generally processed before they can be consumed by humans. These foodstuffs can be processed in various ways to produce delicious and nutritious food. Here are 4 (four) types of animal food that can be consumed to meet daily needs.

1. Meat

   White meat is an animal food which is a source of low-calorie protein. White meat contains unsaturated fatty acids and omega 3 which are good for heart health and can prevent various diseases. In addition, this meat also contains various vitamins and minerals, such as vitamin B, vitamin B6, vitamin B12, vitamin C, vitamin D, vitamin E, niacin and magnesium.

   Red meat is an animal food which is a source of protein containing essential amino acids. Essential amino acids are the building blocks of body protein which cannot be formed in the body so they need to be obtained from the food consumed. In addition, meat also contains many other ingredients, namely fat and vitamins and minerals, such as vitamin B12, vitamin B6, zinc, selenium, iron, niacin and phosphorus. Eating red meat in sufficient portions has various health benefits. Some of the benefits of red meat include maintaining blood health, accelerating healing, increasing metabolism, increasing muscle mass, and increasing bone strength and density.

   The red meat commonly consumed by Indonesians is beef, buffalo and goat. Some of the characteristics of beef, namely having a bright and cherry red color, having an odor that is not distorted (no fishy, ​​pungent and sour smell), the surface of the meat is moist (not dry and not wet), clean and without blood, meat fibers relatively coarse, and can be stored in cold conditions. Buffalo meat has characteristics, namely generally tough meat because it was slaughtered at an old age, has rough muscle fibers, has white fat, has a taste similar to beef, and has a stronger smell than beef. Goat meat has several characteristics, namely the color is pink and bright, has an odor that does not deviate, the surface of the meat is moist, clean and has no blood,

2. Fish

   Here is a book about freshwater consumption fish farming.

4. Egg

   Some of the benefits that can be obtained from consuming eggs, namely forming body tissues and helping their functions, maintaining eye health, maintaining brain health, lowering bad cholesterol levels, helping to reduce the risk of heart disease, helping to maintain weight, and helping strengthen the immune system. Despite the many benefits that can be obtained, the consumption of eggs still needs to be considered for people with diabetes, people with heart disease, high blood pressure, and those who have problems with blood cholesterol. People with this disease can still consume eggs, but should have a limit of no more than three times a week. Someone who has allergies should also avoid consuming eggs. Symptoms experienced in someone who has an egg allergy, namely rashes on the skin, itching, and abdominal pain. Although mild, these symptoms should not be ignored as they can also have severe reactions in some people.

5. Milk

   Milk is a drink derived from animal food which is very good for consumption by all ages. Milk is also often processed into other foods or drinks, such as cheese or yogurt. Milk has a variety of important nutrients that can help maintain a healthy body. Milk that is generally produced by cows contains carbohydrates, fat, protein, iron, phosphorus, calcium, sodium, zinc, potassium, vitamin A, vitamin B1, vitamin B2, and vitamin C. Milk can help the process of growth and development in children and helps reduce the risk of various diseases, such as osteoporosis and cardiovascular disease, in adults.

   Some of the benefits that can be obtained from consuming milk, namely increasing bone strength, maintaining heart health, increasing muscle mass, reducing cancer risk, boosting the immune system, lowering blood sugar levels, maintaining blood pressure, increasing energy and body fitness, optimizing brain function , preventing dental problems, accelerating wound healing, maintaining eye health, and can make skin look fresher.

Advantages and Disadvantages of Animal Food Ingredients

Here are some of the advantages and disadvantages of animal-based foods.

Advantages of Animal Food Ingredients

• Animal food ingredients have a protein source that contains nine essential amino acids which are complete and important for the body. This essential amino acid cannot be produced by the human body so it must be obtained from food sources that are consumed.
• Animal food ingredients have protein that contains vitamin B12 and cannot be found in vegetable protein. Vitamin B12 plays an important role in the formation of red blood cells, helps expedite the body’s metabolic system, and keeps the nervous system healthy.
• Animal food ingredients contain vitamins D and DHA which can help brain development.
• Animal food ingredients contain iron (heme) and zinc (zinc) which are very useful for maintaining immunity.

Weaknesses of Animal Food Materials

• Animal foods contain high levels of fat and cholesterol, so they should not be consumed in excess because they can increase the risk of heart disease.
• Animal foods have a high enough sodium content that can trigger high blood pressure due to high sodium levels in the blood.
• Animal food ingredients have prices that tend to be higher than plant food ingredients, so it will be quite difficult to obtain by people who have limited economic capacity.
• Foodstuffs of animal origin have low durability or shelf life so they will be easily damaged because they have a high water content and the potential for microbial growth. Therefore, a special place or method of storage is needed that will make this food last longer.

Animal Communicator – Many animal owners may want to know what their pets are thinking. Through an animal communicator, or also known as a pet psychic, this thing that sounds impossible turns out to be possible. As the name suggests, animal communicators are people who are able to talk or communicate with animals.

This profession itself has become a topic of conversation on social media, after being popularized by several content creators and YouTubers . The use of animal communicator services varies for each person. There are those who want to know about the problems experienced by their pets, there are also those who want to have a better and closer relationship with these animals.

Animal communicator services are generally used to deal with sick animals, behavioral problems, or various certain behaviors carried out by pets. For example, a dog that pees carelessly, doesn’t want to eat, or keeps barking in the middle of the night. These behaviors can then be indicative of a problem the animal is experiencing. Actually, what profession is Animal Communicator. Let’s see the discussion!

What is an Animal Communicator?

Pet owners must often feel curious about what their pets really feel. However, this curiosity was never answered because of differences in communication between animals and humans. However, have you known the animal communicator profession? Animal communicator is a person who has the ability to communicate with animals. An Animal communicator can communicate through direct contact with animals or just using photos.

Usually, the animal communicator will also ask for some important data to help him connect with the pet. Not only communicating, in some cases, animal communicators are believed to be able to find lost animals or communicate with pets that have died.

In Indonesia alone, there are already several animal communicators, namely Anggie, Jasmine Jawie, Yuniarti Sumarjo, and many more. The communication results of the animal communicators have also been uploaded on their Instagram social media.

Animal communicator services are generally used to deal with sick animals, behavioral problems, or various certain behaviors carried out by pets. Usually, animal communication can be done using many ways, such as through visual indications, sounds, chemical compounds, and various touches or movements.

By studying and analyzing the language of these animals is one way animal communicators can communicate with animals. There is also an animal communicator that uses the telepathic method by making a strong connection with the animal you want to contact. Some animal communicators even learn this method with professionals.

In addition, there are also those who are born with the talent to talk to animals. Information received in this way is generally expressed in sight or energy sensed by the animal communicator.

The Origin of the Animal Communicator

Do you have pets? You may often wonder what he is thinking and feeling at any given time. This is very reasonable because of the differences in the way of communication between animals and humans. Animal communicator or also known as ancom then has the ability to communicate with animals.

From the desire of pet owners who want to know the purpose of this pet’s behavior, the animal communicator appears.

Procedures that are carried out alone generally begin with a consultation session by asking some important data to be able to help him connect with the pet. Not only famous abroad, this one profession is also quite well known in Indonesia, you know . So, have you used the services of an animal communicator?

Communication Is Made Via Telepathy

Actually, each practitioner has a different way of communicating with animals. The communication method used depends on the animal being contacted, as well as the ability of the practitioner. Please note that animals can communicate using many ways. Can be through visual indications, sound, chemical compounds, touch and movement.

Therefore, an animal communicator will then study and analyze language or the way animals communicate. Not only learning animal language, there are also many animal communicators who use telepathic methods.

This method is then used by making a strong connection with the animal you want to contact. Some of these practitioners learn this method with professionals. However, there are also those who are born with such a “talent” to communicate with animals. Information received in this way is generally in the form of vision or energy sensed by the animal communicator. The animal communicator service itself can be used to deal with animals that are sick or have behavioral problems.

Signs of a Fake Animal Communicator

The animal communicator profession is a valid and recognized profession. Even so, you still have to be careful and watch out for some irresponsible persons. Some of these individuals often abuse the use of this profession to deceive people who really need it.

Compared to using various methods, these irresponsible persons generally only use the cold reading method to be able to identify their customers. Not infrequently they only rely on knowledge of human psychology and animal behavior. Then, what are the signs of a fake animal communicator? Here are some signs of a fake animal communicator, including:

1. Saying Certain Things

The observations they make are actually just saying what many people can definitely see, such as when they see a dog biting its nails. From this information, he will say that the dog is uncomfortable with his nails

2. Using Ambiguous Language

In order to trick people, they are also very likely to say things that have multiple meanings or are not specifically stated, so that it will confuse the other person.

3. Saying the Most Likely True Thing

For example, most indoor cats like to sit by the window and look outside. From this information, the unscrupulous would most likely say that domestic cats are very curious. Even though this information is most likely true which is actually commonly known by many people.

4. Asking Many Questions

They will most likely take the opportunity to ask questions in order to extract as much information as possible and they will use this to trick the customer.

How to Communicate with Pets can be Learned

How to communicate with cats can actually be learned. The ability to communicate with animals, including cats, is not something that is gifted or inherited. You can learn it or learn from Jasmine Jawie who is an animal communicator. He then opened an online Intuitive Animal Communication workshop for beginners.

This class has been open since early 2021. Here participants will be explained about what intuitive animal communication is , recalling their intuition and then practicing with other participants’ animals. Intuition is not occult, because every creature, including all humans, has intuition, just as humans have muscles. It’s just that with age and roles and responsibilities in life, humans then become more logical.

Like a muscle, intuition that is not trained can be said to be weakened even though it remains in humans. Conversely, when this intuition is trained, it will then become stronger and stronger. Trained intuition can become stronger, so that it can connect with animals and communicate with them. You don’t need to be face to face with animals, because later you will be connected to their energy without being limited by distance and time and this can be called telepathy.

Anyone can learn how to communicate with cats or other animals. After all, this is not meant to make someone a professional. By attending workshops and practicing, you can better understand pets at home. Requirements for joining the class are also simple. You just have to be open to new things and willing to practice.

Pet owners who wish to use the services of an animal communicator will generally first contact them via electronic mail or via direct messages on Instagram. After expressing the problem and the animal communicator agrees to communicate with the pet, you will be given a form containing the animal owner’s name, animal name, animal photo.

According to the animal communicator, animals know when their owners are trying to communicate with them, even though not all animals agree to be invited to communicate, and this usually occurs in animals that are sick or suddenly disappear. Sick animals usually don’t have the energy to communicate and need a lot of time to rest. Meanwhile, in the case of missing animals, animals are usually reluctant to talk to them because they are sulky.

Humans have a special relationship with their pets and we believe that pets can understand what we say. The researchers themselves have proven that some types of dogs or even dolphins can understand spoken language.

In one study, a border collie dog breed named Rico himself can recognize the names of more than 200 objects and is able to retrieve these objects according to the commands given. In another, similar study on a border collie named Chaser, not only was he able to distinguish 1,022 objects, but he was also able to infer names from new objects that had never been seen before.

For example, if asked to take a stuffed monkey named Mr. Monkey that he had never seen before, he was able to determine which one was Mr. Monkey by eliminating other dolls whose names he knows. Interestingly, Chaser was able to repeat this similar process 1 month later, having only seen certain new objects once.

In fact, he also understands verbs and nouns which are then used in different contexts. For example, the Chaser may indicate being told to put his nose to a ball, then pick up or touch something.

Related Books

1. All About Dogs

In this modern era, pets have become an important part of every family. It’s no secret that the presence of pets, especially dogs, can reduce stress, improve social life, and make their owners proud. Various psychological and health studies have even confirmed that pets can be a therapeutic tool for someone who suffers from various kinds of certain diseases. In this book you will find a variety of interesting issues about dogs, from how to choose a favorite dog, some profiles of popular dog breeds, pet dog vaccinations, internal and external parasites in dogs, prevention against dog bites, tips on traveling safely with your beloved dog, choosing a doctor. the right animal, first aid for dogs, tips on bathing a dog, to easy steps to train dogs. All the tips given in this book are explained in simple language, making it easy to understand and practice. Although limited to dogs, it can be applied to various types of pets. What is presented are technical matters that are important to know for anyone who loves animals.

2. Feed Right! Healthy Dog! Complete Guide to Healthy Dog Nutrition

Most diseases in dogs are caused by improper feeding. So you need to understand how to make your beloved dog smile by providing proper nutrition. Many things are taken into consideration in giving the right feed, such as age, size, type, and other things. Therefore, this book reviews how to care for dogs with the main focus on nutrition. The information presented will make hobbyists have a more basic understanding of what your beloved dog needs to stay healthy. Besides that, it is also accompanied by practical guidelines related to choosing packaged food and home-made food, providing nutrition, and how to recognize the symptoms of diseases that attack beloved dogs.

3. Dog Stories

Every dog ​​(and owner) has their own unique story…. James Herriot’s Dog Stories is a collection of true stories about dogs and their owners, who form part of the everyday life of James Herriot, a veterinarian in the beautiful Yorkshire countryside. The stories in this book will make you laugh and cry. There is a story about Gyp, a sheepdog who only barked once in his life; Pip. a terrier dog abandoned by its owner; Cedric, a Boxer dog who likes to pass gas everywhere; Shep, a Collie dog who loves to jump and bark at the ears of passers-by, and many other interesting stories.

4. National Geographic Dogpedia

Like Dogs? Do you consider dogs man’s best friend? Do you want to raise a dog but don’t know how? This book is for you! Do you know how many dog ​​breeds there are in the world? Which do you like the most? Pedia Dogs displays a variety of dog breeds, along with descriptions, photos and their advantages. It also contains interesting stories and information about dogs. Get to know the different dogs that can be our best friends!

5. Smart Book of Race Cat Health

Race cats are quite popular with various groups, even now many Cat Lovers communities have sprung up and Cat Shows are often held in various areas. Cats are not just fun playmates, but more than that, cats have now become pets with high prestige. His cute patterns and behavior make his fans always want to be pampered and spend time with him. Therefore, the health of cats needs to be maintained so that they are always healthy and active. This book is written based on the Author’s 33 years experience in Veterinary Practice. The author’s hope is to be able to complete additional knowledge about Purebred Cat Health in general and for everyone, as well as for all fans to big breeders (Cattery) and academics.

There’s nothing wrong with adding insight about pets, if you want to find books related to pets, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Anies Baswedan Biography – Who doesn’t know this father? H. Anies Rasyid Baswedan, Se, MPP, Ph. D. is the Governor of the Special Capital Region of Jakarta who has served since October 16 2017. Then how was Mr. Anies Baswedan’s childhood until he could serve as Governor of DKI Jakarta? Here’s an explanation.

Profile of Anies Baswedan Kecil

Anies Baswedan was born on May 7, 1969 in Kuningan, West Java. His father’s name is Rasyid Baswedan who works as a lecturer in the Faculty of Economics at the Islamic University of Indonesia. Anies is the grandson of H. Abdurrahman Baswedan, also known as AR Baswedan. Anies’ grandfather is a national hero and is known as a nationalist, journalist, Indonesian independence fighter, diplomat, preacher, and Indonesian writer.

His grandfather was also a member of the Indonesian Independence Preparatory and Business Investigation Agency (BPUPKI), as Deputy Minister of Information for the Republic of Indonesia in the Sjahrir Cabinet, Member of the Working Committee of the Central Indonesian National Committee (BP-KNIP), member of parliament, and was a member of the Constituent Assembly.

In addition, Anies is Kompol’s cousin. (Purn.) Novel Baswedan who has been an investigator for the Corruption Eradication Commission (KPK) since 2007. Novel Baswedan was also a member of the Indonesian National Police (Polri) from 1999 to 2014. Anies Baswedan’s mother’s name is Prof. Dr. Hj. Aliyah Rasyid Baswedan, M.Pd. who is a lecturer and emeritus professor at Yogyakarta State University.

Hj. Apart from being active in various social, religious and community activities in Yogyakarta, Aliyah Rasyid has also served as Chairperson of the DIY Islamic Women’s Representative Council for three terms, and has been actively involved in leading the distribution of scholarships for students and students from underprivileged families for more than 3 decades.

Anies is the eldest son and has two younger siblings, named Ridwan Baswedan and Abdillah Baswedan. Anies grew up in Yogyakarta. When he was 5 years old, Anies attended the Kindergarten of the Syuhada Mosque. Anies continued his elementary school in Laboratory, Yogyakarta City when he was 6 years old.

Little Anies is known as a sociable child and also has many friends. Anies continued his junior high school at SMP Negeri 5 Yogyakarta. Anies is also known to be active in the Intra-School Organization (OSIS) and holds the position of administrator in the field of Public Relations.

After graduating, Anies continued his studies at SMA Negeri 2 Yogyakarta. At SMA Anies was elected vice chairman of the OSIS and participated in leadership training with three hundred students from the OSIS Chair throughout Indonesia. It was from there that Anies was elected Chair of the Indonesian Student Council in 1985.

In 1987 Anies was selected to join the AFS student exchange program and lived for a year in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, United States of America. Because of this program, Anies had to complete high school for four years. When he returned to Yogyakarta, Anies had the opportunity to play a role in journalism. Anies joined the Yogyakarta branch of the Tanah Merdeka program on Republik Indonesia television and was given the role of interviewing national figures.

Profile of Young Anies Baswedan

In 1989 Anies entered college and was accepted at the Faculty of Economics, Gadjah Mada University, Yogyakarta. Anies remains active in organizations by joining the Islamic Student Association and becoming one of the Rescue Council of the Islamic Student Association Organization at Gadjah Mada University. Anies served as Chair of the Student Senate at the Faculty of Economics in 1992 and helped to re-establish the Student Senate after it was suspended by the Ministry of Education and Culture.

Anies formed the Student Executive Body or BEM as an executive body and promoted the senate as a legislative body which was approved by the congress in 1993. Anies’ leadership period saw the start of a research-based movement, a response to the exposure of the Clove Support and Marketing Agency case involving President Soeharto’s son, Hutomo Mandala Son. Anies also took part in initiating demonstrations against the implementation of the Social Fund System with prizes in November 1993 in the city of Yogyakarta.

Anies Baswedan received a scholarship from the Japan Airlines Foundation to take part in a summer study program at Sophia University, Tokyo in the field of Asian studies in 1993. The scholarship was obtained after Anies won an environmental-themed writing competition. Until finally Anies graduated from Gadjah Mada University in 1995. After graduating from college, Anies worked at the Inter-University Center for Economic Studies, Gadjah Mada University.

On May 11, 1996 Anies married Hj. Fery Farhati Ganis, S. Psi, M. Sc. His wife is an academic who has served as Chair of DKI Jakarta Family Welfare Empowerment since October 16 2017. Anies and Fery Farhati are blessed with four children, namely Mutiara Annisa Baswedan, Mikail Azizi Baswedan, Emperor Hakam Baswedan, and Ismail Hakim Baswedan.

In 1997, Anies received a Fulbright scholarship from the American Indonesian Exchange Foundation to continue his master’s degree in International Security and Economic Policy at the School of Public Affairs, University of Maryland. Anies was also awarded the William P. Cole III Fellow at the University and graduated in December 1998.

In 1999, shortly after graduating from Maryland, Anies received another scholarship to continue his studies in Political Science at Northern Illinois University. Anies worked as a research assistant in the Office of Research, Evaluation, and Policy Studies on campus and won the Gerald S. Maryanov Fellow scholarship, an award that is only given to NIU students who excel in the field of Political Science in 2004. His dissertation was entitled “Regional Autonomy and Patterns of Democracy in Indonesia”, investigated the effects of decentralization policies on the responsiveness and transparency of local governments and public participation, using survey data from 177 districts or cities in Indonesia. Anies got his title in 2005.

Anies Baswedan’s career

Anies Baswedan has had a brilliant career since his young age. Following are Anies Baswedan’s careers:

1. Researcher at the Inter-University Center for Economics, Gadjah Mada University

When he finished his undergraduate program, Anies had a career as a researcher and project coordinator at the UGM Inter-university Center for Economic Studies.

2. Research Manager IPC, Inc. Chicago

After completing his doctoral studies in 2004, Anies worked as a riser manager at IPC, Inc. Chicago which is an association of world electronics companies. Anies took the job because he did not have the money to return to Indonesia.

3. Partnership for Governance Reform

Anies joined the Partnership for Governance Reform, a non-profit organization that focuses on bureaucratic reform in various regions in Indonesia by emphasizing cooperation between the government and the civil sector.

4. Research Director of the Indonesian Institute Center

Anies became the research director of The Indonesian Institute which is a public policy research institute founded in October 2004 by dynamic young activists and intellectuals.

5. Chancellor of Paramadina University

Anies was appointed Chancellor of Paramadina University on May 15, 2007. Anies was still 38 years old at that time, and Anies was the youngest rector in Indonesia. Legitimately becoming rector, Anies made a strategy, namely awarding the Paramadina Fellowship or the Paramadina scholarship. The scholarship covers tuition fees, books as well as living expenses.

Paramadina Fellowship is the embodiment of idealism with business language. To make this happen, Anies took the concept of naming graduated students as is commonly used in many universities in North America and Europe. Anies has also made waves with anti-corruption teaching since he was in college. Anies considers that corruption is one of the nation’s problems. Anti-corruption is taught in this course from theoretical frameworks to investigative reports on corruption practices.

6. Chairman of the Indonesian Teaching Movement Foundation

Anies is known as the originator of Indonesia Teaches. This movement is the younger generation who are recruited as young teachers in elementary schools and the community for one year. This idea emerged when Anies was still a UGM student. In 1950, Mr. Koes initiated a program called Student Workforce Recruitment (PTM), this program was to fill the shortage of high school teachers in the regions, especially outside Java. This PTM actually established a new and first high school in a regency city.

After leaving UGM, Anies received a scholarship to continue his studies in the United States. By studying and working abroad, Anies realizes that Indonesian children need world-class competencies to compete in a global environment. Indonesian children must also have sufficient understanding. All the processes that he did slowly formed a big idea, namely the Indonesian Teaching Movement.

7. Participants in the Democratic Party Candidate Convention

On August 27, 2013, Anies was summoned to enter the world of politics by administering the country and attending the Democratic convention. The invitation contained an endeavor to participate in paying off the promise of Independence. Anies Baswedan received with eleven other people.

His enthusiasm to pay off the kanji for independence is what Anies’ mission is for the country. For Anies what was stated in the Preamble of the 1945 Constitution was not just an ideal but a promise that had to be kept. Anies believes that this promise must be fulfilled by all Indonesian citizens, including himself.

His stance was stated officially in the declaration of the Democratic Party Convention on September 15, 2013. The idea he conveyed was inviting everyone to get involved in running the country and get involved. His idea was proven by creating the Hand Down Movement which within one year managed to gather more than 300,000 volunteers without pay.

8. Convention Debate

Following are some of the Democratic Party Convention State debates that were attended by Anies Baswedan:

• Convention Debate in Medan

Anies’ first debate revealed several initiatives, such as his idea to relocate BUMN offices to the regions. For Anies first, economic materials in Indonesia must be evenly distributed. Anies also wrote a clean political history with the support of unpaid volunteers and not soiling the banners.

• Convention Debate in Palembang

The second convention debate was held at the Palembang Sport Convention Center. Anies emphasized development and economic equality down to the village. In addition, Anies also emphasized that economic equality can be achieved if infrastructure development in villages such as electricity, roads and irrigation can be well developed.

• Convention Debate in Bandung

The third debate was held at the Harris Hotel, Bandung. Anies revealed the concept of leadership that would be carried out, such as playing angklung, the meaning of this concept is that everyone involved intervenes, while the leader moves and creates harmony.

9. The initiator intervened

Anies Baswedan founded the Turun Tangan Movement in August 2013. This movement is to invite everyone to be involved in paying off the promise of independence and to invite everyone to be involved in taking care of this country by encouraging governance. This movement succeeded in gathering more than 35,000 volunteers.

The Turun Tangan movement is engaged in political activities, which encourages young people throughout Indonesia to actively participate in political movements. This movement is supported by the first online platform based on a volunteer movement.

This platform functions to help volunteers find, collect and mobilize volunteers in locations throughout Indonesia based on their respective expertise. This system is supported by e-mail and SMS to invite volunteers from various regions.

This movement is also a driving force for campaigns to be carried out in a healthy manner without any black campaigns. For example, it was carried out by Turun Tangan in the Bandung area who invited the presidential and vice presidential candidates to carry out a healthy campaign in the 2014 presidential election.

9. Spokesperson for the Jokowi-Jusuf Kalla presidential election pair

1o. Deputy Jokowi-JK Transition Office

11. Minister of Education and Culture of the Republic of Indonesia

Anies Baswedan was given a mandate by President Jokowi to become the Minister of Education and Culture of the Republic of Indonesia in his cabinet on October 27, 2014. Anies considers that education is the key to improving human quality. Therefore Anies feels that the improvement in the quality of education will occur by improving the quality of teachers.

During his time as Minister of Education and Culture, Anies made several breakthroughs, such as:

• Delaying the implementation of the 2013 Curriculum, but returning to the 2006 Curriculum and implementing the 2013 Curriculum in a limited number of schools
• Change the National Examination not only as a measure of graduation, but as a mapping of regional education quality distribution
• Teacher Competency Test Program and Teacher Certification to improve the competence of a teacher
• Establish a Directorate of Parenthood to strengthen the role of parents in educating children
• Removing the school orientation period became an Introduction to the School Environment from the school
• Appoint the Director General of Culture from non-PNS openly
• Appointed the former KPK Prosecutor and the Head of the KPK Legal Bureau as Expert Staff for Education and Culture Regulation.

Profile of Anies Baswedan when he served as Governor of DKI Jakarta

In the gubernatorial election, Anies took Sandiaga Uno, a businessman and politician from the Gerindra Party, as his deputy. Anies and Sandiaga got serial number three during the draw. “ Jakarta Maju Bersama ” is the jargon of both campaigns. In the final round of the local elections, Anies and Sandi won with 57.96% of the vote. Anies Sandiaga was sworn in on October 16, 2017 at the Merdeka Palace, Jakarta.

After officially becoming the Governor of DKI Jakarta, Anies made several policies including:

1. Zero DP

This program is a program for the people of Jakarta to own a house with a light down payment or even no down payment at all. This program received a lot of criticism and was inconsistent. Anies wants ” Zero Percent DP “, but this is considered a violation of Bank Indonesia regulations.

Anies was also considered inconsistent whether the house he offered was a landed house or an apartment. Sandi emphasized that this program is similar to the apartment program in Singapore. The program is in the form of the government building houses, not as a financing facilitator.

2. Reclamation Project

Anies canceled the permits for the reclamation of thirteen islands in the North Bay on September 26 2018. There are four islands that have already been built and construction will continue in 2018.

3. Jakarta International Stadium

This construction had actually been planned since Jokowi served as Governor, but the construction was only realized in 2019.

4. Floods in Jakarta

In the Regional Medium-Term development plan, Anies implemented a water resources program for flood control, such as revitalizing water resources infrastructure with the concept of naturalization, building infiltration wells, increasing canal revitalization, revitalizing the polder system, building coastal safety embankments, and also improving water management. .

5. Handling of Covid-19 in Jakarta

When the Covid-19 virus entered Indonesia with two positive patients, Anies announced the formation of the Covid-19 Response Team. The implementation of motorbike-free days is abolished to avoid crowds. There are no learning activities in schools, office operations are suspended, entertainment venues and tourist destinations are closed. The DKI Jakarta Provincial Government implemented large-scale social restrictions or PSBB for the first time and is also the first PSBB to be carried out in Indonesia.

So, that’s a biography about the life journey of Anies Baswedan, who is currently serving as Governor of the Capital City of Jakarta. If you want to know more about the Governor of DKI Jakarta, Anies Baswedan, Sinaumed’s can read references and buy books available at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best!

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Also Read:

1. Biography of Ganjar Pranowo, Governor of Central Java
2. Types of Hidden Betawi Art
3. Biography of Joko Widodo, the 7th President of Indonesia
4. Biography of BJ Habibie
5. Definition of UMR and its Nominal
6. Biography of WR Supratman, Creator of the Indonesian National Anthem
7. Prabowo Subianto’s Career Journey

Ambition is – In the life that we live, of course we have a certain desire or purpose. Usually, to achieve this goal, you have to go through quite a struggle and effort. Of course, the struggle to achieve success and success is not an easy matter.

Therefore, it takes a special way as well as support or encouragement within oneself. One form of self-motivation to achieve success is the existence of ambition or what we usually know as ambition.

For today’s youth, the word ambition may be familiar. Even so, some people also use the word ambition in giving negative judgments to other people who seem to have big ambitions in their lives.

In fact, actually the existence of ambition in a person is one way so that every effort and struggle that we do can succeed in achieving the main goal to be achieved.

Therefore, so that we do not carelessly give a negative assessment of the ambitious nature of a person. It would be better if we knew everything related to ambition or ambition.

Definition of Ambition

The word ambition is one of the most common terms used to describe someone who has one goal and tries hard to achieve the goal he has. Actually, the word ambition comes from the word ambition.

However, today’s children use the word ambition more than the word ambition. According to KBBI or the Big Indonesian Dictionary, the word ambition comes from ambitious which, if interpreted, is a strong desire to be able to achieve something, whether it’s hopes or dreams.

For example, when a student has the ambition to be the first winner in a certain class, the student will make various efforts to be able to get what he wants.

Starting from complying with every rule in school, following every teacher’s orders, coming to school in a timely manner, diligently writing down every explanation of the subject so that it looks always active in class.

From this explanation, it can be concluded that being ambitious or ambitious is a positive trait possessed by someone when they want to achieve something that they have aspired to. Even so, sometimes people’s assessment of the word ambition is something that is considered unfavorable, monotonous or even considered negative.

Poor Assessment of the Word Ambition

A bad assessment of someone who has an ambitious nature will usually be easy to find at the level of junior high school, high school and college education. This is because in the process of learning activities there are always some students who have higher goals or aspirations than other students and students.

Where those who have higher goals than other people will usually get the title as a group of ambitious people. This is because usually they will be considered only thinking about themselves and personal goals.

In fact, being ambitious for students is a natural thing because it is indeed capable of triggering one’s perseverance to be able to study more actively, work hard to achieve success in school.

Even so, the existence of ambition in a person is often still considered bad by some people. Especially for those who have an ordinary view of a desire against those who have an ambitious side in wanting something.

Those who have ambition will be considered as a group of people who are apathetic or do not care about other people. This can happen because usually ambitious people will only think about how to achieve the goals they have always wanted.

Is It Really A Bad Thing To Be Ambitious?

If we look again, people who are usually considered ambitious will have a positive side because the hard work they do can be maximized so that they can be achieved immediately. Even so, it’s not uncommon for ambitious people to be labeled too much.

Not only that, because people who are ambitious often get ridicule or negative judgment from those who are less ambitious in achieving something. However, is it true that the existence of ambition is a bad thing?

Sarah Boyd explained that ambition is related to growth and progress which in the end will be able to support self-esteem and well-being in one’s life. People who have ambition are proven to be able to get a better quality of life in various aspects. Starting from income, career and various other things.

Meanwhile, according to the Harvard Business Review, ambition or ambition is a natural and healthy thing. Ambition can show the existence of a desire to show the best, continue to grow, be able to achieve results from the efforts made and become a part of identity.

The existence of ambition will be able to give birth to the best leaders. Ambition can also be a gateway to make it easier to achieve life goals. When someone lacks ambition, that person will feel lazy and have no motivation in achieving something.
In fact, when that person has gotten the results of his hard work, then these results only fall into mediocre standards to make him easily bored and feel wasted for what he had done.

Tips for Becoming an Ambitious Person

Many people sometimes feel if they have been too long to relax or relax. Where he wants to change this bad behavior to become an ambitious person but doesn’t know where to start.

An ambitious person is a term for those who have an ambitious side in doing something to be able to achieve the specific goals they want. It is undeniable that ambitious people usually always have big demands on themselves so that they have to keep fighting to get these goals.

As for some tips on being an ambitious person in achieving certain goals are as follows.

1. There is a Strong Desire

Ambitious people will have great demands on themselves and their way of life. This will make them to continue to be competitive. That way they will be able to improve their lives for the better.

2. Compete with Yourself

Focus on yourself should also be owned by ambitious people. Instead of focusing on other people’s achievements, you are better off focusing on improving yourself. For example, by imagining your biggest competitor in life is yourself.

Also note that competing with yourself can help you focus more on the goals you want to achieve. Competition with yourself will help you move forward.

3. Friends with Ambitious People

Environmental factors will also determine one’s future. This also applies to ambitious people. They will have more to be friends with people who have their own ambitions in life.

An ambitious circle of friends will motivate you and provide your own inspiration. You will also be more familiar with habits and thought processes. In addition, you will also be able to find a mentor to achieve personal desires from the friendship network. Finding the right mentor will make it easier for you to pave the way for you to achieve your goals and hopes.

4. Setting Goals

Setting goals is also a motivating factor as an ambitious person. There are several ways to make the goals you want easier to achieve. The following is an explanation related to some of these ways.

• specific . More narrow goals so that planning can be more specific.
• scalable . Find a way that can be used to measure the progress and success that has been achieved.
• Attainable . Make a goal more realistic so that it can be achieved easily.
• relevant . Set goals that are consistent with values ​​and long term.
• time . Choose a date to be able to start your goal to be more motivated.
• Dare to Take Risks . Being an ambitious person needs to learn more and dare to take risks. You can do many new things and dare to explore yourself. Taking risks is also a part of the learning process.

Choosing to Be Ambitious Person and Positive Impact on Success

Being ambitious or not is a choice of each individual. The choice is also related to how a person understands the true meaning of ambition.

For those who have ambitious traits, of course there’s nothing wrong with continuing to have these traits. This also applies to those who give a negative assessment of the ambitious also there is no harm. This is because we as humans also cannot control how someone views us personally.

Even so, if we look at the meaning of ambitious or ambitious in KBBI it actually gives a positive meaning. The meaning of ambition leads to someone to always be stuck on point, namely the success and ideals they have. Ambitious nature also cannot be separated from the nature of commitment and consistency to be able to keep fighting.

Success will be easier for us to get when there is struggle and effort in the process of achieving it. Someone’s true ambition will help them to be more able to stick to the goals they want to achieve.

The meaning of ambition must also be able to give an appreciation. This is because with ambition we can be more aware that whatever we want must be paid for with hard struggle and effort.

Even so, we as humans must also be able to condition ourselves and not be too hard on ourselves. If it’s time to rest, then use that time to rest.

When it’s time to gather with family or friends, then use that time to make it easier to find positive energy. This is very important so that we can work hard again in achieving our goals and success in the future.

The Risk of Having Too Big Ambition

For those who already have an ambitious nature in themselves, of course they already have a lot of what their personality will be like in the next few years. As previously explained, if everyone is ambitious, they will make struggles and efforts to realize their goals in life.

This can indeed make its own admiration. Even so, ambitions that are too big don’t just come for free. But having big ambitions can take time, emotion and energy within yourself.

Therefore, before you go any further, you should first read some of the explanations below.

Do not have time to be able to enjoy the results of hard work

People who have high ambitions are usually willing to work hard all day long. Lack of sleep is not a problem for them, sometimes they even sacrifice weekends.

When you do that, then maybe you won’t have time especially to have fun because of certain successes. Or you don’t have time to hang out with friends or family.

Potential Loss of a Close Person

Due to the busyness of the business being run, you will miss the opportunity to spend quality time with the people closest to you. Where you don’t really spend time with them. If this happens, then be prepared that they will slowly disappear from your life.

Others Will Expect More From You

When everyone sees that you have higher ideals, then people will place their expectations on you. Not infrequently they are also unrealistic and sometimes even jump because you feel that if you yourself will do anything to make that dream come true.

You will become afraid of disappointing others, so you will forget that your main reason for being ambitious is to achieve personal goals, not others.

The Problems Faced Are Getting More Severe

The bigger the ambition within you, the heavier the burden you will carry. You must be able to adapt to every change and environment that may not match your expectations, more responsibility and you must be ready to get out of your comfort zone.

It is undeniable that one day there will be a phase where you feel overwhelmed and your personal enthusiasm begins to evaporate. So, it’s in this phase that you start to get the toughest test, whether you want to move on with a heavier burden to get your goals or give up but won’t get anything.

Blinded By Results

Ambition that is too big will make you too focused on achieving perfect results and always satisfying. This will make you forget the importance of living the process and also the small steps of the struggle that is being carried out.

Therefore, when you get valuable experience and mature from every mistake that exists, you don’t want to know and can only see from the side of failure, not from learning.

Potential to Hurt or Harm Others

Sometimes to get what you want there are some people who justify any means that can harm the other party. If indeed you do this action, then think again whether harming other people to get something can be worth the effort you have been doing.

Actually, whatever the reason is, you can’t hurt or even harm the other party, especially if you do it patiently. Always remember if you never hurt others when you also don’t want to be hurt by others.

Too Difficult to Treat Wounds

Having big ambitions will make you have bigger obsessions. If you already have a big obsession, your brain will only focus on certain things. But you also need to know and be aware that not all big ambitions will lead to success.

It could be that at one time there will be a failure that turns out to be quite a deep wound. Because all your energy and thoughts are too devoted to certain ambitions. You will experience pain that is difficult to treat. Where maybe only time can heal.

Closing

Well , that’s a review of ambition or personal ambition. Having goals to achieve is something that everyone should have. However, it should also be remembered that we also have to always stand on the ground.

That means, it could be because ambition is too big it might make you fly up so that you forget that we are actually standing on earth. So, don’t let ambition be too big to make us live in solitude losing the closest person or maybe at the point of falling so that it is difficult to treat.

Ambiguous is – Ambiguous is a term that is quite commonly heard in everyday conversation. Sinaumed’s may have found that your friend experienced a mistake when you told a story. The event is a simple example of ambiguity.

Even so, there are times when we use ambiguous definitions incorrectly in everyday conversations. There are times when we think a sentence is ambiguous, when in fact the sentence is not ambiguous at all.

In this article, Sinaumed’s will learn all about ambiguity. You will study the definition of ambiguity, types of ambiguity, examples of ambiguity, what factors cause ambiguity. Hopefully, after reading this article, Sinaumed’s will be able to understand ambiguous topics and be able to tell what is truly ambiguous and what is not.

Ambiguous is a word with a double meaning

To make it easier for Sinaumed’s to understand ambiguity, we will start this article from the meaning or definition of ambiguity. This time, the definition of ambiguous will be taken from 2 types of dictionaries, namely the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) and the Oxford Dictionary in English.

Based on KBBI, the word ambiguous has a meaning as a word that has more than one meaning. This can lead to ambiguity, doubt or confusion in the interpretation. Ambiguous words themselves can also be defined as something that has a double meaning.

Meanwhile, the English word for “ambiguous” is ” ambiguous “. If we look up the word “ ambiguous ” in the Oxford Dictionary, then you can find its translation definition as “open to more than one interpretation”, or “has a double meaning.

So, with the definition above, Sinaumed’s can conclude that basically, ambiguous is a word that has more than one or multiple meanings and can have more than one interpretation. This ambiguous word can cause ambiguity in spoken and written sentences.

This ambiguity can lead to errors when someone wants to interpret a sentence or word from an article or speech. It sounds trivial, but a mistake in understanding this meaning can sometimes cause bigger losses than Sinaumed’s thought.

That is the reason why we need to study language or linguistics carefully, so that we avoid ambiguous names. Whether at school or college, we will study the subject of Indonesian. These subjects can help us to understand our own language more deeply, and avoid ambiguity.

Ambiguous Types

This ambiguity has various types. At least, there are 3 types of ambiguity, each named phonetic ambiguity, lexical ambiguity, and structural ambiguity. These ambiguous types exist due to a variety of factors, which inevitably stem from a lack of linguistic understanding.

This time, we will only discuss the types of ambiguity that exist in linguistics. While examples of ambiguous sentences based on these ambiguous types will be discussed in the next session. Here’s the presentation.

Phonetic Ambiguity

The phonetic ambiguity here is taken from the term phonetics, namely the study of sound. As Sinaumed’s knows, humans will make some kind of sound or sound when they are communicating. This sound is a medium of communication between humans, so differences in sound can cause misunderstandings.

The last explanation is the definition of phonetic ambiguity. This ambiguity only applies in the form of spoken conversation, where a person misunderstands the intent or meaning of an utterance from the other person, because the person’s pronunciation is unclear, or there are similarities in pronunciation, causing ambiguity.

Lexical Ambiguity

Lexical or lexicology is the study of the meaning of words in a particular language. This is done because in every language, there are a number of words that have similarities in pronunciation and writing, but their meanings are different from one another.

Because of the similarities in writing or pronunciation, sometimes someone can misunderstand a word. This misunderstanding is also known as lexical ambiguity. This can happen when someone understands one definition of a word with the definition of another word if the words have the same spelling or pronunciation.

Grammatically Ambiguous

Sinaumed’s may already know the definition of grammatical, which is structure and grammar that aims to regulate the use of words and sentences. Each language has its own grammar, so sentence structure and word usage can differ from one language to another.

And it needs to be learned that changes in sentence structure and words can cause changes in meaning. This is what causes grammatical ambiguity, in which a person replaces sentence structure and uses words, either intentionally or unintentionally, causing misinterpretation.

 

Ambiguous Sentence Examples

Based on the explanation above, Sinaumed’s can see that even if a sentence looks ambiguous, the sentences have different reasons why they are considered as ambiguous. To make things clearer, we will study examples of ambiguous sentences based on each type of ambiguity.

Examples of Phonetic Ambiguous Sentences

To understand phonetic ambiguity, Sinaumed’s must first read the sentences below carefully, and understand the meaning of the context of the underlined words.

• “The incident has been fried by the media”. The word fried here can have 2 meanings, namely cooking a meal, or discussing a topic continuously.
• “This proposal has been wrapped up by the campus.” The word wrapped here can have 2 meanings, namely to cover something with some sort of cover, or something that has already been completed.
• “Earlier he felt goiter with his mother.” The word goiter here can have 2 meanings, namely thyroid gland disease and feelings of annoyance towards someone.

Examples of Lexical Ambiguous Sentences

As Sinaumed’s knows, a word can have several definitions, so it can be used in a number of sentences depending on the context. Look at some examples of words below.

Green

• “The leaves are green”. The word green here defines the color of the leaf.
• “Junior level is still green about the world of campus”. The word green here refers to the experience of younger siblings who are still little or zero.

Blur

• “The person in this photo looks blurry.” The blurry word here indicates the obscurity of the person in the photo.
• “My future is still blurry.” The word opaque here describes the person’s ignorance regarding his future.

Rock

• “The ax is made of stone”. The word stone here describes the basic material for an axe, as well as minerals formed from the earth.
• “He’s a bit stone about the hours of rest.” The word rock here refers to the stubborn nature of people, especially regarding rest hours.

Examples of Grammatically Ambiguous Sentences

Sentences that generally fall into grammatical ambiguity are in the form of figurative phrases. Not all, but there are several figurative phrases that do not follow the rules of good and correct grammatical writing. Check out some of the figurative phrases below.

Entering twilight

• “Soon we will soon enter the twilight.” Entering twilight in this context has the real meaning of ‘entering twilight’.
• “This football player’s career has entered twilight.” Entering dusk in this context means that it is about to end or finish.

tug

• “There was a tug-of-war event between the angler and the fish he caught.” Push and pull in this context has a real meaning related to the angler’s struggle to attract fish and the fish’s resistance to stretch the fishing line.
• “This man is doing a tug of war on the girl he likes.” Push and pull in this context means a man who gives mixed signals with a woman he likes.

Weak heart

• “This man has a weak heart condition.” Weak heart in this context is a disease of the liver.
• “This figure has a weak heart’. Weak heart in this context is not having confidence and firmness in carrying out personal principles.

Factors for Forming Ambiguous Sentences

Of course, these ambiguous sentences will not be formed if someone is careful in forming sentences, and wants to learn a language well. At least, there are 3 factors that can cause the formation of ambiguous sentences, namely:

Morphological Factors

In this case, ambiguous sentences are formed because there are words that are formed poorly, causing misunderstandings in understanding the context.

Example sentence: “Mother’s chocolate was swallowed by a dog.”

In the above sentence, people can think that the dog actually swallowed the chocolate on purpose, or that the dog accidentally swallowed this chocolate.

Syntactic Factor

Syntax itself has a purpose as a word order. Ambiguous sentences can be caused by errors in word order, making the meaning of a sentence have another meaning.

Example sentences: “Grandma looked at the blue sky ,” and ” Sky blue clothes .”

From the sentence above, Sinaumed’s can see that simply changing the arrangement of 2 words can cause a difference in the meaning of the words, so they cannot be used in the same sentence.

Structural Factors

This last factor is related to grammar and word order. Differences in placing punctuation marks, or using different prefixes and endings, can cause changes in meaning.

Example sentences: “Mom, dad is out of town,” and “Mom! Dad is out of town?”

The two sentences above only have punctuation differences. However, Sinaumed’s could see that the first sentence had the context of giving information, while the second sentence seemed to be panicking and asking.

Ambiguity in Other Sciences

With this, Sinaumed’s already knows all about the ambiguous nature of linguistics. However, did you know that this ambiguous nature is not only found in linguistics, but can also be found in a number of other sciences?

The ambiguous nature here can also cause confusion on a topic in a related science. This confusion does not have to be something in the form of a sentence, but also something specific that can only be found in the science being discussed.

So, what are the sciences that also have ambiguous nature? This session will also close the article on ambiguity. Hopefully, Sinaumed’s’ knowledge, especially in ambiguous topics, can be further explained and there will be no misunderstandings in the conversation.

Philosophy

Philosophy is the study of fundamental questions about life. Philosophy itself is also the root of other sciences, because the basic nature of philosophy itself is curiosity, making a person often question something that has never been asked before.

In questioning something, sometimes philosophers think something that is ambiguous. And sometimes too, this ambiguous thought actually makes them wrong in making conclusions, so that their arguments related to these thoughts are even being debated by other philosophers.

In addition, this ambiguity can also be found in writing errors, similar to linguistics. Structural factors that were discussed earlier, such as differences in writing punctuation or affixes, also have an influence when philosophers want to convey their thoughts.

Mathematics

As Sinaumed’s already knows, mathematics is a basic science that studies the calculation of numbers. Several other branches of science, generally exact sciences such as physics, chemistry, and statistics, are branches of science that were developed from mathematics.

Although mathematics is a science in which one can find something almost certain, in fact there is one theory that disproves this. The ambiguous nature of mathematics can be found in a theory called underdetermination theory .

In short, this theory of underdetermination explains that for every scientifically based theory there will always be at least one other theory that is also supported by evidence. The theory can also be logically defended in the face of new evidence, giving rise to the ambiguous nature of mathematics.

Social Psychology

Social psychology is the study of how individual thoughts, feelings, and behavior are affected by the presence of other people and social norms. The existence of these people and norms is influenced by humans, even when alone.

In social psychology, ambiguity is one of the factors used in determining people’s responses to specific situations. People will generally act differently if they know for certain about the situation they are facing.

The more unclear or ambiguous a situation is, the greater a person will not want to react, for fear of misinterpreting the situation. On the other hand, if the situation they faced was clear, then one would be quicker to respond.

Computer Science

Computer science is the study of computing, automation and information. This computer science covers a number of things such as those that are mathematical in nature such as algorithms, computational theory, information theory, automation, and are practical, types of design, implementation of hardware and software.

The ambiguous nature that can be found in computer science is quite specific, namely in the application of units of measurement, especially in memory storage, such as kilobits, megabits, gigabits, and so on. This unit of memory should have a sum of 1024, and be valid in multiples of the next power.

However, in reality, memory storage that is commonly found in electronic devices such as cellphones, computers, or other devices, is generally smaller or larger than the required storage unit. This causes ambiguity or ambiguity regarding the correct storage size.

Of course, there are a number of books that can help Sinaumed’s so that you understand linguistics better and avoid ambiguity. The books that will be recommended this time are the book ” Puebi & Complete Guidelines for Forming Terms “, the book ” Indonesian Dictionary with EYD According to the Guidelines for the National Language Institute Revised Edition “, and the book ” Philosophy of Science “.

Puebi & Complete Term Formation Guidelines

Indonesian Dictionary with EYD According to the Guidelines for the Revised Edition of the National Language Institute

Science phylosophy

Sinaumed’s can read books related to ambiguous topics and other Indonesian lessons that you can find on the www.sinaumedia.com site . Remember Sinaumed’s, that you will get #MoreWithReading knowledge and information. Greetings literacy!

Author: M. Adrianto S.

Also read:

Amalgamation is – In sociology, there are many terms that represent or describe people’s lives. One of them is the term amalgamation. Amalgamation is a marriage process between different ethnicities or races.
Amalgamation also still sounds quite foreign to many people. However, we often find examples of actual amalgamation in everyday life.

Then, what is amalgamation and what are some examples? Check out a more complete explanation of amalgamation, starting from its meaning, examples to its positive and negative impacts, below.

Definition of Amalgamation

Terms in sociology are often used to show or describe something more easily, one of which is the term amalgamation. This term describes a social process that fuses a cultural group in the same area, so that something new emerges, but without leaving its basic culture.

In addition, amalgamation is also often referred to as the process of marriage between different ethnicities or races. The term was first used in the 20th century in the United States and is used elsewhere. There are many positive things to be gained from this amalgamation, one of which is being able to minimize the risk of conflict between two ethnicities or races in one region.

The term amalgamation itself has been around for a long time, namely starting in 1967, because of the distinction between the two racial camps, namely whites and blacks. It is in this compartmentalization or even the most ironic thing about the law regarding the prohibition of marriage between the United States and other countries.

The phenomenon of amalgamation is more specifically related to marriage which also often occurs in Indonesia. In Indonesia, many people marry with different races or ethnicities. Thus, this amalgamation can arise due to differences in diversity in society, such as differences in degrees, education, social, economic, skin color, race, facial shape, in height and so on.

With an amalgamation that combines two cultures, of course, it has its own advantages and disadvantages. Because, the existence of these 2 merged cultures will produce a new culture. Meanwhile, on the other hand, it can also be a drawback because it eliminates the old culture that is the culture of origin.

Amalgamation Example

There are many examples of amalgamation itself, but generally examples of amalgamation are in marriages where the two prospective bride and groom come from different races. The following are some examples of amalgamations that often occur.

Javanese Ethnic Marriage with Sundanese Ethnicity

In the past, the Javanese and the Sundanese were not the two ethnic groups that got along with each other even though they both lived on the island of Java. With more and more ethnic Javanese marrying Sundanese and vice versa, the conflict between the two is gradually being forgotten.

In addition, marriages that took place between Javanese and Sundanese ethnic groups also gave rise to new traditions and cultural characteristics. For example, the Javanese ethnicity is known to have a tenacious and refined character. On the other hand, the Sundanese are known to have beautiful and white faces.

With the existence of marriage between these two ethnicities, it is not impossible that a new generation will be born who will inherit the beautiful and white face of the Sundanese ethnicity with a tenacious and refined character like the Javanese ethnicity.

Marriage between Negroes and Whites

Another marriage that occurs as an example of amalgamation is that of a negro and a white man. You will find many of these marriages in the United States of America, which has a large black and white population in that country. With the marriages taking place between negroes and whites, the United States slowly began to become a very tolerant country.

Previously, it was quite difficult for society to accept negroes, and often negroes were discriminated against by those around them. After the occurrence of amalgamation and many negroes and whites who married each other, this discrimination slowly faded away. In addition to reduced social discrimination, amalgamation in the United States has also brought many changes to people’s lives, ranging from increased tolerance, to ways of speaking and clothing styles that are more accepted by society.

Marriage between Indonesians and Foreigners

Every country certainly has different culture and values, starting from aspects of language, aspects of behavior patterns, aspects of lifestyle, aspects of speech styles, and much more in each country. Marriage to two different people in a country will of course present a new generation which will later have a new culture that is in accordance with the values ​​and culture of both parents. But of course, this is also closely related to how their parents pass on and educate their values ​​and culture.

Interfaith Marriage

An example of an amalgamation that is very likely to occur in Indonesia is interfaith marriage. The existence of religious diversity raises the possibility of interfaith marriages. Even when compared to other marriages, interfaith marriages are quite rare.

Usually, every religion has a different wedding procession. When interfaith marriages take place, usually the bride and groom will agree on what kind of procession they will do without harming either party.

On the Process of Making Gold

In this gold amalgamation, for example, in the process of making or processing gold bars using traditional methods. With the addition of this material from mercury which will be used to extract gold in the rocks.

In this gold amalgamation there is still a way of mining using traditional systems. Because, with this fairly easy method, it only costs relatively cheap, does not require modern equipment or sophisticated technology.

On the BPJS Membership Card

BPJS Amalgamation is a way of combining the existing membership of BPJS members to become one. This could have happened because there were participants who often came in and out of different companies, so each company gave them a membership card.

The membership card is intended to facilitate the process of disbursing BPJS funds with a nominal value that has been combined with the previous company. In the BPJS amalgamation process it is often carried out to get maximum benefits, especially benefits in the health sector.

Positive Impact of Amalgamation

Amalgamation as a marriage between two different cultures will raise concerns for each social group. However, actually there are many positive impacts that will be obtained by doing amalgamation.

The Emergence of a New Culture

The most obvious impact of an amalgamation is the emergence of a new culture. When two people of different cultures marry each other, they will pass on the culture they previously had to the next generation or to their children. Marriage will make it easier for two ethnicities with different cultures to introduce their respective cultures through parenting.

With different parenting styles, parents will agree on the parenting styles they will apply to their children, so that a combined parenting style emerges that produces generations with different cultures.

Exchange Experience

Cultural differences will also be an interesting thing for couples to discuss after marriage. Starting from the life they live, education, beliefs, and many other things which of course will result in a different life experience than before. Talking to one another about past experiences will also bring up something new that is more akin to a merging of two cultures.

Producing a New Generation

Marriage between two ethnic groups will also produce a new generation that is different from their parents. Both in terms of the culture they hold, as well as in terms of genetics. For example, if an Indonesian with a short stature marries a foreigner with a tall body, they will have offspring with a stature that tends to be tall with a somewhat Caucasian face.

Negative Impact of Amalgamation

Although there are many positive impacts that can be brought about through amalgamation, this amalgamation is also inseparable from the negative impacts that may occur, including:

Fading Indigenous Values ​​and Cultures

Merger that occurs or even fusion between the two cultures will lead to the birth of a new culture. This new culture is not always good, and sometimes it will cause the loss of the original culture brought by their original parents.

The emergence of conflict

Conflict as something that is often unavoidable. In amalgamation, the possibility of conflict is caused by excessive dominance of one of the cultural holders. The cultural indoctrination that he has will cause the couple to feel the need to maintain the culture he has that he has been born with. Conditions like this will be increasingly tapered and can lead to conflict.

Unequal Population Distribution

Amalgamation perpetrators often have a tendency to make efforts for people around them to be able to enter into mixed marriages with their partner’s same ethnicity. With the desire to continue the dynasty like this, the risk of population distribution becomes uneven and will become a big problem in the future.

Related Books

Introduction to Sociological Theory

What do you need to avoid getting lost in the wilderness of theory? You certainly need a tool that can safely get you in and out of the wilderness of theory. What are these tools? The answer, theory maps! Introduction and understanding of theoretical maps will enable someone to go in and out of the jungle of theory.

The book Introduction to Sociological Theory gives you a theoretical map, not only about Sociological Theory, but also Theory of the Social Sciences in general. The advantage of this book is that it is presented in simple language and with everyday examples in the context of Indonesian society.

Economic Sociology: Capitalism & Consumption in the Age of Society

In contrast to classical economic sociology which focuses on the study of aspects of production and cultural relations with people’s economic behavior, contemporary economic sociology places more emphasis on the power of the culture industry in influencing consumerism. Therefore, contemporary economic sociology also studies the socio-cultural changes that occur in the era of post-industrial society.

This book is an up-to-date teaching text because it discusses current issues in the study of contemporary economic sociology. In addition to explaining the intricacies of studies, theories, and important concepts of economic sociology from the classical to contemporary periods, this book also discusses the two most prominent main issues in contemporary studies, namely the shift from issues of production to consumption, and the shift from issues of worker exploitation to consumer exploitation.

Introduction to the Sociology of Capital

This introductory book to the Sociology of Capital provides a new sociological perspective on various phenomena and dynamics of capital. This book is intended to fulfill the theoretical and applicable needs of various groups: academics in sociology and related sciences (Economics, Psychology, Political Science, Management, Public Administration, Business Administration, Communication Science, Geography, Anthropology, Social Welfare Science, Government Science, and others) as well as practitioners (planners, researchers, government apparatus, non-governmental organization activists, observers or empowerment actors). Therefore, this book is mandatory for you!

Introduction to Rural Sociology

What do you need when you have problems understanding the academic and applicable realities of rural communities? One way to find the answer is to look in a rural sociology book.

This Introduction to Rural Sociology book is here to fill the void in rural sociology literature in the world of science in Indonesia. About twenty years ago there were several books on rural sociology, which were generally in the form of an anthology of collections of writings, or studies of rural sociology side by side with urban or agricultural so that they became rural and urban sociology or rural and agricultural sociology.

Unlike previous similar books, this book was consciously constructed collaboratively between sociologists and management experts as well as organizational industrial psychologists for the needs of many people: in addition to academic purposes for students of sociology and other social sciences (anthropology, social welfare politics, science of state administration, communication science, management, government science, economics, psychology, and others), as well as for applicable purposes for practitioners working in rural communities such as researchers, government officials, activists of non-governmental organizations, or community empowerment actors . Therefore, this book is mandatory for you!

Legal Sociology

Laws are made to create peace and order ( peace and order ) in society. However, it often happens that many laws are not complied with properly by the people themselves. Why do people not comply with legal rules made for their own benefit?

To answer this question, experience in the sociology of law is absolutely necessary. Legal sociology is a branch of science that studies the reciprocal relationship between law and other social phenomena in society through empirical analysis. By studying the sociology of law, it is possible to display and analyze as much as possible the actual conditions in society so that the law can be enforced effectively.

This book examines at length the basic and important principles contained in the study of the sociology of law. Everything is stated in a complete, coherent, and clear manner in 7 large chapters. In addition to theoretical descriptions, the discussion is accompanied by case examples, historical facts related to legal compliance in society, and case examples of the application of legal rules. Everything is stated broadly and cohesively to illustrate the extent to which legal sociology has played a role in changing people’s attitudes to uphold positive legal rules in the country.

Conclusion

From the explanation above, it can be said that amalgamation is a social process that fuses a cultural group in the same area, so that something new emerges, but without leaving its basic culture. This is an explanation of amalgamation, starting from understanding, examples, to negative and positive impacts. Hopefully all the discussion above can add insight to Sinaumed’s.

If you want to find books about sociology, then you can find them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Also read:

Alveolus is – Does Sinaumed’s know the characteristics of living things? In biology lessons, you are taught several things that characterize living things. The characteristics referred to here are breathing, needing food and water, growing and developing, reproducing, responding, secreting and having a metabolism.

All creatures that are categorized as “living things” can definitely do the things above. There are many organs both inside and outside the body that work hard to meet the needs of these living things.

One of them is the lung organ. Sinaumed’s could have concluded that the lungs are one of the most important organs for many living things, especially mammals like humans, considering that without this organ, we cannot breathe and will certainly cause death.

In this article, we will study one part of the lungs, namely the alveoli. Alveoli are one of the important components in the lungs. We will study things related to the alveoli such as the meaning and function of the alveoli.

Definition of Alveoli

We will start this article by understanding and learning what alveoli are. It was mentioned earlier that the alveoli are one of the most important components of the lungs. So, what is the alveolus and why is it so important for breathing?

The alveolus is one of millions of hollow, cup-shaped cavities that expand in the lungs, where oxygen is exchanged for carbon dioxide. The term “alveolus” itself is also sometimes better known as an air sac or air space.

These alveoli lie within the respiratory bronchioles and mark the beginning of the respiratory zone. The presence of alveoli is scattered in these bronchioles and lines the walls of the component ducts. On the surface of the alveoli, there will be gas exchange surrounded by a network of capillaries.

This alveolus is a specific part only for mammalian lungs. Different alveolar structures can also be found in other vertebrates and are certainly involved in the exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide gases. However, this article will focus on human alveoli only.

In the human lung there are usually about 300 million alveoli with a diameter ranging from 200 to 500 micrometers. The presence of hundreds of millions of these alveoli gives a total surface area for gas exchange of between 70 and 80 square meters.

As Sinaumed’s has read above alveoli can be found in the respiratory bronchioles in a scattered manner and extends from their lumen. And here, this alveolus will have several open channels which are usually 5 sacs or 6 sacs groups of open alveoli.

In addition, it should also be noted that the terminal respiratory unit in the lungs is called the acini and consists of bronchioles, alveolar ducts, alveolar sacs, and alveoli. New alveoli will continue to form until the age of 8 years.

An alveolus consists of a thin, simple layer of epithelium and extracellular matrix surrounded by capillaries. The epithelial layer itself is part of the alveolar membrane which is also known as the membrane and functions as a gas exchange.

This membrane has several layers of fluid, the alveolar lining containing surfactant, the epithelial lining and its basement membrane, the thin interstitial space between the epithelial lining and the capillary membrane, the capillary basement membrane, which is often fused with the alveolar basement membrane, and the capillary endothelial membrane.

Alveolar function

It was also explained earlier that the basic function of the alveoli is as an exchange between oxygen gas and carbon dioxide gas. In this session, Sinaumed’s will learn more deeply and more specifically about the function of the alveoli in breathing.

Inside the alveoli there are several types of cells, namely type 1 cells and type 2 cells. They have their respective roles in respiration, especially gas exchange in the alveoli. In addition, the alveoli also have macrophages that have specific tasks in the lungs.

Type 1 cells are involved in the process of gas exchange between the alveoli and the blood. These cells are only about 25 nanometers in size and it took an electron microscope to prove that all of the alveoli are lined with these cells. This thin layer allows the rapid diffusion of gas exchange between the air in the alveoli and the blood in the surrounding capillaries.

Meanwhile, type 2 cells in the walls of the alveoli contain secretory organelles known as lamellar bodies or lamellar bodies. They fuse with the cell membrane and secrete pulmonary surfactant. This surfactant is a layer of fatty substances, a group that reduces tension on the surface of the alveoli.

Finally, Sinaumed’s was able to find a macrophage present on the surface of the alveoli, alveolar ducts and bronchioles. These macrophages are basically “scavengers” whose function is to engulf foreign particles in the lungs, such as dust, bacteria and carbon particles. They are also called pulmonary macrophages, and dust cells.

Alveolar Disease

Thus, an explanation of the alveoli can be sufficient up to here. Sinaumed’s should have obtained sufficient information about the alveoli starting from the definition of the alveoli itself, an overview of the shape of the alveoli to the function of the alveoli.

In this session, we will discuss several diseases that can attack the alveoli. Given the important role of the alveoli in human respiration, of course it will also be very important if this component can be free from disease so that it can carry out its functions as it should.

However, there are a number of bacteria, viruses or even cells from the lungs that can cause disease and invade the alveoli. Here, it can be concluded that some of these diseases can cause death due to the alveoli not functioning properly.

There are at least 4 dangerous diseases that can attack the alveoli. Hopefully after reading this session, Sinaumed’s can get important information regarding diseases that can attack the alveoli and always avoid these diseases.

1. Pneumonia

Pneumonia or wet lung occurs due to an infection that causes the alveoli in the lungs to fill with fluid or pus. This makes a person have difficulty in inhaling enough oxygen to reach the person’s bloodstream.

Some of the signs and symptoms of pneumonia usually include chest pain when breathing, coughing up phlegm or mucus, fatigue and loss of appetite, fever, sweating and chills, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and shortness of breath.

This disease can be transmitted when someone coughs or sneezes. So, it is advisable for people with pneumonia not to be in the same room with other healthy people. The best treatment for pneumonia is by taking antibiotics and getting enough rest.

2. Tuberculosis

Tuberculosis is basically pneumonia that slowly gets worse. This disease is caused by a specific bacterium called Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Besides attacking the lungs, tuberculosis can also attack other parts of the body such as the brain and spine.

For this reason, like pneumonia, tuberculosis can also spread through the air if the sufferer coughs or sneezes. Tuberculosis requires a longer recovery time compared to pneumonia and has more potential to cause death. Antibiotics play a major role in the healing process.

Some of the symptoms that people with tuberculosis feel include coughing that lasts more than 3 weeks, chest pain, coughing up blood, feeling tired all the time, night sweats, chills, fever, loss of appetite and weight loss.

3. Lung Cancer

Sinaumed’s must have known that cancer is one of the most dangerous diseases in the human body. And in the case of lung cancer, they may have no symptoms in the early stages and only become aware of them in the late stages.

There are many symptoms that can be experienced by people with lung cancer. However, what someone needs to watch out for is when they have experienced coughing and bleeding a lot, suddenly shortness of breath, sudden weakness, experiencing vision problems and chest pain that doesn’t go away.

This problem usually occurs because the airway is blocked or because the cancer has spread further to the lungs, nearby areas, or other parts of the body. So, it would be nice if someone is always alert and does routine checks if they have problems with their lungs.

4. Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome

Acute respiratory distress syndrome or also known as ARDS is a condition that causes fluid to accumulate in the lungs so that oxygen cannot enter this organ. Usually, this is a prolonged side effect of the diseases described above.

ARDS can sometimes be life-threatening and can get worse quickly. However, in general, the disease is treatable and most people who recover can recover from it. For this reason, it is important for a person to make a quick diagnosis and treatment before the condition worsens.

Symptoms that people with ARDS need to pay attention to are shortness of breath, low blood pressure, breathing too fast and fast heart beat, cough, fever, chest pain especially when breathing deeply, confusion and fatigue and blue lips or nails due to lack of oxygen in blood.

How to Take Care of Lungs

From reading the descriptions of alveolar diseases above, Sinaumed’s could imagine how unpleasant it would be to contract one of these diseases. Moreover, the fact that many of these diseases can threaten human life if not treated as soon as possible.

In addition, it should also be understood that there are a number of conditions that can make the condition of the person with the disease worse. This is usually associated with an unhealthy lifestyle and a person’s inability to take care of his lungs so that the person’s condition worsens.

So, it’s good if Sinaumed’s starts adopting a healthy lifestyle and taking good care of your lungs so that you can avoid the potential for contracting the disease. Because, if it has been infected, then the treatment may not be easy, it takes a long time and of course the costs are expensive.

In this last session, you will learn what good habits can help you take care of your lungs. Hopefully, after reading these methods, Sinaumed’s can take better care of your lungs and can avoid various lung diseases.

Do not smoke

Sinaumed’s should already know this one habit as the most damaging habit for the lungs. Because when smoking, a person will inhale various kinds of chemicals that are harmful not only to the lungs, but also to the body as a whole.

So, smoking is not recommended for those of you who want to maintain lung health. In addition, it is also recommended for people who smoke to stop smoking in order to minimize the potential for side effects from smoking itself.

Avoid Pollution

Pollution caused by motor vehicle fumes, smoke from burning garbage or even smoke from cigarettes, contains harmful chemicals that can reduce the quality of breathing and can cause respiratory diseases.

For this reason, if possible, you should avoid locations that have the potential to cause pollution in order to maintain lung health. If this is not possible, wearing a mask in pollution-prone locations can reduce the amount of pollution fumes that enter the lungs.

Exercising

Exercising can improve the quality of one’s breathing. When a person exercises, the person’s heart will beat faster and the lungs will work harder. Moreover, the human body requires more oxygen to fuel human muscles.

A person’s lungs will increase their activity so they can deliver oxygen while removing carbon dioxide from the body. This is the reason behind why a person’s breathing quality will improve if they are diligent in exercising.

Avoid Potential Infections

Lung infections can come from anywhere, from inhaling dust that has the potential to have millions of bacteria in it or simply holding your nose with dirty hands and causing bacteria from these hands to enter your nose and into your lungs.

It can be said, this infection comes from a dirty lifestyle and environment. It’s best if Sinaumed’s starts diligently cleaning the place where you live and diligently cleans your limbs in order to minimize the presence of bacteria and other microorganisms that could infect your lungs.

Inhale Deeply

Many people take shallow breaths from their chest area and use only a small portion of their lungs. However, it is important to understand that deep breathing helps clear the lungs and creates a full exchange of oxygen.

Taking shallow breaths may be easier to do. However, Sinaumed’s is also advised not to forget to take deep breaths so that your lungs can function properly and correctly. This activity can also help calm down and relax.

With this, the article ends which discusses various things related to the alveoli as well as tips and tricks to take care of your lungs. Hopefully, some of the Sinaumed’s will find this article useful and can be practiced in your life.

However, if any of the Sinaumed’s already have an understanding of the contents of this article, I hope this article can be a reminder for you not to underestimate the lung organ and make you want to always take care of one of the most important organs in your body.

The hope is that after Sinaumed’s can take good care of your lungs, you can slowly take care of other organs too. Because you certainly understand that every organ of the body has an important role in your survival, so everything must function properly so that your quality of life can be maintained.

You can buy and find the books recommended by sinaumedia, #SahabatUnlimits, on our site, namely sinaumedia.com . Hopefully Sinaumed’s can get knowledge, knowledge and useful insights. Make life #MoreWithReading.

Author: M. Adrianto S. 

Alveoli are – One of the most important parts of the human respiratory system are the lungs. This organ itself consists of many parts, each of which has its own function. The alveolus itself is a part of the lungs that has a very unique shape, similar to a small bag clustered like grapes. However, make no mistake, even though it has a very small size, the alveoli have a very important function

In this discussion, we will get to know the function of the alveoli further. However, before discussing the function of the alveoli, it’s better if we discuss the meaning of alveoli first.

Definition of Alveoli

Alveolus is an anatomical structure with a hollow shape. Found in the parenchyma of the lungs, which then is the end of the respiratory tract, where both sides become the exchange of air and blood.

In addition, the alveolus is also an anatomy that is only owned by mammals. In vertebrates, the gas exchange system has a different structure. The alveolar membrane is the surface on which gas exchange occurs. Carbon dioxide-rich blood is pumped from the rest of the body into the alveolar blood vessels, where, by diffusion, it releases carbon dioxide and absorbs oxygen.

That way, humans can do breathing properly. If the alveoli are disturbed, then the human breathing process will also be disturbed.

Alveolar function

Alveoli as one part of the human respiratory system which has an important function. In short, it can be said that the function of the alveoli is as a place for exchanging oxygen and carbon dioxide in the lungs. Here are other functions of the alveoli that you need to know:

1. Function of Alveoli: Where Gas Exchange Occurs

One of the functions of the alveoli in the human respiratory system is as a place for gas exchange to occur in the lungs, where each wall is then lined with flat, squamous cells (squamous alveolar and contain lots of capillaries. This is where gas exchange occurs in the body.

This gas exchange itself consists of absorbing oxygen and removing carbon dioxide from the body. Gas exchange that occurs in the lungs is passive diffusion, where when the exchange process takes place, the cells in the organs will no longer need energy to be burned.

Of the gases which will then undergo an exchange process, this will then move through a concentration gradient, namely from a high concentration to a lower concentration. This indicates that the oxygen level in the alveoli will be at a high concentration.

This process takes place because our bodies need oxygen continuously. A similar condition will also occur with carbon dioxide, where the carbon dioxide content in the blood is in a high concentration, while the carbon dioxide level in the alveoli is in a low concentration gradient.

2. Function of Alveoli: Place of Gas Exchange from Alveoli to Blood Capillaries

The next function of the alveoli in the human respiratory system is as a place for gas exchange from the alveoli to the blood capillaries. The work processes that occur in this gas exchange are as follows:

1. Oxygen (O2) contained in the alveoli diffuses to penetrate the alveolar walls, then penetrates the walls of the blood capillaries that cover the alveoli.
2. Oxygen then enters the blood vessels, which will then go through a binding process carried out by hemoglobin (or the red dye in blood) contained in red blood cells which in turn will produce oxyhemoglobin (HbO2).
3. Blood will circulate oxygen to all organs of the body, and in the body’s cells, oxygen will then be used in the oxidation process, which is released again, so that oxyhemoglobin will then turn into hemoglobin again.

The oxygen level that will enter the body every day then reaches approximately 300 liters of oxygen. Most of these compounds will then be transported by hemoglobin in red blood cells, and only about 2 to 3 percent can be dissolved in blood plasma.

3. Function of Alveoli: Exchange of Gas from Blood Capillaries To Alveoli

The function of the alveoli in the human respiratory system also applies to the reverse system. Carbon dioxide that occurs as a result of the energy formation process carried out by oxygen entering the body, where in addition to energy this process will also produce carbon dioxide (CO2).

Under normal conditions, the body cannot produce around 200 cc of carbon dioxide per day, and only about 4.3 cc can dissolve in each liter of blood. This is what will cause the formation of carbonic acid (H2CO2) which makes the blood pH acidic. To neutralize the acidity of the pH, Na+ ions and K+ ions are needed.

Furthermore, this carbon dioxide will be released back into the lungs through the bloodstream. In this process the concentration of carbon dioxide and carbonic acid itself will be broken down, where this carbonic acid will become carbon dioxide and water again.

What you need to know is that the CO2 level released by the blood to return to the lungs is around 10 percent and the rest will function to maintain the acidity of the blood pH, namely in the form of bicarbonate (HCO3-).

4. Function of Alveoli: Air storage for a while

The last function of the alveoli in the human respiratory system is to store air, even if only for a short time. However, this time allows the absorption of air containing oxygen into the blood.

Parts of the Lungs

The lungs are organs whose job is to process incoming air and separate oxygen and carbon dioxide. This organ itself consists of two pairs, each part of which has different characteristics. Intrigued by the function and what are the parts of the lungs? Check out the more detailed explanation below:

Basically, the right lung and the left lung have different characteristics. The adult left lung weighs 325-550 grams. Meanwhile, the right lung weighs around 375-600 grams. Each lung is then divided into several sections, which are referred to as lobes, namely:

• The left lung consists of two lobes. The heart is in a groove (heart notch) which is located in the lower lobe area.
• The right lung has three lobes. That is why, the right lung has a larger size and weight when compared to the left lung.

The lungs are then separated by an area known as the mediastinum. This area contains the heart, trachea, esophagus, and lymph nodes. Apart from that, the lungs are also covered by a protective membrane known as the pleura and are separated from the abdominal cavity by a muscular diaphragm. Here below is a complete explanation of the anatomy of the lungs:

1. Pleura

The first lung anatomy is the pleura. Pleura as a thin double-layered membrane (membrane) that lines the lungs. In addition, this layer also functions to secrete fluid (pleural fluid) which is also called serous fluid. Its function is to lubricate the inside of the lung cavity so it doesn’t irritate the lungs when they expand and contract when breathing. The pleura itself consists of two layers, namely:

• Pleura in (visceral), namely the lining that is next to the lungs
• Pleura outer (parietal), the layer that functions to line the chest wall

Meanwhile, the area contained in these two layers is called the pleural cavity. Several types of diseases below can then appear when there is a problem with the pleura:

• Pleurisy
• Pleural effusion
• Pneumothorax
• Hemothorax
• Pleural tumor

2. Bronchus (Bronchi)

Bronchus is a branch of the windpipe which is located after the windpipe (trachea) before the lungs. Apart from that, the bronchi are also the airways which ensure that air enters properly from the trachea to the alveoli.

The bronchi are also the entry and exit routes for air, so that the bronchi then function to prevent infection. This is because the bronchi are lined with various types of cells, including ciliated (hairy) and mucous cells.

These cells then trap disease-carrying bacteria so they don’t enter the lungs. If the bronchi have problems, it can cause several diseases, including:

• Bronchiectasis Disease
• Bronchospasm Disease
• Bronchiolitis Disease
• Bronchopulmonary dysplasia disease

3. Bronchioles (Bronchioles)

Each of these main bronchi divides or branches into smaller bronchi (which have small glands and cartilage in their walls). These smaller bronchi eventually divide into even smaller tubes, which are known as bronchioles.

Bronchioles are the smallest branches of the bronchi that do not have glands and cartilage. Bronchioles also function to channel air from the bronchi to the alveoli. In addition, the bronchioles function to control the amount of air that enters and leaves during the breathing process. If this part of the lung is problematic, it can cause several diseases, including:

• Asthma
• Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)

4. Alveoli

This part of the lung anatomy then becomes the smallest group called alveolar sacs at the ends of the bronchioles. Each alveoli is a concave-shaped cavity surrounded by many small capillaries. The lungs then produce a mixture of fat and protein called lung surfactant.

This mixture of fat and protein coats the surface of the alveoli and makes it easier for them to inflate and collapse with each breath. The alveoli (alveoli) function as a place for exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide.

The alveoli then absorb oxygen from the air carried by the bronchioles, then flow it into the blood. After that, carbon dioxide, which is a waste product from the body’s cells, flows from the blood to the alveoli to be exhaled. This gas exchange occurs through the very thin walls of the alveoli and capillaries. If the alveoli have problems, it can cause several diseases, including:

• Cardiogenic as well as non-cardiogenic pulmonary edema
• Lung hemorrhage, usually due to vasculitis (eg Churg-Strauss)
• Pneumonic Disease
• Alveolar proteinosis and amyloidosis
• Bronchoalveolar carcinoma disease
• Alveolar microlithiasis disease

How to Maintain Lung Health

By maintaining lung health, it reduces the risk of respiratory diseases. Here are some ways you can do to protect the lungs.

1. Quit smoking

This is because smoking is a major cause of lung disease, such as lung cancer and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).

2. Do not inhale exposure to cigarette smoke

In addition to quitting smoking, you are also advised to avoid exposure to cigarette smoke. The reason is because passive smokers who inhale cigarette smoke then have the same risk of disease as active smokers.

3. Washing hands

Washing hands using soap and running water. The risk of being infected with viruses and bacteria can be avoided by washing hands before eating, after eating and after defecating.

From the discussion above it can be said that the alveoli are one of the important parts of the lungs which function to exchange carbon dioxide and oxygen. Thus the discussion about the alveolus, from its definition to its function. Hopefully all the discussion above adds to your insight.

Recommended Books Related to Alveoli that You Must Read

1. Respiratory System Disorder Herbs

The respiratory system is very vital for humans because it is a marker of whether a person is still alive or not. If the respiratory system is disturbed, all body systems will be disrupted. Unfortunately, respiratory system disorders are sometimes not felt before. When it was felt, it was already very bad. Therefore you should be vigilant! Respiratory system disorders include:

• Pneumonia (pneumonia)
• Lung cancer
• TB (tuberculosis)
• Bronchitis (inflammation of the air passages to the lungs)
• Pleurisy (inflammation of the lining of the lungs) This book will discuss disorders of the human respiratory system, from symptoms to how to prevent and how to treat. Equipped with easy and cheap ways to treat disorders of the respiratory system with herbs, this book is a must have for those of you who care about your health and that of your family. Want to prevent and be able to treat respiratory system diseases yourself? Read this book!

2. Anti-Smoking Guide for Students, Teachers & Parents

One of the non-smoking areas (KTR) as regulated in the Health Law is a place for teaching and learning process and a place of worship. Therefore, all education stakeholders have a responsibility to build a clean, healthy and smoke-free environment. This must be continuously endeavored as part of strengthening character education in schools and madrasas. This book is important as a guide, especially teachers and education stakeholders to ensure smoking cessation among students.

(Dr. H. Lukman Hakim Saifuddin, M.Si. Minister of Religion of the Republic of Indonesia) It is estimated that there are 16.4 million new smokers in Indonesia, adolescents aged 19 and under. In addition, one in five children between the ages of 13-16 have ever smoked. This causes Indonesia to become the country with the highest number of teenage smokers in the world as well as the highest male smokers in the world too, namely 66%. The strategic point in achieving global and national development targets is ensuring quality young people.

3. I Choose Healthy and Healing, the Revised Decade edition

This book is in the general category so this book can be read by anyone. However, these books are usually sought after and read by adults. The book entitled “I Choose to Be Healthy and Heal” by Dr. This Tan Shot Yen contains about a healthy lifestyle, because basically being healthy is a nature that must be grateful for and guarded. This book is written using light vocabulary so that readers will easily understand the contents of the book.

In addition, the material in each chapter is also well presented so that readers will not get bored. Parenting has changed, communication patterns have changed, education patterns have also changed. But there is something that is absolutely impossible to change: the nature of life, because it is a nature. Fitrah is the way home when humans get lost which can lead to falling seriously ill. Returning to the right path or further away from escaping….. is a choice day by day.

4. Food Rules: Food Regulations and Instructions for Eaters

Don’t eat anything that our great-grandmothers didn’t recognize as food.

• Avoid food products that claim to be good for health.
• Avoid foods that pretend to be something they are not.
• Eat only food that can spoil.
• Eat food from ingredients that we can imagine raw or grown in nature.
• Eat only food that has been cooked by humans.
• Eat mostly plants, especially leaves.
• Colorful meal.
• Eat sweet food as we find it in nature.
• Be suspicious of non-traditional foods.
• Stop eating before full.
• Eat when we are hungry, not when we are bored.
• Eat slowly.
• “Breakfast like a king, lunch like a prince, dinner like a beggar.”

If you want to find a book on how to quit smoking, you can get it at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Alternating Current – The application of an alternating current circuit can actually be seen in the workings of a power generator which is commonly used when the electricity at home is out. Alternating current circuit is also divided into several types. Previously, first identify what an electric current is. Electric current or electric current is a flow that occurs due to the amount of electric charge flowing from one point to another, in a circuit per unit time.

In the book Modeling for Electrical Circuits by AM Shiddiq Yunus et al., based on the direction of flow, electric current is divided into two types, namely direct current and alternating current. Direct current or also known as direct current (DC) flows from a high potential point to a low potential point. Meanwhile, alternating current ( AC) flows arbitrarily and follows the timeline.

Alternating current is usually used for electronic equipment. To go deeper, here are the definitions and types of alternating current circuits quoted from various sources.

Definition of Alternating Current

Alternating current is an electric current that has the direction of the current changing back and forth. The nature of alternating current differs from direct current in that the direction of the current does not change with time. The waveform of this current is usually in the form of a sinusoidal wave which allows energy to flow efficiently. The current can also flow in triangular or rectangular waveforms.

Alternating current (green line) and direct current (red line) diagram.

In general, the distribution of alternating current electricity from power sources to offices or people’s homes. This current is also transmitted as radio or audio signals that are carried through the cable. In these applications, the most important primary objective is the retrieval of the information modulated or encoded in the alternating current signal.

History of the Use of Alternating Current

In 1835, Hippolyte Pixii built the first alternating current generator. Pixii makes the tool with a rotating magnet. Until 1822, the alternating current generator made by Pixii did not attract the attention of scientists because the design of the power plant was focused on direct current power generation.

The study of alternating current only started in 1882 with rapid development. Various inventions related to alternating current electricity were made by electrical scientists such as Thomas Alva Edison and Nikola Tesla. Sebastian Ferranti and Lord Kelvin ultimately created the earliest alternating current and transformer power generation technologies.

The first alternating current system was constructed in Great Barrington, Massachusetts by William Stanley. Making this alternating current system is supported by Westinghouse. At the same time, Nikola Tesla also started selling alternating current electrical system designs in New York.

By that time, New York had adopted a direct current electrical system so sales of alternating current systems failed. In 1887, CS Bradley made a 3-phase alternating current generator which is a tool that makes alternating electric current more efficient so that it is used today. In 1900, 3-phase alternating generator has become the basic principle source of electric power in the world.

The use of alternating current has experienced rapid technological developments as well as the convenience of alternating current electricity in electric power transmission and distribution of electric power, making alternating current a competitor of direct current. The distribution of direct current electricity which began at the end of the 19th century AD by Thomas Alva Edison was later replaced by alternating current.

1. Source

Alternating current can be generated using a low-frequency electric generator. The frequency of alternating current electricity generation is not more than 1 kHz. The principle of alternating current generation is carried out by utilizing the principle of electromagnetism. The two poles of the magnetic field are placed in a coil with a conductor wound. The magnetic field and the resulting alternating electric current strength are based on the surface area of ​​the coil.

2. Shape

City lights as seen from moving camera. Alternating current electricity causes the lights to flicker which makes visible lines become spots.

The sine wave is the simplest form of alternating current. Current in the form of a sine wave is generated by various types of power plants that use a turbine as the generator rotor drive. These types of power plants include hydroelectric power plants, coal-fired power plants, wind power plants, and nuclear power plants.

3. Unit of Measurement

The unit of measurement for electric current used internationally is the Ampere. This unit standard was first established in 1893 along with the Ohm unit and the Volt unit. The end result of the international meeting is the determination of the value of the international Ampere unit.

The international amperage is defined as the constant amount of electric current that is capable of passing through an aqueous solution of silver nitrate according to standard specifications. Silver deposition is carried out at a speed of 0.001118 grams per second. On January 1, 1948 a new standard was set which has become the absolute standard to this day. In absolute standards it is determined that one international Ampere is equal to the value of 0.99835 absolute amperes.

Alternating Current Formulation

1. Mains Voltage

The existence of alternating current means that the electric voltage is also alternating. Alternating voltage can be represented by this formula:

,

Where

• is the peak voltage (unit: volts).
• is the corner frequency (unit: radians per second).
• The angular frequency can be related to the usual frequency, (unit = hertz), which is represented by revolutions per second, using the formula .
•  is the time (unit: second).

2. Electrical Power

The relationship between electric power and alternating voltage can be represented by:

where is the load resistance.

3. Vibration Power

Using trigonometric identities, the oscillation energy is doubled in frequency by electrical pressure.

4. Average Voltage

• For sinusoidal voltage:

The factor is the crest factor, which is different in different functions.

• For triangle waveforms:

• For square waveforms:

• For a basic waveform with a period  :

Alternating Current Frequency

Electrical system frequencies vary in different countries, but are usually in the range of 50-60 Hertz. Some countries like Japan have two different electricity frequencies, namely 50 Hz and 60 Hz, depending on the power plant used.

Frequencies ranging from 50–60 Hz were chosen for quite reasonable reasons. Low-frequency electric current makes electricity users with electric motors easier. Especially with applications related to traction from the commutator, such as in the case of railroads. But by using a low frequency, you will see flickering in the lights which is very annoying, especially in incandescent lamps.

Practical Applications of Alternating Current

1. Alternating Current Electric Motors

Alternating current electric motors use an electric current which has a working principle that reverses its direction regularly at a certain time. The basic parts of this electric motor are the stator and rotor. The stator is where the rotor rotates, while the rotor is an electrical component that rotates to rotate the motor shaft.

Alternating current electric motors overcome the weakness of direct current motors, namely the speed that is difficult to control. Alternating current motors are equipped with a drive called variable frequency which functions to improve speed control while reducing the use of electric power.

2. Induction Motors

Modern electrical systems started when induction motors used alternating current. The use of alternating current in an induction motor was first made by Nikola Tesla. Alternating current is the driving force of the rotor in an alternating current motor. The rotor is located inside the motor and is the rotating part. Rotor rotation occurs because of the torque acting on its axis. Torque is generated by a rotating magnetic field due to alternating current.

Alternating current electric motors have been used in household electrical appliances such as washing machines, fans and air conditioners. In industrial motion control processes, induction motors are the most commonly used electric motors. Alternating current induction motors have a simple design with low maintenance levels. The source of electric voltage to do work on electric motors can be obtained directly through an alternating current power source that is available in the building’s electrical installation.

3. Synchronous Motors

Synchronous motors are included in electric motors that use an alternating electric current source. The way the motor works starts from applying voltage to the stator coil with a 3-phase system. The application of voltage produces a rotating magnetic flux and creates an electromotive force on the stator coil. The continuous rotation produces a rotating magnetic flux which cuts the coil every time.

The rotating flux generated by the alternating current is not entirely generated in the stator coil. A leakage flux arises in the stator coil which is expressed by the armature resistance and armature reactance. The rotor coil is located between the north magnetic pole and the south magnetic pole so that it has a magnetic flux. The two magnetic fluxes will interact with each other and cause the rotor to rotate. The rotation of the rotor is equal to the speed of the rotating magnetic flux from the stator.

4. Transformer

A transformer or transformer is a tool that has a working principle of being able to convert from alternating current to direct current by transferring alternating current electric power between two or more coils of wire through electromagnetic induction. The principle of this transformer makes the transformer a tool that has advantages over other tools.

5. Alternating Current Motor Control

In alternating current motor control, the role of the transformer is to reduce the voltage at the motor terminals during the acceleration period, this method is called starting of the autotransformer. Alternating current motors require a very large initial current so we need a way for this motor to work effectively and efficiently. During starting with reduced voltage, the motor is connected to the taps on the autotransformer.

The low starting voltage makes the motor draw less amperage and produce less torque than if it were connected directly to mains voltage. The voltage transfer can be regulated in a relay if the transfer experience a reduction in the total voltage voltage. A current-sensitive relay may be used to control the displacement to obtain limited current acceleration.

6. Transformer Structure

Alternating Current Danger

Alternating current with a rating of up to 10 Amperes cannot harm humans as long as it does not touch and flow to the body. On the other hand, this current, which ranges from 10 to 100 milliamperes and has a low frequency, can cause death if it comes in direct contact with the human body. The frequency threshold that is not harmful to the human body is 10 ⁵ Hz. The heat generated by the electric current can also penetrate several millimeters deep into the surface of the skin and damage it. High-frequency currents can generate heat which can damage the internal organs of the body.

Example Question About Alternating Current

In order to go deeper into the material above, the following are examples of questions and discussion taken from the book Electrical Voltage Sources: History, Working Principles, and Their Application by Trigonggo to the physicsonline.com site .

—

Thus the discussion regarding the meaning of alternating current, examples, benefits, and dangers that need to be known. Want to learn more about natural science with the integration of the latest technology? sinaumedia believes that the power of an integrated system ensures that every student is developed and educated holistically – from academics to character building and cultivating a lifelong love of learning.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Reference

• Abdullah, Mirajuddin (2017). Basic Physics II . Bandung: Bandung Institute of Technology.
• Bagia, IN, and Parsa, IM (2018). Electric Motors . Bandung: CV. Rising Constellation.
• Dhogal (1986). Basic Electrical Engineering Volume 1 . New York: Tata McGraw-Hill.
• Gertshen, C., Kneser, HO, and Vogel, H. (1996). Physics: Magnetism Electricity and Optics . Jakarta: Center for Development and Language Development.
• Ponto, Hantje (2018). Basic Electrical Engineering . Sleman: Deepublish.
• Soebyakto (2017). Applied Physics 2 . Tegal: Publishing Agency of Pancasakti University of Tegal.

• Dalton’s Law: History, Definition, along with the problems and discussion
• Gauss’s Law and the Electric Field
• Kirchoff’s Law and Ohm’s Law, along with examples of problems and discussion
• Definition of Non-Touch Force and Examples
• Understanding Electromagnetic Induction: Concept, Application, and Example Problems

Understanding Algorithms By now, you may have heard a lot about what an algorithm is. Yes, algorithms are very important in the world of programming. For example, this is a trick YouTube uses to help you watch YouTube recommended videos. Pretty interesting right?

For those of you who have been involved in the world of computer engineering for a long time, you must be familiar with this term. However, for those who are new to using this device, of course it is not clear about the components, features, and purpose of using this device.

Algorithms are not only used to solve problems on computers, but can also be used to solve problems that exist in everyday life. In addition, any problem related to a procedural process or step usually requires an algorithm.

Problems are easy to solve using algorithms because we know the logical and systematic steps to take first. Therefore, many people have solved the problem using algorithms, are you one of them?

Many terms exist in the world of computing such as AI , supercomputer , machine learning , cloud , quantum computing and many more. Apart from this, there is a word that is used mainly in computer science and that is algorithm.

In the most general sense, an algorithm is a set of instructions that tells a computer how to turn a set of facts about the world into useful information.

Don’t worry, for more details about the understanding of algorithms and other components, sinaumedia has covered miscellaneous items about algorithms just for you. Come on, see more below!

Definition of Algorithm

The development of science and technology allows humans to produce increasingly sophisticated and complex works. Although computers can perform calculations faster than humans in general, computers cannot solve problems without being taught by humans through a predetermined sequence of steps (algorithms).

Besides being used to solve problems by computers, algorithms can also be applied to solve everyday problems that require a series of processes or procedural steps. To better understand what an algorithm is, let’s learn what it means from several sources.

The general understanding of an algorithm is a sequence of a number of logical and systematic steps to solve a particular problem.

Some experts consider an algorithm as a sequence of steps that must be followed in mathematics or calculations to solve other problems, especially computers.

This means that all logical arrangements are arranged in the order of a particular learning system and are used to solve a particular problem, we can say like an algorithm.

Generally, algorithms will be used to be able to perform calculations, perform automatic inference, and process data on a computer using certain software .

Apart from that, the Algorithm also contains a finite set of instructions as well as specific instructions for calculating functions which, when executed and processed, produce a certain output and then terminate at a specified termination condition.

An algorithm is a step or method that has been carefully planned so that it is ordered and well organized and is usually used to solve a problem by giving an instruction so that it becomes an action.

Meanwhile, in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), an algorithm is a systematic procedure for solving mathematical problems in limited steps or logical decision-making sequences to solve the problem.

From this understanding it can be said that this algorithm is used to solve or solve a problem with sequential logical steps.

This is why algorithms must be used in computer electronics because with computer algorithms, computers will be able to process data, perform calculations, make automatic inferences and solve problems on computers.

When the algorithm is used on a computer, it will produce output which will then stop at its initial state. Not only on computers or in everyday life, algorithms are also used by many companies, especially those engaged in the financial sector.

Almost every area of ​​corporate finance uses algorithms, from stock and asset trading to debt management and loan pricing. Trading using algorithms is often referred to as automated trading .

Automated trading often uses computer programs to quickly sell or buy securities, why use computer programs? This is because business transactions occur very quickly, so speed is impossible for humans to calculate.

In general, very fast trading occurs when the price of stocks, commodities, and bonds fluctuates. In simple terms, these algorithms facilitate automated trading where trading transactions take place very quickly.

So the algorithm is definitely one of the methods in which a problem can be solved easily, so that an operation or production process can continue. Furthermore, the algorithm is a method that can be learned by everyone, including yourself.

Especially in this technological era, learning algorithms is something that can be learned, just like writing articles to appear on the first page of search engines, you have to learn algorithms. Not only that, there must be a lot of people watching YouTube, the appearance of videos on that page is the result of an algorithm. The appearance of the video on the page is the result of the youtube algorithm.

Algorithm History

At that time, Al-Khwarizmi wrote a book with the title Al Jabar wal-Muqabala, which means The Book of Restoration and Reduction . From the title of the book we also get the word “algebra” or better known as algebra.

Abu Abdullah Ibn Musa al-Khwarizmi (770- 840AD) was born in Khawarizm (Kheva), a city south of the Oxus River (now called Uzbekistan) in 770 AD. Al Khwarizmi was one of the foremost scientists of his time. There are several branches of mathematics that he discovered, including those called astronomers and geographers.

Originally, algorithm was a term that referred to useful arithmetic rules for solving problems using Arabic numerals.

In 1950, the word algorithm was first used in “Euclidean Algorithm”. Euclid, a Greek mathematician (born in 350 AD). In his Elements he writes the steps for finding the greatest common divisor (gcd) , of two integers, m and n [KNU 73] (of course Euclid didn’t call his method an algorithm, it’s only in modern times people call his method (“Euclidean algorithm”).

The greatest common divisor of two non-negative integers is the largest positive integer that divides the two numbers equally.

For example, m= 80 and n =12. All the divisor factors of 80 are 1,2,4,5,8,10,16,20,40,80

and all the divisor factors of 12 are 1,2,3,4,6,12,

then gcd (80,12) = 4.

The steps for finding gcd (80.12) with the Euclidean algorithm are as follows:

80 divided by 12 = 6, remainder 8 (or: 80 = 6.12+8)

12 divided by 8 = 1, remainder = 4 (or: 12 = 1.8+4)

8 divided by 4 = 2, remainder =0 (or:8 =4.2+0)

since the last division results in 0, the remainder of the last division before 0, which is 4, becomes gcd(80,12). So, gcd (80,12) = gcd (12,8) = gcd (8,4) = gcd (4,0)=4.

Algorithm Types

A mathematician and computer scientist named Dr. Christoph Koutschan says that there are at least 32 algorithms in computer science. However, when viewed from its function, there are only six basic algorithms, namely:

 

1. Recursion

A recursive algorithm is something that will call itself over and over again so that the problem can be solved correctly. Here is some code that can find the factorial using a recursion algorithm.

fact(y)

If y is 0

returns 1

return (y*Fact(y-1)) /* this is where the recursion happens*/

2. Divide and Conquer

Divide and Conquer will divide a big problem into many smaller problems. This type of algorithm itself actually consists of two main parts, namely:

• Breaking the problem into sub-problems that are more independent and smaller than other similar problems.
• Solving the original problem after can solve smaller problems separately.

Here is a pseudo code example of the divide and conquer algorithm :

MergeSorting(ar[], l, r)

If r > l

1. Find the mid-point to divide the given array into two halves:

middle m = (l+r)/2

2. Call mergeSorting for the first half:

Call mergeSorting(ar, l, m)

3. Call mergeSorting for the second half:

Call mergeSorting(ar, m+1, r)

4. Merge the halves sorted in step 2 and 3:

Call merge(ar, l, m, r)

3. Dynamic Programming

Dynamic Programming will work by remembering the results of past processes and also using them to find new results.

From the explanation above, it means that Dynamic Programming solves complex problems by breaking them down into many simple subproblems, then solving them one by one, then saving them for future use.

An example of Dynamic Programming is composed of the Fibonacci sequence, here is an example:

Fibonacci(N) = 0 (for n=0)

= 0 (for n=1)

= Fibonacci(N-1)+ Finacci(N-2)

4. Greedy

This type can be used to solve optimization problems. In this algorithm, we will find a more optimal solution locally without worrying about the consequences that will occur in the future and we can find a more optimal solution globally.

However, this method does not guarantee that you will get the optimal solution. There are five components contained in this algorithm, namely:

• The set of candidates whose solutions will be sought later.
• The final selection function will help select the best candidate.
• The eligibility feature can help you identify which candidates can be used to find a solution.
• The objective function is capable of assigning values ​​to possible solutions or partial solutions.
• The solution function can tell you how long it will take to find a solution to the problem.

5. Brute Force

The concept of this algorithm is actually very simple. During this process, brute force integrates all possible solutions to find one or more possible solutions to solve the problem.

Here is an example of a sequential search performed using brute force :

Algorithm S_Search (A[0..n], X)

A[n] ← X

i ← 0

While A [i] ≠ X do

i ← i + 1

if i < n return i

else returns -1

6. Backtracking Algorithm

Backtracking is a technique that solves different problems recursively and tries them to find a solution by solving one part of the problem at the same time. If a solution fails, we can delete it and go back to looking for another solution.

This means that this algorithm will solve the sub-problem and if it fails, the algorithm will cancel the last step and start again to find a solution to the problem.

Algorithm Function

After knowing the definition and characteristics of the algorithm, you must know the function of the algorithm. Is it true that algorithms are only needed in programming?

As previously mentioned, algorithms can be applied to many paths of life. It’s just that the application of algorithms is more often discussed in computer programming.

In terms of programming, programming algorithms help programming teams to solve problems. A set of solutions to this problem that a programmer can develop into a program.

Apart from that, some other functions of the algorithm are as follows:

• Help you solve certain problems in a logical and systematic way. Algorithms can be used more than once to solve the same problem.
• Algorithms can also be used to help solve complex problems more simply.
• For programmers, the algorithm will make it easier for them to track every error that appears.
• Allows programmers to easily modify programs without changing the total algorithm and without having to start from scratch.
• Programmers only need to make changes at certain times, and programs can be updated to fix problems as they arise.

5 Characteristics of the Algorithm

According to Donald E. Knuth, an algorithm must have five important characteristics that are interconnected. The criteria for this algorithm include:

1. Finiteness (Limitations)

The algorithm must stop after taking a finite number of steps, i.e. a final goal has been reached, so the program will stop when the final goal has been reached. A program that never stops indicates that it contains an incorrect algorithm.

2. Definiteness ( certainty)

Each step must be precisely defined and unambiguous. There are clear and unambiguous instructions, so there are no errors in producing the output.

3. Input (Input)

These inputs are known problems and solutions will be investigated. This algorithm has no or more inputs, which is the amount provided for the algorithm to process.

4. Output (Exit)

The algorithm has no or more output values . This output must of course be a solution or solution to a problem. The output can be a message or a quantity related to the input.

5. Effectiveness (effectiveness)

Algorithms must be efficient, each sequence or step must be as simple as possible, so that it can be implemented in reasonable time.

Algorithm Example 

To better understand the algorithm, it is necessary to know that the algorithm is not only valid in programming but can be applied in everyday life.

Problems example:

The data provided is in the form of employee names and performance evaluation results. If the performance evaluation result is greater than or equal to 75, then the employee is declared to have achieved the KPI. Meanwhile, if the value is less than 75, the employee is declared to have failed to achieve the KPI.

An example of writing the algorithm is as follows:

Example 1

The algorithm will be as follows: 

read the employee name and value.

if value >= 75 then

description = successful

but if =< 75

description = did not work.

write name and description

The example above is a narrative algorithm

Example 2

The declaration of the data type will be as follows:

name = string

Value = integers

Description = strings

The algorithm will be as follows:

read(name, value)

if value >= 75 then

description = ‘successful’

else

description = ‘didn’t work’

write(name, description)

The example above is a Pseudo Code algorithm

Example 3

Meanwhile, other examples of algorithms can also be seen in technology, especially in search engines whose use requires the internet. To better understand examples of algorithms in technology, you can see the examples below.

1. Decide what information you want to find

2. Enter the information you want to find into the search engine

3. Wait a moment

4. Information appears as searchable articles in order

5. Just choose an article that contains the right information

In general , all search engines have their own algorithms, so articles that will appear in first place are articles that deserve to be ranked first, then second articles and so on.

Therefore, if you want to create articles that appear on the first page or the first order of search engines, you must first determine the search engine algorithm.

Above are 3 examples of algorithms that exist in everyday life and algorithms related to search engine technology. Basically, there are many examples of algorithms, maybe you can give examples of algorithms. After getting to know the definitions and examples of algorithms, it seems you have started to understand algorithms or even want to apply them in everyday life.

Closing

Thus our full explanation of the algorithm. With this interpretation, it is hoped that our knowledge of algorithms will increase and can be applied in everyday life.

In this discussion, Algorithm can be said as a method or a way or procedure that can be used to solve a problem that is currently happening, both in the form of computer science and mathematics. Therefore, the algorithm can be said to include several such as reasoning, data processing, and calculations.

Source: from various sources

Author: Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

Also read articles in sinaumedia Literacy:

Acquaintance with the Inventor of Algebra and Algorithms

Understanding Social Media Engagement to Types and How to Count!

Singular Matrix: Concepts, Formulas, and Example Problems

Data Science: Definition, Tools Used, and Its Application

The Concept of Addition Matrix, Example Problems, and Discussion

When you hear the word Alfamart, what is the first thing that comes to your mind? As one of the most well-known minimarkets in Indonesia, it seems that almost everyone has shopped at Alfamart. This is because Alfamart stores themselves have spread throughout Indonesia. In fact, the Alfamart and Alfamidi store chains are now almost in all corners of the city and also the district that sub-district.

The number of shops spread across Indonesia, if you look at it as of 2020, there are already more than 17,000 locations. These minimarkets do not only exist in cities, but have started to enter villages. So, almost all Indonesian people have shopped at the minimarket.

Alfamart’s success has led its founder, Djoko Susanto, to become one of the 100 richest people in Indonesia. Of course, it would be very interesting if we discussed the success story of the founder of this Alfamart.

Get to know Djoko Susanto and his Secrets of Success

Djoko Susanto is a businessman who comes from Chinese descent. He is the son of a family of 10 siblings. Djoko Susanto’s first name is Kwok Kwie Fo. In the past, his parents were traders and the owner of a kiosk, although not a relatively large one. The kiosk owned by Djoko Susanto’s parents was named Toko Sumber Bahagia, which was located at Pasar Arjuna, Jakarta. At that time, Djoko began to be involved in the shop owned by his parents since he was little and then at the age of 17, Djoko started doing business.

At that time, Djoko dropped out of school and decided to look after his parents’ shop. Like most people of Chinese descent, he is also very active in trading.

This trait has until now been instilled in Djoko Susanto. He is not even ashamed even though he is not a graduate of any well-known university or college. Djoko Susanto only finished first grade in elementary school because he decided to help his parents look after the shop.

Unexpectedly, the grocery store owned by his parents was developed by Djoko Susanto and eventually grew well and developed into several branches. Even the grocery store owned by his parents had hundreds of branch locations spread across traditional markets.

Here, Djoko always tries to be innovative and keeps looking for various opportunities and gaps that are different from competitors. However, destiny said otherwise, the shop business that had been developed to the maximum experienced a disaster at the Arjuna Market. In 1976, a fire incident destroyed his stall in the Arjuna market area. So that 80 to 90 percent of his capital just disappeared.

The fire accident certainly left quite deep sadness, tears, and also upset. He really felt down because the capital that he had collected and fought for was also burned and ran out. But, life must go on. Djoko Susanto did not want to be too long in his grief.

The fire incident was indeed the worst experience, but also a whip to raise spirits. Djoko also began to try to recover from his sadness by rebuilding his trading business.

It didn’t take long for Djoko to get up and reach the same level as before the fire. After his trading business returned to its initial condition, he began to look at other trading services or selling cigarettes.

According to Djoko, at that time cigarettes were one of the items that always sold well and were in great demand. In addition, cigarettes are also a product that is very fast moving in the market and very easy to sell.

That is one of the keys to Djoko Susanto’s success in trading, namely by selling products that are in demand by consumers and have strong appeal. Consumers really need these products, so even with minimal promotion consumers will still look for these products. So, as business actors, we only have to do various kinds of side innovations so that our merchandise can be chosen by consumers.

Then, his cigarette business was developed again by opening a new network. Djoko Susanto made a change so that it could be accepted by retail partners. The approach system that he applies to retailers as well as business partners has succeeded in making the cigarettes he sells selling well.

Even Djoko is called one of the new stars in the cigarette industry. It is not surprising then that Putera Sampoerna, the owner of HM Sampoerna Group cigarettes, was interested in making Djoko one of the distribution partners. After going through various trials by opening 15 outlets in Jakarta, Putera Sampoerna is increasingly convinced that Djoko is indeed very promising.

It was from there that the two of them began to form a joint venture company in the distribution sector, named PT Panamas, in 1985. Putera Sampoerna, who at that time was already a conglomerate and owned 70 percent of the shares, while Djoko was not yet a big businessman, was given a 30 percent stake.

At the same time, since 1989, because he trusted Djoko too much, Putera Sampoerna asked Djoko to take a director position at Putera’s tobacco company, PT HM Sampoerna.

The collaboration between Djoko and Putera Sampoerna finally went smoothly. So the two of them then agreed to develop a minimarket retail business network which would later become the forerunner of Alfamart. In the business joint venture, Djoko is still one of the minority shareholders, because 70 percent of the shares are still owned by Putera, who is currently the main investor.

Alfamart’s Secret of Success

The collaboration carried out by Putera and Djoko has inspired the two of them to open the Alfa Toko Gudang Rabat minimarket. That is what later became one of the forerunners of the Alfamart retail network.

Because, in order to reach more middle and lower class people who are looking for the cheapest prices and convenience, in 1994 the two of them decided to open an Alfa minimart which was later changed to Alfamart. Previously, Djoko gave the minimarket the name Sampoerna Mart, but later he chose Alfa because it was easier to remember and recognize.

One of the keys to the success of Alfamart, built by Djoko, is the concept of the store. Where he dared to make different concepts and innovate. Especially at this time there are still very few modern shops that have a comfortable atmosphere for shopping. Especially for a relatively small shop class. It’s usually managed in a chaotic, typical grocery store model.

In contrast to the retail store concept built by Djoko, where he made the store more attractive and neat. Because of that he can be successful and grow rapidly. The store concept is modern but still close to the community and sells convenience. Therefore, the concept that he uses is called a convenient store. The store is comfortable, clean, uses air conditioning, sells products and goods in neat packaging, and also has friendly service.

In addition, the Alfamart store also has a large and adequate parking area. So that people who usually shop at traditional stalls feel leveled up, there is an element of prestige attached to this retail shop. The available goods and products are arranged very neatly, grouped into several categories, so that it is easier for consumers to find and choose the product they want to buy.

After that, this retail shop business also provides an opportunity for the public to be able to buy and own a similar store with a franchise system. That’s what makes Alfamart grow faster. What’s more, it has been assisted by Putera Sampoerna.

Become the Controller By Purchasing Additional Shares

In 2005, Putera Sampoerna decided to sell his tobacco company to Philip Morris. In this case, Putera also sold his tobacco company and its subsidiaries, including its 70 percent stake in Alfamart, to Philip Morris for US$5 billion.

At that time, Djoko did not have the funds to buy 70 percent of the shares owned by Putera, because the funds Djoko had were not sufficient and were still very limited. However, Djoko has another way, namely by collaborating with strong investors who can manage investment money.

Coincidentally, Djoko has acquaintances and links with an investment company, namely Northstar Group, where his business usually invests in other parties. Northstar is a private equity company founded by Patrick Walujo, son-in-law of former Astra Group President T Rachmat, who is in charge of managing global funds for Indonesian investment.

Then Northstar bought Alfamart shares previously owned by Putera Sampoerna. However, these private equity investors always invest in short-term or temporary patterns. Usually after 5 to 7 years, he will sell his shares. Sure enough, several years later, Alfamart’s shares managed by Northstar were sold through going public (IPO) on the stock exchange and some of the shares were purchased by Djoko.

Djoko Susanto has also been able to buy the additional shares after so many years. Because, he has been saving and looking for other sources of income. Certainly, by inviting Northstar to buy Alfamart shares, the shares will not fall into the hands of a party he cannot control. This strategy is also one of the keys to Djoko’s success, which until now remains the owner or controller of Alfamart, a franchise company he founded.

Up to this point, there is one lesson we can take. If you want to be successful in business, then never hesitate to invite and learn from strong players. Just like what Djoko did, he dared to partner with Putera Sampoerna and Northstar Group. However, you still have to be able to control the direction of the business. Don’t just go with it, so you won’t be harmed. It is also important to find partners who can understand each other, are not greedy and have the same chemistry.

Alfamart Growing Rapidly

Of course, since Djoko has fully controlled Alfamart, he has continued to develop and innovate in this retail network. Every year, he opens hundreds of new outlets and adds hundreds of product owner partners as well as partners who become franchise investors. Djoko also continues to develop the Alfamart brand so that it is increasingly recognized by the market. No wonder now that there are more than 17,000 Alfamart outlets. Therefore, Djoko Susanto has now become one of the richest people in Indonesia with trillions in assets.

Full Profile of Djoko Susanto Founder of Alfamart

The following are some of Djoko Susanto’s profiles and life journey to become one of the richest people in Indonesia.

Djoko Susanto’s childhood

In the Djoko Susanto family, they applied character values ​​when he was still young. When Djoko Susanto started his formal education, he only reached the first grade of elementary school. Because, at that time the Indonesian government did not give permission to students with Chinese names to attend formal school in Indonesia. Even so, Djoko remained enthusiastic about developing his skills and abilities even though he did not have formal education. Then he decided to change his name to an Indonesian name.

Business Career Journey

When Djoko was 17 years old, he started to manage 560 street food stalls owned by his parents which were located in one of the traditional markets in Jakarta. Djoko himself had the character of a hard worker which led him to further expand his business by selling cigarettes as well.

Then, the success obtained by Djoko attracted the attention of Putera Sampoerna, who is the owner of a cigarette factory in Indonesia. As explained above, the two of them decided to work together to make 15 kiosks in several locations in Jakarta. Then on August 27, 1989, they founded Alfa Toko Gudang Rambat.

Then in 1994, the name Alfa Toko Gudang Rambat was changed to the name Alfa Minimart. But in 2005, the cooperation between Djoko and Putera Sampoerna stopped. This is because Putera Sampoerna sold all of its companies and subsidiaries.

Then the retail business is under the auspices of PT. Sumber Alfaria Trijaya Tbk. Where the business is progressing quite rapidly. Until 2007, Djoko Susanto set up an Alfamidi shop under the auspices of PT. Main Midimart.

At that time, Djoko had to give up Alfamart to move to Carrefour and in the end he focused on Alfamidi. However, he later managed to achieve success, where he was able to work with Lawson, a convenience store franchise from Japan. Until now, there are around 5,500 retail stores under the auspices of PT. Sumber Alfaria Trijaya Tbk. Where in it there are various kinds of retail stores such as Alfamart, Alfamidi, Lawson, and also Alfa Express.

Earning Awards

In 2012, Alfamart received the Top Brand title which was held by the Frontier Consulting Group Research Institute. In addition, Alfamart was also the winner in the best minimarket category at the Indonesia Best Brand Award.

Then in 2014, Djoko Susanto was ranked the 27th richest person in Indonesia by Forbes Magazine. Furthermore, in 2015, Djoko Susanto again won the position as the 18th richest person in Indonesia according to Forbes Magazine with a fortune of 1.22 billion US Dollars or equivalent to Rp. 15.86 trillion.

This is an explanation of the history and career story of the founder of Alfamart, who has now become one of the richest people in Indonesia. We can learn from Djoko Susanto that even though he did not run a formal school until he attended college, even only up to first grade, Djoko Susanto has been successful in building his business because of his perseverance and hard work. Nothing is impossible in this world if we want to try and never give up.